Anonymous Axeman

The
Technical Bulletins
of
Dianetics and Scientology
by
L. Ron Hubbard
FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY
Volume
XIV
THE O.T. LEVELS
_____________________________________________________________________
2
I will not always be here on guard.
The stars twinkle in the Milky Way
And the wind sighs for songs
Across the empty fields of a planet
A Galaxy away.
You won’t always be here.
But before you go,
Whisper this to your sons
And their sons —
“The work was free.
Keep it so.”
L. RON HUBBARD
3
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder of Dianetics and Scientology
4
5
CONTENTS
6
Contents
ORIGINAL OT 1.......................................................................................................13
OT 1 Checksheet ................................................................................................15
Clear And OT.....................................................................................................16
An Open Letter To All Clears .......................................................................17
Floating Needles ................................................................................................19
OT 1 Instructions ...............................................................................................20
OT 1 Steps..........................................................................................................22
NEW OT 1..................................................................................................................27
New OT 1 Instructions .......................................................................................29
OT 2 ............................................................................................................................31
OT 2 Course Checksheet ...................................................................................33
Keeping Scientology Working...........................................................................36
Technical Degrades............................................................................................43
O.T. Course - Section Two Instructions ...........................................................45
Additional Data Re: Dates .................................................................................46
Clearing Course Instruction Booklet .................................................................47
The State Of Clear .............................................................................................57
Floating Needles ................................................................................................58
Glossary Of Terms For The Section II OT Course.....................................59
The State Of Clear .............................................................................................63
The Nature Of A Being......................................................................................65
The Difference Between The Comm Cycle In Regular Auditing
And The Comm Cycle In Solo Auditing.................................................68
OT II Handwritten Additional Instructions .......................................................70
Electrical GPM ..................................................................................................72
Tocky GPM........................................................................................................75
Big Being GPM .................................................................................................76
House GPM........................................................................................................78
Psycho GPM ......................................................................................................84
Banky GPM .......................................................................................................86
Forerunner GPM ................................................................................................89
Non Line Plot Incidents .....................................................................................96
The Arrow..........................................................................................................97
Woman...............................................................................................................97
White - Black .....................................................................................................97
Hot - Cold ..........................................................................................................97
Laughter - Calm .................................................................................................97
Dance Mob.........................................................................................................97
Double Rod ........................................................................................................98
Foreign Language Caution.................................................................................99
Basic Basic GPM .............................................................................................101
Basic GPM .......................................................................................................184
The One Command GPM ................................................................................193
Lower LP GPM................................................................................................197
LP GPM ...........................................................................................................203
Body GPM .......................................................................................................209
Lower Bank......................................................................................................217
7
NEW OT 3................................................................................................................229
OT 3 Course Checksheet..................................................................................231
Data ..................................................................................................................236
Additional Tech Data .......................................................................................239
Definitions, Sect III ........................................................................................246
Character Of Body Thetans..............................................................................247
2nd Note ...........................................................................................................248
1st Note ............................................................................................................253
The Basic On BTs .........................................................................................254
Dianetics Forbidden On Clears And OTs ........................................................255
Dianetics Deleted From OT III Materials ........................................................256
Revised Instructions .........................................................................................257
Section III Additional Data - Notes On Running.............................................261
Stuck Pictures...................................................................................................263
Section III Running ..........................................................................................264
3RD Note .........................................................................................................266
Overt-Motivator Sequence ...............................................................................267
Cross Auditing .................................................................................................269
OT III ...............................................................................................................269
Overrun On III ...............................................................................................271
Running OT III.................................................................................................272
OT III Errors ....................................................................................................273
Addition To OT III Pack ..................................................................................274
Cluster Formation ............................................................................................275
OT III Case Supervision ..................................................................................279
Ruds Going Out On BTs ..................................................................................282
Dianetic Auditing And OT III..........................................................................283
S E C R E T......................................................................................................286
III Completion..................................................................................................287
EP’s ..................................................................................................................288
Handling Correction Lists On OTs ..................................................................289
Flying Ruds On Solo OT III And Above .........................................................290
Incident II .........................................................................................................293
List Of Volcanoes ............................................................................................294
Incident I ..........................................................................................................295
List Of LRH Handwritten Materials ................................................................296
Auditing By R3R .............................................................................................297
Solo & R3R ......................................................................................................298
OT III And OT III Attest..................................................................................299
The Green Green Form Revised ......................................................................300
LDN OT III RB................................................................................................306
ORIGINAL OT 4.....................................................................................................313
OT IV Rundown...............................................................................................315
Valence Shifter And Rudiments ......................................................................316
Valence Shifter.................................................................................................316
Valence Shifter And Low TA ..........................................................................316
OT IV Solo Instructions ...................................................................................317
NEW OT 4................................................................................................................321
OT Drug Rundown...........................................................................................323
8
ORIGINAL OT 5.....................................................................................................333
Instructions .......................................................................................................335
NEW OT 5................................................................................................................339
NED For OTs - Checklist - Pre-OT Advance Pgm..........................................341
ORIGINAL OT 6.....................................................................................................345
OT 6 Instructions .............................................................................................347
NEW OT 6................................................................................................................351
NED For OTs Course Checksheet....................................................................353
NED For OTs RD - Theory Of ........................................................................373
Why You Can’t Run Engrams After Clear ......................................................377
Assists ..............................................................................................................378
Word Clearing And Information......................................................................379
Definitions........................................................................................................380
Information For Pre-OTs .................................................................................384
Misconceptions ................................................................................................385
Blowing BTs And Clusters ..............................................................................387
Valences ...........................................................................................................389
Basic Principles Upon Which The NED For OTs Rundown Is Based ............394
OT III And Dormant BTs.................................................................................396
The First Step Of NED For OTs ......................................................................397
Repairing And Blowing BTs And Clusters......................................................399
FESing Of Folders ...........................................................................................403
Out-Int, “Went In”, “Went On” .......................................................................404
The “Solidity” Of The Body ............................................................................406
“Exterior” Vision, BT Perception ....................................................................407
Prediction Factors On Length And Progress....................................................408
Session Factors.................................................................................................410
TA And Needle Behavior ................................................................................412
How You Operate A Meter ..............................................................................413
Revivication .....................................................................................................414
Anaten ..............................................................................................................416
Remnant Ridges ...............................................................................................418
NED For OTs - Repair List..............................................................................419
Resistance To Change ......................................................................................422
NED For OTs - Checklist - Pre-OT Advance Pgm..........................................423
“NED For OTs” - Checklist .............................................................................425
Stuck Flows, The Genus Of A BT ...................................................................436
Flow Assessment Sheet....................................................................................440
Rest Points........................................................................................................441
Program Departures .........................................................................................442
The Thetan Hand Technique............................................................................443
Chronic Somatics, Missed BTs ........................................................................444
Perimeter Masses .............................................................................................446
The Sequence For Handling A Physical Condition .........................................448
Notes On PTS...................................................................................................451
Rockslams ........................................................................................................452
Collective Identities .........................................................................................453
Basic Fear.........................................................................................................455
More On Dianetic Chain Errors .......................................................................455
Auditor Role.....................................................................................................457
Handling BTs Messed Up On OT III...............................................................458
Repair List For Errors In OT III.......................................................................460
Additional Action.............................................................................................464
9
Wrong Items.....................................................................................................465
Partially Blown BTs .........................................................................................466
BTs With Misunderstood Words .....................................................................467
Valence Technique Addition ...........................................................................469
Acknowledging The “Me” Answer..................................................................474
NOTs OT Drug Rundown................................................................................481
Audit BTs Conceptually.................................................................................485
NOTs What/Who L & N Step..........................................................................486
Clarification On Acknowledging .....................................................................489
Varying The Areas ...........................................................................................491
Advanced NOTs Procedure .............................................................................492
Handling Correction Lists On OTs ..................................................................493
Qual Corrective Actions On OTs.....................................................................494
OT III And OT III Attest..................................................................................498
ORIGINAL OT 7.....................................................................................................501
OT 7 Instructions .............................................................................................503
NEW OT 7................................................................................................................511
New OT 7 Instructions .....................................................................................513
ORIGINAL OT 8.....................................................................................................515
Why Thetans Mock Up ...................................................................................517
NEW OT 8................................................................................................................521
Study And Procedure .......................................................................................523
SPECIAL RUNDOWNS ........................................................................................ 529
The L Rundowns............................................................................................ 531
Introduction ............................................................................................ 533
Set Ups.................................................................................................... 533
Method 6................................................................................................. 533
Purpose Of The L’s................................................................................. 534
L 10.................................................................................................................. 535
Class 10 Checksheet For L 10 (Export)...................................................536
L 10 Introduction .....................................................................................548
L 10 End Phenomenon ............................................................................548
L 10 Basic Approach ...............................................................................548
L 10 Rundowns........................................................................................549
L 10 Prior Assessment .............................................................................550
8 Dynamic R/D ........................................................................................553
Overts By Dynamics R/D ........................................................................559
Considerations R/D..................................................................................564
Connections R/D......................................................................................565
Enemy R/D ..............................................................................................565
Greatest Overt R/D ..................................................................................565
Muliple Flow Evil Purpose R/D ..............................................................565
Lie R/D ....................................................................................................565
L 10 Results Assessment .........................................................................566
L’s Correction List...................................................................................567
L 11................................................................................................................... 569
Introduction .............................................................................................570
L 11 Program Steps .................................................................................570
Justification..............................................................................................570
C/S 37R R/D ............................................................................................570
Harm Implant R/D ...................................................................................570
Evil Purpose R/D .....................................................................................571
10
List 9S......................................................................................................571
Nature Of Man.........................................................................................571
L 12................................................................................................................... 573
Introduction .............................................................................................574
L 12 Program Steps .................................................................................574
Cluster Handling......................................................................................575
Character List ..........................................................................................575
PTS Beam Handling ................................................................................579
OCA Trait Handling ................................................................................579
Management Words.................................................................................580
Admin Scale ............................................................................................580
Group Sanity............................................................................................580
Simon Bolivar Policy...............................................................................580
New Vitality Rundown ...................................................................................583
Theory......................................................................................................584
Two Way Communication Techniques ...................................................585
Two Way Comming Traits ......................................................................585
Other Two Way Comms..........................................................................586
End Phenomenon .....................................................................................586
Notes On Programming ...........................................................................586
Bright Think Rundown ..................................................................................589
Revivication.............................................................................................591
NOTs Series 21 - Revivication ................................................................592
Bright Think R/D.....................................................................................594
Super Power ....................................................................................................599
Introduction .............................................................................................601
Condition Below Confusion ....................................................................602
Eighth Dynamic Process..........................................................................603
Ethics Repair List ....................................................................................605
Eighth Dynamic Viewpoint .....................................................................611
Actual Super Power Process....................................................................612
11
12
13
ORIGINAL
OT 1
14
15
OT 1 CHECKSHEET
1. Read HCO PL 17 January 1967 ______
2. Read Handwritten Instruction 21 July 1968 ______
3. Clear: Phenomena ______
Flattened ______
Overrun ______
Cognition ______
4. Read Advance Courses General Issue 19 September 1967 ______
5. Read Advance Courses General Issue 16 October 1967 ______
6. Read Handwritten Instruction 21 July 1968R ______
7. Read the 13 step instructions ______
8. Demo each step ______
9. Have the Advanced Courses Supervisor check you out ______
10. Proceed with the Solo steps ______
16
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 SEPTEMBER 1966
Clearing Course
Students
O.T. Course CONFIDENTIAL
Students
CLEAR AND O.T.
DEFINITION OF A CLEAR: A THETAN WHO CAN BE AT CAUSE KNOWINGLY AND
AT WILL OVER MENTAL MATTER, ENERGY, SPACE AND TIME.
In clearing you move the Being up to where he is cause over mental MEST. A Clear has erased
the matter, energy, space and time connected to the thing called MIND. He has been cleared of the
MASS, PICTURES etc. It is a negative gain.
Clear occurs when he stops mocking up bank, or realizes he is doing it.
A Clear has perhaps not entirely lost the automaticity of mocking up mass. But at least he
knows he is putting it there and practice increases his general reality.
A Clear may, at first, have a little trouble with thought. His “think” is quite powerful, and is
not influenced by a bank, but may be influenced by his own past postulates. Thus he may run into
difficulty with his own postulates in present time, his own past postulates and others present time
postulates, especially when he has two or more postulates or similar magnitude opposing each other.
At first his postulates will contain force, probably, and he may experience pain from these as a thetan.
A Clear will have considerable influence upon others around him. People whose ability to
confront is not very high will begin to fall to pieces in the presence of a Clear. One mechanism of
this is that the Clear tends to raise the people around him to a slightly higher level of confront, and
they begin to confront their own mind, and this really shakes them up. This is particularly so of an
S.P. who dares not look at his mind, because he knows that if he does he will go insane.
The E-Meter will read on a Clear on THOUGHT. It will read on postulate and assert. The
Clear’s “think” influences the body, thus causing the meter to read.
DEFINITION OF AN OPERATING THETAN: A THETAN WHO CAN BE AT CAUSE
KNOWINGLY AND AT WILL OVER THOUGHT, LIFE, MATTER, ENERGY, SPACE
AND TIME, SUBJECTIVE AND OBJECTIVE.
After Clear, we are starting to move into “ Cause over thought and life”.
In PART ONE of the O.T. Course the Clear uses the same materials as are used on the Clearing
Course, and runs any banks he did not complete before he went Clear. This activity is in the realm
of thought. But it is these banks which brought the being down the “dwindling spiral” and we must
be sure that they are never again going to have any effect on the Being. There are also positive gains
to be had from this activity. The being is becoming more at cause over thought. He is on his way
to Operating Thetan.
When a Clear moves up to cause over his own and other thought, life, Matter, Energy, Space
and Time, he is an Operating Thetan.
The width between wog and Clear is very great. The width between Clear and OT is a bit wider.
LRH:fh L. Ron Hubbard
Copyright © 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
17
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JANUARY 1967
Remimeo
Franchise
FSM’s AN OPEN LETTER TO ALL CLEARS
All Students
All Preclears
BPI
You are Clear. Well done and congratulations.
This state has not previously been attained in this universe and we must all work towards getting
more people - many more people - up to this level. Essentially, you are clear on the 1st dynamic and still
have a lot of work in front of you to attain OT, which is to say the remaining dynamics, but nevertheless
you will find you have many abilities hitherto undreamed of. An ethical code already exists for OT’s so
at the state of Clear one should not assume one has a license to do just whatever one will. You still have
the remaining dynamics to go so don’t use the abilities you have attained already to enslave others, or,
indeed yourself.
With freedom comes responsibility and with responsibility comes the need to assess one’s actions
and to take only such actions as will do the greatest good over the greatest number of dynamics. So, the
Policies of Scientology which have enabled you to reach the state of Clear still apply to all Clears. In fact
they apply more because you have the reality of their value and the necessity of seeing that they are
followed.
Those who have not yet attained Clear will be watching you with some awe, so you have the duty
of setting an example of exemplary behavior in all aspects of your life. As a Clear you have no privileges
beyond being declared Clear.
As a result, bigger responsibilities will be given and expected of you so you must be prepared to
responsibly educate yourself where necessary so that you can do whatever is assigned to you in a proper
manner in keeping with the main goals and aims of Scientology.
So for you there is no sitting down and resting on your laurels, no waiving of policy, no promiscuous
2nd dynamic activities, no improper assumption of power, control or influence or assuming that you
automatically know best in every situation. It is a crime to invalidate the State of Clear - see to it that you
don’t do this in your conduct as a Clear, particularly as regards yourself. You still have the rest of your
dynamics to go.
You have now become more than ever a part of a team. Obsessive individualism and a failure to
organise were responsible for getting into the state we got into.
As soon as you have gone the rest of the way this will become abundantly plain.
I expect and need your help to carry out the broad mission of de-contaminating this area of the
universe. If you wish to help, your first duty is to protect the repute of the state of Clear by exemplary
conduct. Your second duty is to attain OT as soon as possible. Your third, if you wish to help, is to become
part of the endeavour to clean up this sector of the universe and make it safe not only for ourselves but the
billions of others who have been harmed.
As a Clear, you are welcomed and honoured. Don’t do anything that will wear out your welcome
or bring dishonour on yourself or upon other Clears.
Thank you for what you have done so far.
Thank you for what you will do in the future.
I know I can count on you.
LRH:lrh L. Ron Hubbard
Copyright © 1967 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
18
ADVANCED COURSES
GENERAL ISSUE
To: All Clearing
and O.T. Course I M P O R T A N T 19 September 1967
students
FLOATING NEEDLES
Students are reminded that they must always note on there worksheet F/N and T.A.
position when a floating needle occurs. This is an essential part of your admin. and it must
be done.
TONY DUNLEAVY
A/Chief Supervisor of Advanced Courses
ADVANCED COURSES
G E N E R A L I S S U E
To: O.T. COURSE STUDENTS
Section I and II 16 October 1967
FLOATING NEEDLES
No great significance should be placed on floating needled on the O.T. Course.
Advanced Courses General Issue of 19 September 1967 reminds you to note down when
a floating (free) needle occurs, and you should do this. It is a part of standard admin at
all levels.
This does not, however, alter any tech of the O.T. Course.
JANET GUILFORD
T/Chief Supervisor of Advanced Courses
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
NEW
OT 1
28
29
NEW OT 1 INSTRUCTIONS
0. Make a list of terminals who have had ARC Breaks, PTPs or have committed overts
against you to Fly Ruds on them .
1. Assess the first terminal and if reading on ARCX then fly Rud to F/N.
eg: Mother
“Does ( Mother ) have an ARC Break with me?”
If reading, then ARCU, CDEINR E/S to F/N, VGIs and no more reads.
2. Assess SAME terminal for PTP and if reading fly Rud to F/N.
eg: Mother
“Does ( Mother ) have a Present Time Problem with me?”
If reading, then Itsa E/S Itsa to F/N VGIs and no more reads.
3. Assess SAME terminal for W/Hs and if reading fly Rud to F/N.
eg: Mother
“Does ( Mother ) have a Withhold from me?”
If reading, then get What, When, All, Who to F/N, VGIs and no more reads.
Then take the NEXT terminal from your list and do 1 to 4 on IT.
Do this action until you have a big win, persistent F/N and cognition on doing the
action.
Good Luck!
30
31
OT 2
32
33
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 SEPTEMBER 1972
ISSUE IV
AO’s Only
OT 2 Students
Tech Secs AO’s
D of T AO’s
Adv Cses I/C
Adv Cse Super
OT 2 COURSE CHECKSHEET
CONFIDENTIAL
The materials contained on this checksheet include all the necessary data to audit yourself
through Section II OT. The checksheet is divided into two sections:
1) Study of OT II data
and
2) Auditing on OT II.
Upon completion of the Study Section, the student is routed to the Adv Cse D of P for the
Auditing portion.
PREREQUISITES: OT I Completion.
STUDENT NAME:_____________________ DATE STARTED:____________
ORGANIZATION:______________________DATE COMPLETED:_________
POST:_____________________________________
Course Length: This course should take no longer than 3 hours to complete. (Refer to
Study Section).
Sequence: Study materials in checksheet order, starrates as marked. Do not go past a
word you do not fully understand. Use a dictionary and for Scn terms use the Scn
Abridged Dictionary and HCOB 23 Aug ‘65 “Abbrev and Symbols of Dn and Scn”. All
the materials are checked with M4.
Product: The product of this course is (a) A student who understands and can do OT II.
(b) A PreOT who has attained OT II.
Certificate: Upon completion of the study section the auditor is given an OK to Audit for
OT II and an OT II Certificate when the auditing is complete.
34
OT II CHECKSHEET
STUDY SECTION
1. HCO PL 7 Feb 65 Keeping Scientology Working ____________
2. HCO PL 17 Jun 70 Technical Degrades ____________
3. Instruction Sheet 24 Apr 67 OT Course Section II ____________
4. Additional Data Re Dates 20 Apr 68 ____________
5. CC Instruction Booklet (may be zero rated if you
are certain of the procedure ) ____________
6. Advanced Courses General Issue 28 Apr 67
Rev. 15 Aug 71 Confidential - The State of Clear. ____________
7. General Issue 19 Sep 67 Floating Needle ____________
8. General Issue 16 Oct 67 Floating Needles ____________
NOTE: If you have any uncertainties at this point about the procedure for running OT
2, then see your Supervisor and ask to review the Study Section of the CC
Checksheet, with particular attention to the demos and drills.
ADDITIONS:
1. Glossary of Terms for Sec. II OT Cse ____________
2. Confidential State of Clear ____________
3. HCOB 30.7.80 Nature of a Being ____________
4. HCOB 5.12.79 Difference Between the Comm
Cycle in Regular Auditing and
Cycles of Action in Solo Auditing ____________
5. HCOB 27.12.65 Vitamins ____________
6. HCOB 4.11.80 Vitamin C ____________
I attest that I have completed all the requirements of this checksheet and I know and
can apply the materials to Solo Audit on OT II.
_______________________ _______________________
(date) (student)
I attest that this student knows and can apply the materials of this course to Solo Audit OT
II.
_______________________ _______________________
(date) (student)
35
AUDITING SECTION
You are now ready to report to the Adv Cse D of P to receive the OT II auditing materials
and commence with your auditing.
Before beginning, your ruds will be flown by an Adv Cse Review Auditor.
You will be under the direct Supervision of the Adv Cse C/S and D of P while you are
auditing yourself on OT II. GOOD LUCK!
Student has completed the above auditing requirements and may attest to OT II.
_______________________ _______________________
(date) (Adv Cse CaseSupervisor)
Student is awarded the OT II Certificate.
_______________________ _______________________
(date) (C & A)
Compiled by Tech
Compilations PR &
Consumption Bureau
for
Training and
Services Aide
for
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:BL:RS:kjm:JK:YH
Copyright © 1972
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
36
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 FEBRUARY 1965
REISSUED 27 AUGUST 1980
Remimeo
Sthil Students
Assn/Org Sec Hat (As the first issue in the Keeping
HCO Sec Hat Scientology Working Series)
Case Sup Hat
Ds of P Hat
Ds of T Hat
Staff Member Hat
Franchise
(Issued May 1965)
Keeping Scientology Working Series 1
Note: Neglect of this Pol Ltr has caused great hardship on staffs, has cost countless
millions and made it necessary in 1970 to engage in an all out international effort to restore
basic Scientology over the world. Within 5 years after the issue of this PL with me off the
lines, violation had almost destroyed orgs. “Quickie grades” entered in and denied gain
to tens of thousands of cases. Therefore actions which neglect or violate this policy letter
are HIGH CRIMES resulting in Comm Evs on ADMINISTRATORS and EXECUTIVES.
It is not ‘ entirely a tech matter” as its neglect destroys orgs and caused a 2-year
slump. IT IS THE BUSINESS OF EVERY STAFF MEMBER to enforce it.
SPECIAL MESSAGE
THE FOLLOWING POLICY LETTER MEANS WHAT IT SAYS.
IT WAS TRUE IN 1965 WHEN I WROTE IT. IT WAS TRUE IN 1970 WHEN I
HAD IT REISSUED. I AM REISSUING IT NOW, IN 1980, TO AVOID AGAIN
SLIPPING BACK INTO A PERIOD OF OMITTED AND QUICKIED FUNDAMENTAL
GRADE CHART ACTIONS ON CASES, THEREBY DENYING GAINS AND
THREATENING THE VIABILITY OF SCIENTOLOGY AND OF ORGS.
SCIENTOLOGY WILL KEEP WORKING ONLY AS LONG AS YOU DO YOUR
PART TO KEEP IT WORKING BY APPLYING THIS POLICY LETTER.
WHAT I SAY IN THESE PAGES HAS ALWAYS BEEN TRUE, IT HOLDS
TRUE TODAY, IT WILL STILL HOLD TRUE IN THE YEAR 2000 AND IT WILL
CONTINUE TO HOLD TRUE FROM THERE ON OUT.
NO MATTER WHERE YOU ARE IN SCIENTOLOGY, ON STAFF OR NOT,
THIS POLICY LETTER HAS SOMETHING TO DO WITH YOU.
ALL LEVELS
37
KEEPING SCIENTOLOGY WORKING
HCO Sec or Communicator Hat Check
on all personnel and all new personnel
as taken on.
We have some time since passed the point of achieving uniformly workable
technology.
The only thing now is getting the technology applied.
If you can’t get the technology applied, then you can’t deliver what’s promised. It’s
as simple as that. If you can get the technology applied, you can deliver what’s promised.
The only thing you can be upbraided for by students or pcs is “no results.” Trouble
spots occur only where there are “no results.” Attacks from governments or monopolies
occur only where there are “no results” or “bad results.”
Therefore the road before Scientology is clear and its ultimate success is assured if
the technology is applied.
So it is the task of the Assn or Org Sec, the HCO Sec, the Case Supervisor, the D
of P, the D of T and all staff members to get the correct technology applied.
Getting the correct technology applied consists of
One: Having the correct technology.
Two: Knowing the technology.
Three: Knowing it is correct.
Four: Teaching correctly the correct technology.
Five: Applying the technology.
Six: Seeing that the technology is correctly applied.
Seven: Hammering out of existence incorrect technology.
Eight: Knocking out incorrect applications.
Nine: Closing the door on any possibility of incorrect technology.
Ten: Closing the door on incorrect application.
One above has been done.
Two has been achieved by many.
Three is achieved by the individual applying the correct technology in a proper
manner and observing that it works that way.
Four is being done daily successfully in most parts of the world.
Five is consistently accomplished daily.
Six is achieved by instructors and supervisors consistently.
Seven is done by a few but is a weak point.
38
Eight is not worked on hard enough.
Nine is impeded by the “reasonable” attitude of the not quite bright.
Ten is seldom done with enough ferocity.
Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten are the only places Scientology can bog down in any
area.
The reasons for this are not hard to find. (a) A weak certainty that it works in Three
above can lead to weakness in Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten. (b) Further, the not-too-bright
have a bad point on the button Self-Importance. (c) The lower the IQ, the more the
individual is shut off from the fruits of observation. (d) The service facs of people make
them defend themselves against anything they confront good or bad and seek to make it
wrong. (e) The bank seeks to knock out the good and perpetuate the bad.
Thus we as Scientologists and as an organization must be very alert to Seven, Eight,
Nine and Ten.
In all the years I have been engaged in research, I have kept my comm lines wide
open for research data. I once had the idea that a group could evolve truth. A third of a
century has thoroughly disabused me of that idea. Willing as I was to accept suggestions
and data, only a handful of suggestions (less than twenty) had long-run value and none
were major or basic; and when I did accept major or basic suggestions and used them, we
went astray and I repented and eventually had to “eat crow.”
On the other hand there have been thousands and thousands of suggestions and
writings which, if accepted and acted upon, would have resulted in the complete
destruction of all our work as well as the sanity of pcs. So 1 know what a group of people
will do and how insane they will go in accepting unworkable “technology.” By actual
record the percentages are about twenty to 100,000 that a group of human beings will
dream up bad technology to destroy good technology. As we could have gotten along
without suggestions, then, we had better steel ourselves to continue to do so now that we
have made it. This point will, of course, be attacked as “unpopular,” “egotistical” and
“undemocratic.” It very well may be. But it is also a survival point. And I don’t see that
popular measures, self-abnegation and democracy have done anything for Man but push
him further into the mud. Currently, popularity endorses degraded novels, self-abnegation
has filled the Southeast Asian jungles with stone idols and corpses, and democracy
has given us inflation and income tax.
Our technology has not been discovered by a group. True, if the group had not
supported me in many ways, I could not have discovered it either. But it remains that if
in its formative stages it was not discovered by a group, then group efforts, one can safely
assume, will not add to it or successfully alter it in the future. I can only say this now that
it is done. There remains, of course, group tabulation or coordination of what has been
done, which will be valuable—only so long as it does not seek to alter basic principles and
successful applications.
The contributions that were worthwhile in this period of forming the technology
were help in the form of friendship, of defense, of organization, of dissemination, of
application, of advices on results and of finance. These were great contributions and were,
and are, appreciated. Many thousands contributed in this way and made us what we are.
39
Discovery contribution was not however part of the broad picture.
We will not speculate here on why this was so or how I came to rise above the bank.
We are dealing only in facts and the above is a fact—-the group left to its own devices
would not have evolved Scientology but with wild dramatizations of the bank called “new
ideas” would have wiped it out. Supporting this is the fact that Man has never before
evolved workable mental technology and emphasizing it is the vicious technology he did
evolve—psychiatry, psychology, surgery, shock treatment, whips, duress, punishment,
etc., ad infinitum.
So realize that we have climbed out of the mud by whatever good luck and good
sense, and refuse to sink back into it again. See that Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten above are
ruthlessly followed and we will never be stopped. Relax them, get reasonable about it and
we will perish.
So far, while keeping myself in complete communication with all suggestions, I
have not failed on Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten in areas I could supervise closely. But it’s
not good enough for just myself and a few others to work at this.
Whenever this control as per Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten has been relaxed, the
whole organizational area has failed. Witness Elizabeth, N.J.; Wichita; the early organizations
and groups. They crashed only because I no longer did Seven, Eight, Nine and
Ten. Then, when they were all messed up, you saw the obvious “reasons” for failure. But
ahead of that they ceased to deliver and that involved them in other reasons.
The common denominator of a group is the reactive bank. Thetans without banks
have different responses. They only have their banks in common. They agree then only
on bank principles. Person to person the bank is identical. So constructive ideas are
individual and seldom get broad agreement in a human group. An individual must rise
above an avid craving for agreement from a humanoid group to get anything decent done.
The bank-agreement has been what has made Earth a Hell—and if you were looking for
Hell and found Earth, it would certainly serve. War, famine, agony and disease has been
the lot of Man. Right now the great governments of Earth have developed the means of
frying every man, woman and child on the planet. That is bank. That is the result of
Collective Thought Agreement.
The decent, pleasant things on this planet come from individual actions and ideas
that have somehow gotten by the Group Idea. For that matter, look how we ourselves are
attacked by “public opinion” media. Yet there is no more ethical group on this planet than
ourselves.
Thus each one of us can rise above the domination of the bank and then, as a group
of freed beings, achieve freedom and reason. It is only the aberrated group, the mob, that
is destructive.
When you don’t do Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten actively, you are working for the
bank-dominated mob. For it will surely, surely (a) introduce incorrect technology and
swear by it, (b) apply technology as incorrectly as possible, (c) open the door to any
destructive idea, and (d) encourage incorrect application.
It’s the bank that says the group is all and the individual nothing. It’s the bank that
says we must fail.
40
So just don’t play that game. Do Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten and you will knock out
of your road all the future thorns.
Here’s an actual example in which a senior executive had to interfere because of a
pc spin: A Case Supervisor told Instructor A to have Auditor B run Process X on Preclear
C. Auditor B afterwards told Instructor A that “It didn’t work.” Instructor A was weak on
Three above and didn’t really believe in Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten. So Instructor A told
the Case Supervisor, “Process X didn’t work on Preclear C.” Now this strikes directly at
each of One to Six above in Preclear C, Auditor B, Instructor A and the Case Supervisor.
It opens the door to the introduction of “new technology” and to failure.
What happened here? Instructor A didn’t jump down Auditor B’s throat, that’s all
that happened. This is what he should have done: Grabbed the Auditor’s Report and
looked it over. When a higher executive on this case did so, she found what the Case
Supervisor and the rest missed: That Process X increased Preclear C’s TA to 25 TA
divisions for the session but that near session end Auditor B Q’d and A’d with a cognition
and abandoned Process X while it still gave high TA and went off running one of Auditor
B’s own manufacture, which nearly spun Preclear C. Auditor B’s IQ on examination
turned out to be about 75. Instructor A was found to have huge ideas of how you must
never invalidate anyone, even a lunatic. The Case Supervisor was found to be “too busy
with admin to have any time for actual cases.”
All right, there’s an all too typical example. The Instructor should have done Seven,
Eight, Nine and Ten. This would have begun this way. Auditor B: “That process X didn’t
work.” Instructor A: “What exactly did you do wrong?” Instant attack. “Where’s your
Auditor’s Report for the session? Good. Look here, you were getting a lot of TA when
you stopped Process X. What did you do?” Then the pc wouldn’t have come close to a
spin and all four of these would have retained their certainty.
In a year, I had four instances in one small group where the correct process
recommended was reported not to have worked. But on review found that each one had
(a) increased the TA, (b) had been abandoned, and (c) had been falsely reported as
unworkable. Also, despite this abuse, in each of these four cases the recommended,
correct process cracked the case. Yet they were reported as not having worked!
Similar examples exist in instruction and these are all the more deadly as every time
instruction in correct technology is flubbed, then the resulting error, uncorrected in the
auditor, is perpetuated on every pc that auditor audits thereafter. So Seven, Eight, Nine
and Ten are even more important in a course than in supervision of cases.
Here’s an example: A rave recommendation is given a graduating student “because
he gets more TA on pcs than any other student on the course!” Figures of 435 TA divisions
a session are reported. “Of course his Model Session is poor but it’s just a knack he has”
is also included in the recommendation. A careful review is undertaken because nobody
at Levels O to IV is going to get that much TA on pcs. It is found that this student was never
taught to read an E-Meter TA dial! And no instructor observed his handling of a meter and
it was not discovered that he “overcompensated” nervously, swinging the TA 2 or 3
divisions beyond where it needed to go to place the needle at “set.” So everyone was about
to throw away standard processes and Model Session because this one student “got such
remarkable TA.” They only read the reports and listened to the brags and never looked
at this student. The pcs in actual fact were making slightly less than average gain, impeded
by a rough Model Session and misworded processes. Thus, what was making the pcs win
41
(actual Scientology) was hidden under a lot of departures and errors.
I recall one student who was squirreling on an Academy course and running a lot
of offbeat whole track on other students after course hours. The Academy students were
in a state of electrification on all these new experiences and weren’t quickly brought under
control, and the student himself never was given the works on Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten
so they stuck. Subsequently, this student prevented another squirrel from being straightened
out and his wife died of cancer resulting from physical abuse. A hard, tough
instructor at that moment could have salvaged two squirrels and saved the life of a girl.
BUT no, students had a right to do whatever they pleased.
Squirreling (going off into weird practices or altering Scientology) only comes
about from noncomprehension. Usually the noncomprehension is not of Scientology but
some earlier contact with an offbeat humanoid practice which in its turn was not
understood.
When people can’t get results from what they think is standard practice, they can be
counted upon to squirrel to some degree. The most trouble in the past two years came from
orgs where an executive in each could not assimilate straight Scientology. Under
instruction in Scientology, they were unable to define terms or demonstrate examples of
principles. And the orgs where they were got into plenty of trouble. And worse, it could
not be straightened out easily because neither one of these people could or would
duplicate instructions. Hence, a debacle resulted in two places, directly traced to failures
of instruction earlier. So proper instruction is vital. The D of T and his instructors and all
Scientology instructors must be merciless in getting Four, Seven, Eight, Nine and Ten into
effective action. That one student, dumb and impossible though he may seem and of no
use to anyone, may yet some day be the cause of untold upset because nobody was
interested enough to make sure Scientology got home to him.
With what we know now, there is no student we enroll who cannot be properly
trained. As an instructor, one should be very alert to slow progress and should turn the
sluggards inside out personally. No system will do it, only you or me with our sleeves
rolled up can crack the back of bad studenting and we can only do it on an individual
student, never on a whole class only. He’s slow = something is awful wrong. Take fast
action to correct it. Don’t wait until next week. By then he’s got other messes stuck to him.
If you can’t graduate them with their good sense appealed to and wisdom shining,
graduate them in such a state of shock they’ll have nightmares if they contemplate
squirreling. Then experience will gradually bring about Three in them and they’ll know
better than to chase butterflies when they should be auditing.
When somebody enrolls, consider he or she has joined up for the duration of the
universe—never permit an “open-minded” approach. If they’re going to quit, let them
quit fast. If they enrolled, they’re aboard; and if they’re aboard, they’re here on the same
terms as the rest of us—win or die in the attempt. Never let them be half-minded about
being Scientologists. The finest organizations in history have been tough, dedicated
organizations. Not one namby-pamby bunch of panty-waist dilettantes have ever made
anything. It’s a tough universe. The social veneer makes it seem mild. But only the tigers
survive—and even they have a hard time. We’ll survive because we are tough and are
dedicated. When we do instruct somebody properly, he becomes more and more tiger.
When we instruct half-mindedly and are afraid to offend, scared to enforce, we don’t
make students into good Scientologists and that lets everybody down. When Mrs.
Pattycake comes to us to be taught, turn that wandering doubt in her eye into a fixed,
42
dedicated glare and she’ll win and we’ll all win. Humor her and we all die a little. The
proper instruction attitude is, “You’re here so you’re a Scientologist. Now we’re going
to make you into an expert auditor no matter what happens. We’d rather have you dead
than incapable.”
Fit that into the economics of the situation and lack of adequate time and you see
the cross we have to bear.
But we won’t have to bear it forever. The bigger we get, the more economics and
time we will have to do our job. And the only things which can prevent us from getting
that big fast are areas in from One to Ten. Keep those in mind and we’ll be able to grow.
Fast. And as we grow, our shackles will be less and less. Failing to keep One to Ten will
make us grow less.
So the ogre which might eat us up is not the government or the High Priests. It’s our
possible failure to retain and practice our technology.
An Instructor or Supervisor or Executive must challenge with ferocity instances of
“unworkability.” They must uncover what did happen, what was run and what was done
or not done.
If you have One and Two, you can only acquire Three for all by making sure of all
the rest.
We’re not playing some minor game in Scientology. It isn’t cute or something to do
for lack of something better.
The whole agonized future of this planet, every Man, Woman and Child on it, and
your own destiny for the next endless trillions of years depend on what you do here and
now with and in Scientology.
This is a deadly serious activity. And if we miss getting out of the trap now, we may
never again have another chance.
Remember, this is our first chance to do so in all the endless trillions of years of the
past. Don’t muff it now because it seems unpleasant or unsocial to do Seven. Eight. Nine
and Ten.
Do them and we’ll win.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jw.rr.nt.ka.mes.rd.bk.gm
Copyright © 1965, 1970, 1973, 1980
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
43
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1970RA
Remimeo REISSUED 30 AUGUST 1980
Applies to as part of KSW Series
all SHs and RE-REVISED 27 APRIL 1981
Academies
HGCs (Re-revised to update High Crime #3)
Franchises
Keeping Scientology Working Series 5
URGENT AND IMPORTANT
TECHNICAL DEGRADES
(This PL and HCO PL Feb 7, 1965
must be made part of every study
pack as the first items and must
be listed on checksheets.)
Any checksheet in use or in stock which carries on it any degrading statement must be
destroyed and issued without qualifying statements.
Example: Level 0 to IV Checksheets SH carry “A. Background Material - This section is
included as an historical background, but has much interest and value to the student. Most of the
processes are no longer used, having been replaced by more modern technology. The student is
only required to read this material and ensure he leaves no misunderstood.” This heading covers
such vital things as TRs, Op Pro by Dup! The statement is a falsehood.
These checksheets were not approved by myself, all the material of the Academy and SH
courses IS in use.
Such actions as this gave us “Quickie Grades,” ARC Broke the field and downgraded the
Academy and SH Courses.
A condition of TREASON or cancellation of certificates or dismissal and a full investigation
of the background of any person found guilty, will be activated in the case of anyone
committing the following HIGH CRIMES.
1. Abbreviating an official Course in Dianetics and Scientology so as to lose the full
theory processes and effectiveness of the subjects.
2. Adding comments to checksheets or instructions labeling any material “background”
or “not used now” or “old” or any similar action which will result in the
student not knowing, using and applying the data in which he is being trained.
3. Employing after 1 Sept 70 any checksheet for any course not written by myself or
authorized by the Authority, Verification and Correction Unit International and
accepted by the Board of Directors.
Checksheets for Dept 17 Courses have their own approval lines as issued in HCO
PL 2 Jan 80R Rev. 31 Dec 80 DEPARTMENT 17 COURSE CHECKSHEETS
APPROVAL LINE.
44
4. Failing to strike from any checksheet remaining in use meanwhile any such
comments as “historical,” “background,” “not used,” “old,” etc. or VERBALLY
STATING IT TO STUDENTS.
5. Permitting a pc to attest to more than one grade at a time on the pc’s own determinism
without hint or evaluation.
6. Running only one process for a lower grade between 0 to IV, where the grade EP has
not been attained.
7. Failing to use all processes for a level where the EP has not been attained.
8. Boasting as to speed of delivery in a session, such as “I put in Grade Zero in 3
minutes.” Etc.
9. Shortening time of application of auditing for financial or labor saving considerations.
10. Acting in any way calculated to lose the technology of Dianetics and Scientology to
use or impede its use or shorten its materials or its application.
REASON: The effort to get students through courses and get pcs processed in orgs was
considered best handled by reducing materials or deleting processes from grades. The pressure
exerted to speed up student completion’s and auditing completion’s was mistakenly answered
by just not delivering.
The correct way to speed up a student’s progress is by using 2 way comm and applying the
study materials to students.
The best way to really handle pcs is to ensure they make each level fully before going on
to the next and repairing them when they do not.
The puzzle of the decline of the entire Scientology network in the late 60s is entirely
answered by the actions taken to shorten time in study and in processing by deleting materials
and actions.
Reinstituting full use and delivery of Dianetics and Scientology is the answer to any
recovery.
The product of an org is well taught students and thoroughly audited pcs. When the product
vanishes, so does the org. The orgs must survive for the sake of this planet.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
Revised by CS-4/5
Approved by
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
Accepted by the
BDCSC:LRH:SK:JE:nt:rd:lf:dr:bk BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Copyright © 1970, 1980, 1981 of the
by L. Ron Hubbard CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED of CALIFORNIA
45
O.T. COURSE - SECTION TWO
24th April, 1967
(Note: These instructions are additional to those contained in the Clearing Course
Instruction Booklet. All the rules for running and Admin. Instructions contained in that
Booklet apply equally to the running of O.T. Section II materials. Read and study the
Booklet again as well as these instructions and know them before doing any auditing.)
INSTRUCTIONS
There are 10 complete whole track tables.
But only 1 of each kind of GPM in each table. This is a complete “Run” or set (1
of each kind).
The sets belong to different entities. One finds the earliest set and runs it with care
to stay in that set. Then one finds the next earliest set and so on for ten sets. Just as in
running the CC GPMs.
The Electrical is the earliest in the run (set).
WHOLE TRACK TABLE
Set One
ELECTRICAL GPM
TOCKY GPM
BIG BEING GPM
HOUSE GPM
PSYCHO GPM
BANKY GPM
FORERUNNER GPM
* THE ARROW
* DOUBLE ROD
* WOMAN
* WHITE BLACK SPHERE
* HOT COLD
* LAUGHTER - CALM
* DANCE MOB
BASIC-BASIC GPM
BASIC GPM
THE COMMAND GPM
LOWER LP GPM
LP GPM
BODY GPM
LOWER BANK
Same for 10 sets.
46
* NOTE: There is no line plot for THE ARROW, DOUBLE ROD, WOMAN,
WHITE BLACK SPHERE, HOT COLD, LAUGHTER-CALM, and DANCE MOB.
You will be issued a brief description of each of these in your materials. They should be
run when you come to them.
When ALL AVAILABLE charge is off the Whole Track Table GPMS, the student
has completed Section II of the O.T. Course.
You must NOT :
1. Run any bomb incidents.
2. Tamper with any “past lives”.
3. Work around with the question of identity.
4. Scout or fool around with your case.
5. Look for or handle pictures.
6. Look for or try to plot “new GPMs”.
7. Do any dating.
Just run the materials given. Do a List 7, but no “assists” on self or any solo auditing
other than given in the materials or List 7 amended. To do any of the above seven can be
fatal. We can only get you through safely and well if you follow explicit orders.
NEVER PROCEED PAST A NON-READING ITEM. To do so can be very
deadly. Apply the rules for running as given in the Clearing Course booklet to get an item
reading properly. A non-reading item means an error has been made earlier and must be
straightened up. Or something is suppressing or occluding.
Janet Guilford
Tech Sec
Advanced Org
for L. RON HUBBARD
LRH : jz
Copyright © 1967
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
20th April, 1968.
ADDITIONAL DATA RE: DATES ... SECTION II OT COURSE
The dates on the track table of Section II are asserted dates and are part of the
Implant. The actual date is 75 million years ago.
L.RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:aap:do
47
****************************
* CLEARING COURSE *
* *
* INSTRUCTION BOOKLET *
* *
****************************
READ, STUDY AND KNOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE DOING ANY
AUDITING.
CLEARING COURSE INSTRUCTION BOOKLET
MECHANICS OF THE BANK
Anything in the bank that occurs several times will not erase unless it’s the earliest
time it occurred. This is known as the basic on the “chain”. A number of similar things,
early to late in different points of time make a chain.
When you have the earliest erased, the rest erases easily. However, when the earliest
one is erased the next to last is the new “basic” and must be erased in it’s turn. And so on.
As this goes on, the items of the chain eventually begin to “blow” (erase) very easily.
Therefore, if Items cease to erase easily, you have not properly handled the Item just
before it. And may not have handled the same item in the earlier run.
Even if you get reads out of a later run than the one you are supposed to be in, you
will find the later one still reads when you get to it properly and will then erase nicely.
The real sneaker in the R6 bank is “the person himself at the time”. This we call “the
thetan” in the Item. Each Item has an impression of the being as he was at the moment of
the item long ago. If one does not spot this each time, it will not erase and mass builds up
as we go along. This means look at or locate yourself as a thetan at the time of the incident.
It is not the light. It is right where you are in the auditing chair, but of course, ages past.
Spot means “glance at”. q = Greek letter theta. qn is a trick way of saying theta-n. If, as
you read this, you can glance at the wall, you can spot. It reads well.
One then has to get the earliest moment of one’s own beingness in the bank and
“spot” it.
Then one has to spot it for each Item one runs.
One “spots the thetan” and the Item or (in the Objects) the Items, at the same time.
This is a bit of a trick. It is “simultaneous spotting”. Spotting the thetan in a called (verbal)
Item can be done at the same time as the Item is called.
Ordinarily, one calls or spots the Item a few times and then also calls and spots the
thetan.
The thetan can also then be spotted without calling or spotting the item.
The right way is the way you get the most reads.
Soon one begins to be expert at it, but then one must be expert at it with Item 1, Part
1, Run 1 or it builds up.
One had a tiny bit of mass on him right at the start, as he was protesting. This is
(slight as it is) enough to tie down the chain by leaving it with a basic. So “spot the thetan”
each time. Spotting the environment at the time is also possible.
48
DURATION OF AUDITING
Find a quiet place in which to audit. Audit an hour or two at a time, preferable the
same time each day. A day you don’t audit is a session lost. Trying to make up a session
is useless. Audit daily. When you don’t you lose sessions. It isn’t how much you get done
in a session, it’s the getting on, bit by bit, that counts. It’s like digging a long ditch. What
you don’t dig isn’t dug.
The bank contains less than was first thought but it contains enough. In three or four
months you will have make it if you do a good job on each Item. And don’t fool about with
the bank. It goes into restimulation if you stir it up.
And don’t decide a lot of things. Your ability to postulate is increasing and you can
decide a run is “flat” or doesn’t need to be run and have it behave that way. But it will still
be there to knock you down.
THE CAUSE OF TROUBLE
The only way one can get ill, or in trouble, is not auditing, in trying to “correct” the
Items given, or, in not following instructions.
What doesn’t make Items read properly:
Loud shouting.
Body movement while calling.
Fiddling the one-hand electrode.
Tensing muscles.
Getting angry with the lack of a read.
Gritting teeth.
Auditing past an ARC break.
Doing a List 7 every time you don’t get a read or feel odd.
What makes Items read properly:
Doing regular sessions.
Not self auditing out of session.
Staying calm.
Keeping calm.
Keeping the Auditor’s Code on the pc (you).
Following directions exactly.
Adding nothing.
Finding ARC breaks (when they happen) with a List 7.
( List 7 run as an assessment for ARC Break will run easily. Locate and
indicate the by-passed charge as it shows up. If you are not a classed
auditor, get this done in a Qual Division that has a classed auditor
either on or through the Clearing Course. If you really bog down,
Auditing by List 7 will give you the relief sought.)
Auditing in a place you feel secure and where you won’t be disturbed.
Audit daily.
Not auditing too long at one time, 1 to 2 hours is optimum, closer to 1 than
2.
Not trying to get rid of it all at once.
Considering it a routine piece of ditch digging.
Not expecting to fly suddenly.
Not dwelling on your case out of session.
49
When you end a session, end it.
Being plodding and methodical.
Just getting on with it, getting all the reads off by calling or spotting, going
on to the next item, if it doesn’t read, get more off last item and return
to the one that wouldn’t read.
Getting in the buttons Supp., Inval., Protest, when needed only.
Checking for earlier or later runs only when in trouble.
Only handle trouble when it arrives.
Don’t try to handle it before it does.
The best way to stay out of trouble is READ, STUDY AND UNDERSTAND
THESE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE BEGINNING.
BASIC BASIC
The first (earliest) bit in the bank is not an Item but a light.
It appears to the left front of the face, some distance away (look ahead and to the
left a bit and you’ll spot it).
It is the source of unconsciousness and produces it when contacted.
There is a light before each Run, in the middle of each 7’s GPM (every 4 pairs), at
the start of Basic End Words, at the start of Confusion GPM, and at the start of the Objects
and at the end of each type of Item in the Objects (every 8 Items). Each time you feel
groggy, it’s a light doing it. Each major change, then, is preceded by the light. Mark these
in on your platens if they are not there. Flatten each one by spotting it, and it and thetan.
Anaten (unconsciousness) can be spotted away.
It is part of the light. When the light went on, the thetan went anaten. Instead of a
Solo Auditor going anaten in his session, it is only necessary to spot the anaten in the
thetan when running the light.
When you spot a light or object or combination of objects, you should get a read on
the needle. By spotting the same thing again, you get another read. By spotting it again,
you get another read. And so you continue to spot it, time after time, until no more reads
occur by reason of spotting.
You repeat verbal items aloud, getting a read each time you repeat until it has no
more reads. Verbal items are found in the “7’s”. “Basic End Words” and “Confusion
GPM”.
But you silently spot lights, objects, combinations of objects repeatedly (same one)
until you have no more reads.
You should get as many falls, etc. from spotting a light as you do from calling an
Item.
Spotting the thetan follows the same rules. You spot repeatedly until there are no
more reads on the needle by reason of spotting the thetan (self) at that instant and place.
You don’t have to see the light to spot it or see the thetan or see the object or objects.
You only need to spot the place where they are with the idea of what should be there.
Of course, seen at first or not, continued spotting makes it blow.
50
PATTERN OF THE BANK
The apparent pattern of the bank is as follows:
There are five PARTS. These occur in a row. This row of 5 parts is called a RUN.
The first, earliest, of these is the “7’s”.
The second, just above the “7’s” is the Basic End Words.
The third, just above the Basic End Words, is the Confusion GPM.
The fourth, just above the Confusion GPM, is the Objects - hollow.
The fifth, just above the Objects - hollow is the Objects - solid.
After a RUN of A, B, C, D, and E we begin again with the “7’s” for the next RUN.
The parts go as they do in the first RUN. (“7’s”, then Basic End Words, then Confusion
GPM, then the Objects - hollow, then the Objects - solid.)
Therefore, the trick is always to run only the earliest run available and not get into
later runs.
The bank has 10 runs or 50 parts.
None of these use a GPM Line Plot.
They only contain what is given on the platen you are issued.
The proper way to run it all is to get on with it. After 10 runs, you may have to go
from Run 1 to Run 10 all over again anyway, to get any final bits. So your first running
of the whole 10 runs may not be your final run.
51
HOW TO USE A PLATEN
Each student must supply himself with foolscap paper.
The platen is then laid aside the foolscap paper and you repeat the number on the
actual foolscap paper. Across the top of the foolscap paper is written the student’s name,
the name of the part being run, the number of the run, and the date.
The reads on the Items are written on the foolscap paper alongside the number of
the Item.
To keep from cramping your reads and have enough paper on all parts, just take
legal (foolscap) size paper and use the items consecutively numbers and go down the page
as far as necessary to record all reads, then leave a space and write the next number. It is
too hard to keep the numbers even on the platen and worksheet.
Number work sheet by page number of platen + consecutive letter.
Page 1 of platen becomes Page 1A + B + C of worksheet.
Label each worksheet well.
In order to save paper bulk, continue down your piece of foolscap paper from
session to session, dating each new session start.
52
Use both sides of your foolscap paper, but use separate Auditor Reports for each
session, of course.
Any comments that need to be written down must be put on another sheet of paper.
Only the actual reads, including any buttons that are used, and any cognition’s, should be
written on your foolscap paper. Do not write the name of the items, only the pair number
and item number.
Leave some space on your foolscap paper when you complete an item, so that if the
next item does not read, you then have sufficient space to go back and add more in if
necessary to the previous item.
Do not write anything on the platen.
When you return your auditor’s reports and worksheets always use paper clips.
Never use a stapler on this course.
RUNNING ITEMS
Always run the earliest Item first, flatten it and go on to next item. Complete the part.
Go to first Item in next part, etc.
One calls the Item and marks it’s reads until one no longer gets reads. Then one calls
the next Item and marks it’s reads, until it no longer reads. Then one can call the first item
of the pair again and second Item, calling them as a pair until they no longer read. The
reads obtained on an item by calling a pair are put under the appropriate item number. All
the reads for any one item are recorded in the same place on the worksheet regardless of
when the item is called. (Such as calling as a pair or in rerunning). Space should be left
after each item so that reads can be added when calling the pair or in the case of having
to go back and get more charge off an item.
Whenever you move the Tone Arm down mark on your worksheet (BD —) and put
the new T.A. position in the Blank Space, e.g. (B.D. 3.0).
If an item does not read the moment it is called, then you have left the Item just
before it charged. So call the earlier Item again and get the read or reads off it, making sure
you don’t go into a later run. Then call the item that didn’t read the first time and you will
find it instantly reads.
When you leave an item to go back to a previous one, put a / on the item you leave
and a - at the item you go back to. If you go back more than one item, put a / for as many
items as you go back. i.e. if you go back three items, you put /// on the item left and - on
each item gone back over. Each item must be called in turn up to the place where you went
back from.
NOTE: This can easily be overdone (getting all reads off earlier items) as you can put
yourself into later runs, so moderation in this goes a long way.
But never ignore the fact that a new item didn’t read the first time it was called. It
always means you didn’t get all reads off the Item immediately before, or that you failed
to spot the thetan at the moment. NEVER go past a non-reading item.
When running Clearing Course material, you find you get a certain amount of reads
on an Item (correct ‘run’ type reads are Fs, LFs, sBDs, BDs) then the following Item in
the same session will get approximately the same amount of reads - if not and you get only
a few reads, then go back to the previous Item that read well and you will find there is more
charge on it. After that the next Item will read with approximately the same number of
53
reads as the previous one.
One doesn’t muck about with concepts or other maunderings. The Item is the Item
and cognition’s do or don’t appear. The Item is the thing and calling it is what makes it
read.
If the Items go on reading don’t try to suppress them. Items read big and many times.
You may get as many as 25 or more large reads on every Item. The main thing is to clear
(get all the charge off) each Item for the run you are in. Be sure to keep in the correct run.
Remember, if you get bored with so many reads to take the boredom off as a button. You
can just throw away reads because you get tired of seeing it read. Your purpose is to clean
each Item, not make yourself interested or happy or entertained. A lot of it is just hard,
slogging work. If you clean them up as you go, all will be well.
You can sometimes erase an Item and have it then read as a lock or a lock Item. Test
it for a lock if it reads too long.
If you find you are getting small reads, i.e. ticks, small falls, check to see if there
is any charge left on the previous item, and check to see if you are in the correct run. Falls
and blowdowns are expected on each Item, not just small reads. Don’t go on calling the
item if you are getting small reads. Find the outness and correct it. Keep Auditor’s Reports
for each session.
Don’t try to run the same Item out of all runs at one time. Just proceed from bottom
up, run by run, in order, Item by Item, part by part. Take care to stay in the correct run.
It is now a proved fact that none of the Basic Bank will erase on a preclear until all
the lower grades are properly established on a preclear and then the Basic Bank
confronted in it’s exactness, item by item in sequence and in it’s exact relationship to the
rest of the Bank.
Know then that (1) there is no haphazard blowing of Bank
(2) no item blows out of context
(3) there are no prior holes blown in the Bank for anyone, no matter
what the nature of any prior auditing might have been, until the
item has actually been run.
PAIN Pain (pn) occurs only when you left something charged behind you.
(earlier).
SICKNESS Sickness is part of the somatic. It runs out.
FLATTEN Flatten every Item thoroughly.
ERASURE You are not seeking Release from the bank at this level. You are erasing.
Therefore “the bank has blown” is nonsense - one has blown from the
bank, so get back in it and run it. Total erasure is the aim.
NO READ No read on a new item is always followed by long falls and blowdowns.
Never by-pass an Item just because it didn’t read. Sure passport to upset
is to leave Items alive and go on or to skip an Item because it didn’t read.
They all will read.
RERUN If you start getting pain or sickness, you got into a later run or you bypassed
some charge and must rerun the earlier area you just did. Something
is still alive. If in doubt, re-run the lot from the start of the part. Erase
thoroughly. But if it is a later run, get back into the correct one.
54
NEGLECT If you run upwards getting no reads at all on several Items and still go on,
you will become quite upset. Do not go past non-reading items. Find out
what is wrong immediately and remedy it.
BY-PASSED CHARGE: Use L7 on yourself if you don’t quickly find reasons for pain
or upset.
READS Write down, using the code, every read you get after the Item that it
occurred on. Write “no” for Item that didn’t read at first read, even when
it then reads.
Example: “ No LFsBDFFFsBD”.
RELEASE You’ll go Release a lot of times. Ignore it. We are erasing in R6. Release
can be ignored because the R6 bank is vanishing. Not true of Lower
Grades.
TA UP The TA goes up between sessions. IT cleans up and goes down on
beginning rudiments or on the first couple of Items or both.
REPEATER TECHNIQUE: The Items are flattened by repeater technique. Just repeat
them until they no longer read. Get your own reaction off. Repeat again.
Repeat to no read. Beware of session Suppress and Invalidate.
PART B Is nouns. Be careful of first one because it is used in the sense of a noun.
Don’t run it otherwise than as a pure noun.
READS It is not unusual for an Item not to read at first call. Read the one just before
it again. Try the Item once more. If still no read, call several just before it.
Then call it again. It will read. Items read many times in most cases. Don’t
leave anything reading behind you. Sometimes you will find a pair you
just left are still very alive. Flatten them. Mark ALL reads or lack of them.
WOODEN FACE: A wooden feeling in the face is caused by pulling later items that are
also pulled in out of arrangement. If you pull in from later bank (runs) X
and Y you will not get a wooden feeling in your face. But if you pull them
in Y X you will.
CODE ( USED IN NOTING READS )
F = 1” to 2” fall (needle left to right motion)
LF = long fall 2” or more
sF = small fall 1/2 to 1”
ht = heat experienced
pn = pain
som = somatic
sen = sensation
corr = correct
supp = suppress
inval = invalidate
no rd = no read
sBD = small blowdown of TA. .2 div. or .1 (right to left motion) (needle
sticks over to right — TA does not necessarily have to be moved.)
BD = 1/4 division blow down of TA or more (right to left motion) (TA has
to be moved)
Div = division of tone arm
TA = tone arm of meter, scale of
anaten = analytical attenuation (going unconscious)
55
PARTS D & E
THE OBJECTS - HOLLOW AND SOLID
These parts are silent.
There are no words in them, only objects.
They run in a pattern.
The position of the objects relative to the thetan are:
The Objects appear about an arm’s length away.
On coming in or going away, the location is the same.
For 1 Object, it appears a few feet in front of one’s face.
For 2 Objects, they appear to right and left of one at same height as the front one.
For 3 Objects, they appear combined as 1 and 2 Objects positions (in front face and
to right and left).
For 4 Objects, they appear as the 3 plus one behind the head about the same distance
back as the one in front is.
They move.
Learn to perceive the number given all in the same instant, doing the action of going
away or coming in. Spot the thetan at the same moment.
Seek to perceive the object or objects, don’t call them. Perceive them as going away
or as coming in, as given.
If the mass stacks up, you are missing spotting the thetan. Go back and spot it.
(yourself at the time). It is an easy run. If you grind at it too hard you will get into the same
run repeating as a later run.
If you have pain, you have missed a read. Or you went into a later run. If you have
severe pains, you’ve gotten into a later run.
If your eyes burn, you have invalidated something.
56
MISTAKES AND ILLNESS
About the only thing that can make you ill on the Clearing Course is your own error,
losing your place on the plot, skipping or re-running.
Between sessions, little can happen you cannot repair.
But, at the start of a session, you may pick up, in error, something you have already
run, or skip and pick up late. (i.e. you have done 133, you start at 129 the next session.
More seriously, you have not done 141 to 144, but begin the next session at 145.)
If you skip 4 items and do a light, you will surely become ill. By illness is meant,
“colds”, “flu”, “dysentery”, etc.
To prevent becoming ill, be very careful of your place, very careful to pick up where
you left off, very careful not to skip. And you will do very well.
If you do become physically ill, down in bed, it is almost certain you missed items
and did a skip.
And further, you must have been PTS at the time (connected to an SP).
No Clearing Course auditing may take place during pregnancy.
If pregnancy occurs, send your folder to the Clearing Course Supervisor who will
keep it until after the birth of the baby.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: je : jd : td : al
Copyright (c) 1967
By L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
57
ADVANCED COURSES GENERAL ISSUE
To:
SECTION II O.T. 20 April 1967
Course Students Revised 15 August 71
CONFIDENTIAL
THE STATE OF CLEAR
What happens on the Clearing Course is that the individual himself becomes clear
on the first dynamic. He himself becomes clear. He has separated out - cleared out and
away from certain other complexities. It does not mean that he is without bank. But he
will find that his recognition of the first dynamic has improved enormously.
The state of clear is terrific. We have waited on this state for a very long time. When
an individual goes clear, he goes over a bump. He goes high as clear and he would
probably remain clear till the end of time unless something else keyed in.
So a clear, having moved and separated out from the material, must then get all
available charge off the Section II O.T. materials.
These must be run properly, using the same technical rules as on the Clearing
Course. They must not be skimped. Good tech calmly applied is the keynote of this.
You are now moving along the road from clear to O.T. By the end of Section III,
you will be very much in the realm of O.T. but only if you do these lower levels of O.T.
properly. You have a lot of auditing hours to log up before O.T., but the end result will
be worth every second of it. And it is probably closer than you think if you audit regularly
each day and do the job well.
Flag Adv. Courses Supervisor
for
Training and Services Aide
for
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:BW:BC:dz:ip
58
ADVANCED COURSES
GENERAL ISSUE
To: All Clearing
and O.T. Course I M P O R T A N T 19 September 1967
students
FLOATING NEEDLES
Students are reminded that they must always note on there worksheet F/N and T.A.
position when a floating needle occurs. This is an essential part of your admin. and it must
be done.
TONY DUNLEAVY
A/Chief Supervisor of Advanced Courses
ADVANCED COURSES
G E N E R A L I S S U E
To: O.T. COURSE STUDENTS
Section I and II 16 October 1967
FLOATING NEEDLES
No great significance should be placed on floating needled on the O.T. Course.
Advanced Courses General Issue of 19 September 1967 reminds you to note down when
a floating (free) needle occurs, and you should do this. It is a part of standard admin at
all levels.
This does not, however, alter any tech of the O.T. Course.
JANET GUILFORD
T/Chief Supervisor of Advanced Courses
59
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 SEPTEMBER 1981
AOs ONLY
OT II COURSE
ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR THE
SECTION II OT COURSE
GLOSSARY OF TERMS FOR THE SECTION II OT COURSE
These definitions are for the OT II Course student in order to ensure he has a clear
understanding of these terms without having to get into Class VI auditor materials, which could
be a skipped gradient for him.
GPM ( GOALS PROBLEM MASS ) :
1. If you took two fire hoses and pointed them at each other, their streams would
not reach each other’s nozzles, but would splatter against one another in midair.
If this splatter were to hang there, it would be a ball of messed up water. Call
hose A the force the pc has used to execute his goal. Call hose B the force other
dynamics have used to oppose that goal. Where these two forces have perpetually
met, a mental mass is created. This is the picture of any problem—force
opposing force with resultant mass, Where the pc’s goal meets constant
opposition, you have in the reactive mind the resultant mass caused by the two
forces— GOAL = force of getting it done, OPPOSITION = force opposing it
getting done. This is the goal problem mass.
2. The problem created by two or more opposing ideas which being opposed,
balanced, and unresolved, make a mass. It’s a mental energy mass.
IMPLANT GPM : ( IMPLANT GOALS PROBLEM MASS ) :
An Implant GPM is a GPM made up of goals (and their opposing forces) which
are not the pc’s own but which have been “implanted” in him.
An implant is an electronic means of overwhelming a thetan with a significance.
An implanted goal is : a goal the thetan himself has not decided upon - but which
has been induced in him by overwhelming force and persuasion.
In the case of implanted Goals Problem Masses, use was made of the mechanics
of the actual pattern of living to impress and entrap a thetan and enforce
obedience to behaviour patterns. The goal selected was not entirely based on
any goal of the thetan but was an entirely arbitrary selection both as to goal and
pattern, by those conducting the implanting.
TERMINAL (also refered to as TERM ) :
1. It would be any fixed mass utilized in a communication system. That, I
60
think, is the best of the various definitions that have come out for this. Any mass
used in a fixed position in any communications system. Thus you see a man
would be a terminal, but a post could also be a terminal.
2. An item or identity the pc has actually been sometime in the past (or present) is
called a terminal. It is “the pc’s own valence” at that time. In the goals problem
mass (the black masses of the reactive mind) those identities which, when
contacted, produce pain, tell us at once that they are terminals. The person could
feel pain only as himself (thetan plus body) and therefore identities he has been
produce pain when its mental residues (black masses) are recontacted in
processing.
OPPOSITION TERMINAL (also referred to as OPPTERM) :
1. An item or identity the pc has actually opposed ( fought, been an enemy of )
sometime in the past ( or present ) is called an opposition terminal. As the person
identified himself as not it, he could experience from it only sensation. An
opposition terminal when its mental residues ( black masses ) are recontacted in
processing, produces only sensation, never pain.
Electrically, a terminal is one of the two poles between or through which current
flows.
We got the idea of two different types of terminals in GPMs, because that’s the
way they are. One, the pc thinks of as his own or himself. The other he thinks
of as an opposition. Hence, we use “terminal” to mean what the pc thinks is his
idea and mass in the GPM, and we use “opposition terminal”, or “oppterm” for
short, to mean the mass and significance he thinks of as the enemy to the one he
is in.
Both the “terminal” and the “oppterm” in the GPM have mass and significance
and have the appearance of receiving and giving communication and so they are
called terminals.
ITEM :
1. In GPMs, what we now also call items were first called terminals because they
interacted with each other electrically. They were always in pairs.
When one is speaking of either a Terminal or Opposition Terminal and isn’t
being specific as to which it is ( Term or Oppterm ) one says ITEM.
PAIR :
1. A set of two; two that go together.
DICHOTOMY :
1. A dichotomy in Scientologese means plus and minus. A plus word and a minus
word. They are of the same order of things always. A crude example would be
“An Apple” and “Applelessness”. That’s a pair, a dichotomy.
Plus and minus interchange a current as you will find on any battery. So we don’t
61
want active-passive. (For example, the active such as “Man” and the passive
such as “Woman”.) We want the bold PLUS and MINUS, the opposites. The
nature of things is a major idea. Each major idea has two parts: a PLUS and a
MINUS. These are opposed to each other. They interchange current. The
conflict. What is generally agreed to be the unwanted or poor side is minus.
What is generally conceived to be all right is plus.
For example, in a modern society we would have the major idea that an
individual has an ecconomic status. Wealth is the PLUS and Poverty is the
MINUS.
So a DICHOTOMY means to two parts of a major idea.
2. Opposites : two things which when interplayed cause action.
LINE PLOT :
1. Each GPM has a Line Plot.
A Line Plot is the pattern of items for every GPM. For example, each full goal,
like To Grab Books, would have a Line Plot with items like “Grabbing Books”
or just “Grabbed Books”, etc.
END WORD :
An End Word is the final word of a goal. It is always a noun or a condition made
into a noun.
For example, with a goal such as “To Grab Books”, Books is the end word.
Each end word, however, has many verb or action words related to it, thus
making up a series of goals. End words are called end words because they come
on the end of each of a series of goals.
It is the end word that is the common denominator to the whole of a GPM.
WHOLE TRACK :
1. The Whole Track is the moment to moment record of a person’s existence in this
universe in pictures and impression form.
CHAIN :
1. A series of recordings of similar experiences. A chain has Engrams, Secondaries
and locks.
2. Incidents of similar nature strung out in time.
3. A series of incidents of similar nature or subject matter.
ENTITIES :
62
The basic definition of “entity” as contained in standard dictionaries is :
Something that has a real and separate existence either actually or in the mind;
a being or existence which is considered distinct and self contained.
There are various types of entities described in the full works on Dianetics and
Scientology.
For example, a cell is a living animal all by itself.
There is the Genetic Entity (“GE”) which is the entity which carries foreward
from the earliest formation of the MEST body.
There can be injected entities or sythetic entities. Some of these are ridges on
which facsimilies are planted. Each one of those things can be a thinking entity.
It thinks it is alive. It can think it’s a being, as long as energy is fed to it.
These follow all the rules and laws and phenomena of single beings.
The full subject of entities is not taken up in this glossary. However, for an
understanding of the data on entities as contain in Dianetic and Scientology
materials, one must first have a good understanding of the basic definitions
given above.
References in Dianetic and Scientology materials for further data on entities
include :
HCOB 30 JUL 80, THE NATURE OF A BEING
DIANETICS, THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH,
Book Two, Chapter IV.
THE HISTORY OF MAN, Chapters Two, Five and Ten.
SET ( also “RUN” ) :
1. On OT II a “set” or “run” refers to one complete set of 21 GPMs, which are also
refered to as a Whole Track Table.
PART :
1. The term “part” refers to the individual GPMs which, in their written form, are
called Chapters. Where the chapter is split up into two or more separate sections,
each of these would also be refered to as a part.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
Assisted by
Snr C/S Int Assistant
Accepted by the
BCDS:LRH:NP:kjm BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Copyright © 1981 of the
by L. Ron Hubbard CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED OF CALIFORNIA
63
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 SEPTEMBER 1978R
ISSUE IV
REVISED 2 OCTOBER 1980
CONFIDENTIAL
Distribution
Limited to Org
C/Ses who are
Clear or above
and AOs
(This Bulletin has been revised to restate the most accurate
definition of the State of Clear as given originally in
Book One, Chapter II of “Dianetics: The Modern Science
of Mental Health”; to clarify and emphasize the Clear
cognition; to update the bulletin in regard to the mandatory
use of Dianetic Clear Special Intensive for verification
and rehabilitation of the State when a person has gone
Clear before doing the Clearing Course, and to give the
data on programming of a Dianetic Clear for further
auditing.)
( Revisions in Script )
( Ellipses indicate Deletions )
C O N F I D E N T I A L
THE STATE OF CLEAR
(Ref: HCOB 24 Sep 78R, Iss III DIANETIC CLEAR
HCOB 25 Jun 70RB, Iss II C/S Series 12 RB
HCOB 2 May 79, Iss I , DIANETIC CLEAR SPECIAL
INTENSIVE
HCOB 2 May 79, Iss II, DIANETIC CLEAR SPECIAL
INTENSIVE ASSESSMENT
LIST. )
IMPORTANT NOTE: The distribution of this confidential HCOB is limited to AOs and
C/Ses in Saint Hills and Class IV Orgs who are Clear or above, with the following
stipulations:
1. A C/S, Clear or above, in an AO, Saint Hill or Class IV Org is held full responsible
for maintaining the security of this confidential HCOB and the material it contains.
2. The HCOB is to be kept securely under lock and key as Confidential Advance
Course Material.
3. The confidential data herein is not to be divulged, verbally or otherwise to anyone
. . . . it is also not to be copied or reproduced.
4. Feeding the Clear cognition to any individual, or violation of any of the above, is
a Comm-Evable offense.
If a mission or Field Auditor believes one of their pcs to have gone Clear, they will
64
send the pc and his folders to their closest org which has a C/S who is Clear, for a full
Dianetic Clear Special Intensive.
The following definition of Clear is non-confidential and may be ( and has been )
used in promo or other publications given Issue Authority for release.
DEFINITION OF A CLEAR: A BEING WHO IS UNREPRESSED
AND SELF DETERMINED.
CONFIDENTIAL DATA
A Clear has lost or erased the matter, energy, space and time connected to the thing
called MIND. He has been cleared of the MASS, PICTURES, etc. in the bank or mind. It
is a negative gain.
CLEAR COGNITION: CLEAR OCCURS WHEN ONE STOPS MOCKING UP
BANK, OR REALIZES THAT HE IS MOCKING IT UP OR HAS BEEN MOCKING
IT UP. THAT IS THE CLEAR COGNITION: THE REALIZATION THAT HE IS OR
HAS BEEN MOCKING UP THE MASS AND PICTURES, ETC., THAT MAKE UP
THE BANK.
When the person arrives at this realization he can then, of course, cease mocking
up bank.
A Clear has perhaps not entirely lost the automaticity of mocking up mass. But at
least he knows he’s putting it there and practice increases his general reality.
The person who has actually gone Clear will express the Clear Cognition, or some
version of it, upon going Clear or at some point on the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive.
He must have expressed this in some way for the C/S to know he has in fact gone Clear
and before being permitted to attest.
The State of Clear . . . can be achieved prior to doing the Clearing Course. It can
occur on Dianetic auditing, especially New Era Dianetics. Sometimes it has occurred on
Goals Processing, and even on Objective Processes.
It is not, however, attained by feeding people cognition’s. Clears are made through
auditing.
___________
Non- Confidential
Verifying and Declaring the State of Clear
When the individual, before doing the Clearing Course, thinks he is or might be
Clear, or when he has read on a correction list ( such as a C/S 53, Green Form, etc. ) as
having gone Clear, he must be given the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive to verify the
State and rehabilitate it , if valid.
When the steps of the Dianetic Clear Special Intensive have been thoroughly done
to full End Phenomena and a full resurgence of the State, the person may be sent to attest
to the State of Clear. ( Ref: HCOB 2 May 79, Iss I, DIANETIC CLEAR SPECIAL
INTENSIVE. )
The state of Clear must be acknowledged and declared when it has been validly
attained and verified.
65
Programming The Dianetic Clear For Further Auditing
A Dianetic Clear must not be run on engrams, R3RA or any version of R3R or
Dianetics.
A Dianetic Clear does the Purification Rundown and the Survival Rundown if he
has not had these. He is given the Scientology Drug Rundown ( unless he has already
completed a full NED Drug Rundown or other Dianetic Drug Rundown ). He is run on
Expanded ARC Straightwire and Expanded Grades 0 - IV to full ability gained for each
Grade not previously standardly declared. (NOTE: He would not be run on the R3RA
section of the Service Fac handling on Grade IV, however. )
He can be given Touch Assists or Contact Assists ( as can Clears and OTs ) but not
a Dianetic Auditing Assist nor any Dianetic Auditing.
When each Grade has been handled to Ability Gained, the next step is the Solo
Auditor Course at a Saint Hill or an Advanced Org.
A Dianetic Clear is not run on Power, R6EW or the Clearing Course, but, upon
completion of the Solo Auditor Course, goes directly onto OT 1.
____________
This HCOB is issued to Org C/Ses who are themselves Clear or above as the Clear
cognition cannot be issued broadly and must not be fed to a pc, which is a Comm-Evable
offense. Clears are made through auditing, not by feeding EPs or cognition’s to pcs. This
is important as someone who has not made Clear will not make it on OT levels.
Org C/Ses who are Clear or above, however, will need to be able to recognize the
State of Clear when it occurs on Dianetics or otherwise, to ensure (using the steps of the
Dianetic Clear Special Intensive ) that the State . . . is real and to declare any such pc . .
. Clear when the State has been truly attained.
Once declared, the person’s pc folders must be clearly marked “DIANETIC
CLEAR”, for security and for purposes of further programming.
The individual is then issued the Standard Clear Certificate by Certs and Awards,
which states simply that he has attained the State of Clear. This Standard Certificate bears
no qualifying statement of the State.
Once the person has attested to Clear he may then be C/Sed for further auditing, per
the programming data above.
______________
I am entrusting Clear C/Ses with the responsibility of ensuring that the Confidential
data herein is kept secure, so that each and every individual may honestly make it to Clear
and go OT.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:kjm:cmp
Copyright © 1978, 1980
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
66
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo
All Staff HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JULY 1980
Tech / Qual
THE NATURE OF A BEING
When one is associating with or attempting to guide or handle a person, it is
necessary to know something of the nature of a being.
If a being were a single unit, separated from all other beings, conditions and current
influences, the task of understanding him would be relatively simple and philosophers
would have had it all worked out long before Dianetics and Scientology.
A single unit being responds to the most elementary and simple rules and laws you
will find in Dianetics and Scientology. Affinity, Reality, Communication and Understanding;
the time track; mental image pictures; the earlier incident holding the later in
place; responses to Matter, Energy, Space, Time, Form as well as force; and the axloms.
On this you can rest assured. And one might even wonder why we need all the additional
bulletins and cautions and provisions and lectures.
The fact of the matter is that when one addresses a person, a human being “in the
flesh” one is not addressing a simple being.
Possibly an example will illustrate this: I had just finished giving a Congress and a
staff member had made some appointments for me to see people who wanted to talk to
me. And, in a conference room, I was suddenly confronted by a woman who was
demonstrably and actively insane. She was incoherent, she was being “pursued”, she was
utterly agitated. Well, I was not then and never was in the business of treating the insane.
Yet here was a situation which had to be handled if only to maintain social calm. In those
days there were many techniques for exteriorizing people and so I used one of them,
putting her back of her head. Promptly she went sane, calmly reviewed her problem with
her husband, sensibly made up her mind what she was going to do to properly resolve the
matter, thanked me and departed. For a brief time she had temporarily become a single
unit being.
I have not given the example as a lesson in what to do in such cases for
exteriorization techniques are not reliable. But only to illustrate the complexity of people.
What you see as a human being, a person, is not a single unit being.
In the first place, there is the matter of valence. A person can be himself or he can
be under the belief that he is another person or thing entirely. This removes him a step from
being a simple being.
Then there is the matter of being in a body. A body is a very complex contrivance,
quite remarkable, quite complicated. And it is also quite subject to its own distortions.
There are also the entities (as discussed in “Dianetics, The Modern Science of
67
Mental Health”, pages 84-90, and also “The History Of Man”, pages 13-14, 43, 75-
77). These follow all the rules and laws and phenomena of single beings.
And then there is the matter of influences of other people around this human being.
From a single, simple being there is a progressive complication setting in as one
adds all these other factors.
The single, simple being, without any further associations can be out of valence
even miles away from other contacts.
It is the aggregate of all these factors which you address when you seek to guide or
handle the usual human being.
This is also why objective processes are so effective - they get many of these factors
all going in the same direction for once.
None of this is to say that it is impossible to handle all this. Far from it. But it does
tell one why all the additional precautions (like don’t overrun, like careful session
procedures) are there in all those materials.
But mainly it tells you that full recoveries seldom happen last and that cases require
an awful lot of work and often for a very long time.
And like the woman at the Congress, one sometimes gets a sudden near-magical
result. The trouble with that one was that she soon went back into her head and became
again a composite, even though she now did have a sane plan of action to follow.
Results, if you follow the rules and laws carefully and with good heart, can be
obtained. And you, knowing your business, can obtain them.
But don’t become discouraged if it all doesn’t happen fast and if it takes a long time.
When you are handling a human being, you are handling a composite.
We did not construct the human mind or human body. We did not put the universe
there to involve, oppress or complicate life. We are working with the end product of an
awful lot of trials and tribulations.
If we were working with single beings, it would be a nothing to do. We are not. We
are working with a complexity and we can do an awful lot, far more than anyone could
do before us. And our work with life has effects and influences far beyond our auditing
tables. It took vast, vast numbers of years and eons for life to get that involved and
complicated. Be glad that it doesn’t take even a tiny fraction of that to dig it out and smooth
it out with Dianetics and Scientology.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH: dm: kjm
Copyright © 1980
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
68
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 DECEMBER 1979
Remimeo
AOs ONLY
Solo Auditor (Cancels and replaces BTB 1.2.1971
Course IV Rev. & Reiss. 2.7.74 as BTB THE
COMM CYCLE IN SOLO AUDITING.)
THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE COMM CYCLE IN REGULAR
AUDITING AND CYCLES OF ACTION IN SOLO AUDITING
References:
HCOB 26 Apr 71 I TRs AND COGNITION’S
HCOB 26 Apr 71 II SOLO COGNITION’S
HCOB 30 Apr 71 AUDITING COMM CYCLE
There is a difference between regular auditing (where the auditor and pc are two separate
persons), and Solo auditing. One does not have to be skilled in Auditor’s TRs 0-IV in order to
be a good Solo auditor . A Solo auditor’s skills are covered in HCOB 26 Apr 71 II, SOLO
COGNITION’S. TRs 0-IV and the Auditing Comm Cycle apply to regular auditing where the
auditor and pc are two separate people. The idea that a Solo auditor would have to mock himself
up as “the auditor” and mock himself up as “the pc” is erroneous. Nor does the Solo auditor have
to try to be two different. people, nor does Solo auditing consists of “talking to oneself”.
In order to understand Solo auditing better, read and demonstrate each of the following
definitions until you understand each of them:
Auditing Comm Cycle: “This is the auditing comm cycle that is always in use: 1) is the pc ready
to receive the command? (appearance, presence); 2) auditor gives command/question to pc
(cause, distance, effect), 3) pc looks to bank for answer (itsa maker line, 4) pc receives answer
from bank, 5) pc gives answer to auditor (cause, distance, effect), 6) auditor acknowledges pc,
7) auditor sees that pc received ack (attention), 8) new cycle beginning with (1)” (HCOB 30 Apr
71 AUDITING COMM CYCLE)
Auditing Cycle: The basic of auditing is an auditing cycle which operates as an attention director.
Call it restimulator if you want, but it’s an attention director, eliciting a response from the pc to
as-is that area and who knows he has done so when he receives from the practitioner an
acknowledgment that it has occurred. That i~ the auditing cycle. “ (SH Spec 189, 6209C18) 2.
“There are basically two communication cycles between the auditor and the pc that make up the
auditing cycle. They are cause, distance, effect with the auditor at cause and the pc at effect, and
cause, distance, effect, with the pc at cause and the auditor at effect . These are completely distinct
one from the other. “ (HCOB 23 May 71R IV, Rev . 4 .12 . 74 Basic Auditing Series 4R
COMMUNICATION CYCLES WITHIN THE AUDITING CYCLE )
Communication Cycle: 1. “A cycle of communication and two-way communication are actually
two different things. A cycle of communication is not a two-way communication in its entirety.
In a cycle of communication we have Joe as the originator of a communication addressed to Bill.
We find Bill receiving it and then Bill originating an answer or acknowledgment back to Joe and
thus ends the cycle.” (DIANETICS 55! page 82) . “A communication cycle consists of just cause,
distance, effect with intention, attention, duplication and understanding. “ (HCOB 23 May 71R
IV, Rev. 4 .12.74 Basic Auditing Series 4R COMMUNICATION CYCLES WITHIN THE
AUDITING CYCLE.
69
Cycle of Action: l. “The sequence that an action goes through, where in the action is started, is
continued for as long as is required and then is completed as planned.” (Scientology Abridged
Dictionary )
(The definitions above are taken from the Technical Dictionary.)
In Solo auditing the Auditing Question or Auditing Command is provided in the materials.
The Solo auditor has to ensure that he understands the Auditing Question or Auditing Command,
gets the answer to the question or carries out the command, and recognizes that he has done so
and completes that cycle. Solo auditing mainly consists of carrying out cycles of action. This is
easy to do as these are given in the materials, and it consists of doing what the materials say to
do.
VERBALIZATION
The Solo auditor does not verbalize questions or commands in solo auditing. It is done on
a thought or intention level. There is a solo auditing action in which the Solo auditor calls items
verbally, but otherwise solo auditing is not verbalized.
METER ERROR
In Solo auditing the meter, worksheets and materials must be arranged so that the solo
auditor can read the meter at the same time as he reads the question or item in the materials. This
is because the question or item will read on the meter when the solo auditor reads the question or
item in the materials. One should not ignore the meter read when first reading the question or item
in the materials. This is especially true when checking reads on Ruds, or doing a BPC Assessment,
as the read might not repeat. The initial read when the question or item is first read and understood
by the Solo auditor is taken. This is because the read occurs when the Solo auditor thinks the
question or concept of the item.
Another meter error could occur if the Solo auditor didn’t understand the question or item.
You could get a reaction because the question or item was misunderstood. And if the question or
item is misunderstood, then you wouldn’t be able to audit it. Therefore it is very important that
the Solo auditor knows to clear the meanings of words in auditing commands and items.
SOLO DRILLS
The Solo Drills are designed to familiarize the Solo auditor with the tools of Solo auditing,
and to become skilled so that when the time comes to start Solo auditing, he can put his full
attention on the auditing and thus be fully in session.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
As assisted by
Snr C/S Int
LRH:DM:dr
Copyright © 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
OT COURSE SECTION TWO
PLEASE NOTE THE SEQUENCE OF THESE NON-LINE
PLOT INCIDENTS AS GIVEN ON THE O.T. COURSE SECTION
TWO 24th April 1967 INSTRUCTION BOOKLET
98
99
O.T. COURSE - PART ONE
1 November 1966
The following do not have a Line Plot. They are implant incidents, and should be located
and plotted on your Track Table. The dates given are sample dates and represent the approximate
time period only. Run the basic of each, getting your own reaction to it.
THE ARROW Tr 30,026
This consists of two Targets with an arrow pointing into each, counter poised. The
front target is white and the rear one is black.
The Targets with the arrows appear for 1/10th of a second, during which time it tilts
one way and then the other. It’s terribly fast, so one made a picture to see afterwards what it
was. Get the speed it idi this. Get your own reaction to it. It’s just a sudden appearance and
disappearance. It wobbled in and wobbled out.
WOMAN Tr 25,980
A “Woman figure” appeared before one. Nothing happened. It just appeared and
remained a few hours. It sort of “got in one’s face”.
WHITE BLACK SPHERE Tr 25,090
This is a sphere on a pole. The sphere and pole are Black in front. White in back. It’s
based on the idea that a thetan “can’t think two thoughts at once”. It does not reverse.
HOT - COLD Tr 20,095
This is a pole with a split in it. The back split is hot, the front one is cold. Two
temperatures. Duration is 1 1/8th seconds.
LAUGHTER - CALM Tr 19,670
This takes place in a cave. It is 7 1/8ths of a second in duration. It has screams of
laughter, very wild, and calm. Calm = frozen numbness.
It is a pole with a split in it. Laughter comes from the rear half and calm from the
front half simultaneously. Then they reverse. It gives one a sensation of total disagreement.
The trick is to conceive of both at the same time. This tends to knock one out.
DANCE MOB Tr 18,992
The duration is 7/8ths of a second. There is a pole that pulls one in. One is caught on
the pole. The actual incident is in connecting with this thing and trying to get off it.
The dancing comes after the actual incident, and consists of a mob dancing around
one, chanting various things (a text). In running this, get the phrases that are chanted.
100
15.11.66
O.T. COURSE PART ONE B
ADDITIONAL DATA
“DOUBLE ROD”
This was found at Tr 25,355; Tr 28,670 and finally found and run at Tr 28,865.
DURATION: 1/2 second - corrected to 1/8 second.
INCIDENT: Consists of a long shiny black rod moving in from left to right.
Then somehow it is like two rods, or one rod with a split in the
middle, the left one being white and revolving forward, the right
one being black and revolving backward. Then they both disappear
forward and upward.
EXPERIENCE: There is a tremendous feeling of EXCITEMENT attached to
this incident.
It has a sort of feeling attached to it as if one was being as if it was being squashed
between the two revolving rods.
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
INSTRUCTIONS FOR RUNNING LOWER L.P. GPM
Place the cut out card over a sheet of paper and attach it with paper clips.
Copy the exact wording that appears on the mimeo’d sheet onto a card, thus making
it a replica of the mimeo’d sheet. The mimeo’d sheet is not thereafter used.
Write the first adjective given (No. 1 at the bottom of the left column of the list of
adjectives) on the sheet through the slot for item 1 on the lower half of the cut out. Run
that Item, recording reads on another worksheet.
When the Item is flat, write the same adjective in the slot for Item 2, and run it,
recording reads on a separate worksheet. Continue on working on up the GPM, flattening
all eight Items for that adjective.
Then take the next adjective, No.2 and write it in and run each Item, using the top
half of the page. When complete, turn the worksheet over underneath the cut out card,
and run the next two adjectives.
Continue on through the Lower L.P. GPM.
199
200
201
202
203
204
INSTRUCTIONS FOR RUNNING L.P. GPM
Place the cut out card over a sheet of paper and attach it with paper clips.
Write on the platten the exact wording that is written on the filled in platten.
Write on each of the 18 slits of paper, showing through the plattens, thename of
the End Word you are working on.
I you have room you can put your reads under the End Word, but if you find you
are getting more reads than you have the space for, then put your reads onto another
worksheet, carefully heading your sheet with the GPM your are doing, the number of
the End Words you are working on, your name and the date.
Write down each item number, 1-18, and the reads that you get for each Item.
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
NEW
OT 3
230
231
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 SEPTEMBER 1972
Issue V
Revised 13 March 1984
AO’s only
OT III Students
Tech Sed AO’s
D’s of T AO’s OT 3 COURSE
Adv Cses i/c
Adv Cse Super CONFIDENTIAL
The materials contained on this checksheet include all the necessary data to audit yourself
through Section III OT. The checksheet is divided into two sections:
(1) Study of Section III data
and
(2) Auditing on OT III
Upon completion of the study section, the student is routed to the advance course D of P
for the auditing portion.
PREREQUISITES: OT II Completion.
STUDENTS NAME_______________________ DATE STARTED _____________
ORGANIZATION_________________________ DATE COMPLETED __________
Sequence: Study the materials in checksheet order, once through star-rate as marked. Do
not go past a word you do noy fully understand. Use a dictionary for Scn terms, plus
HCOB 23 Aug 65 “Abbreviations and symbols of Dn & Scn”.
Product: The products of this course are: (a) A student who understands and can audit
OT III. (b) a pre-OT who has attained the E.P. of OT III.
OT III CHECKSHEET
STUDY SECTION
PART 1 SECTION III DATA
* 1. HCOPL 8 Jan 81 Advanced courses Regulations and Security _______
* 2. LRH Handwritten “Data” _______
* 3. HCOB 5 Feb 70 Secret- Definitions Section 3 _______
* 4. HCOB 4 May ‘68 Confidential, character of Body Thetans _______
* 5. Clay demo the following:
A) A large body _______
B) Add a Thetan to it _______
C) Add a Body Thetan to it _______
D) Add a cluster to it _______
* 6. LRH Handwritten - Incident II, 2nd note 28 Oct. ‘68 _______
* 7. Demo: Diagram the different sequences of Inc II. _______
* 8. LRH Handwritten 1st note “Inc I” * _______
232
* 9. HCOB 5 Feb ‘70 Secret- The basic of BTs _______
* 10. HCOB 14 Sep ‘78 Dn Forbidden on Clears and OTs _______
* 11. HCOB 10 Dec ‘78 Dianetics deleted from OT III materials _______
PART 2 SECTION III, RUNNING OF
* 1. LRH Handwritten Revised 12 Aug ‘69 “Instructions”: _______
* 2. With your demo kit show the following: _______
* a) How a BT or a Cluster is located _______
* b) What is run after a BT is located _______
* c) What to do if the BT doesn’t blow off
or the cluster break up and blow _______
* d) What occurs when a BT or Cluster blows _______
* e) How a Cluster becomes one _______
* 3. LRH Handwritten additional “Notes on running” _______
4. HCOB 4 May ‘68 Dianetic course Stuck Pictures _______
* 5. Using your demo kit, show your twin what buttons
can be used, why, and when to use them _______
* 6. HCOB 9 Jul ‘71 CONFIDENTIAL SECTION III running _______
* 7. Make up some worksheets and show what one should
be marking on them as he runs OT 3 _______
* 8. LRH Handwritte 3rd note 28 Oct ‘68 “Running Incident 2” _______
9. HCOB 20 May ‘68 OVERT MOTIVATOR SEQUENCE _______
* 10. HCOB 4 May ‘68 CONFIDENTIAL CROSS AUDITING _______
* 11. HCOB 2 Oct ‘68 OT III _______
* 12. Demo: Cross auditing and it’s results _______
* 13. Demo: How one turns off a Freewheel _______
* 14. HCOB 4 May ‘68 CONFIDENTIAL Overrun on OT 3 _______
* 15. HCOB 12 Apr ‘70 SECRET RUNNING OT 3 _______
* 16. Demo: The 3 reasons a Pre OT might have trouble whilst
running BTs on Inc 2 and the handling of each:
a) Wrong area _______
b) Not the volcano of the BT being run _______
c) It is not an Inc 2 but another Incident of a
different date _______
* 17. HCOB 13 Oct ‘69 SECRET OT III errors _______
* 18. HCOB 10 Dec ‘78 Addition to OT 3 pack _______
* 19. Demo: The three reasons a BT run on Inc 1
fails to blow:
a) Auditor is trying to run a Cluster with Inc 1 _______
b) There is some earlier Inc on the same BT _______
c) Another BT is copying the Inc 1 just run _______
* 20. HCOB 25 Oct ‘69 CUMULATIVE CLUSTERS _______
* 21. Demo: Draw a diagram showing a cumulative cluster, how
the thing was formed and what holds it together _______
* 22. HCOB 16 Aug ‘83 SECRET OT III CASE SUPERVISION _______
* 23. Demo: With a demo kit, demonstrate each error and
remedy listed _______
* 24. Demo: Demonstrate each of the following:
a) BT critical and it’s handling _______
b) BT antagonistic and handling _______
c) BT sad and it’s handling _______
d) No TA and handling _______
e) Soaring TA and handling _______
233
f) Auditor tired and handling _______
g) Auditor dope off and handling _______
h) Auditor no interest and handling _______
* 25. HCOB 18 Sep ‘69 CONFIDENTIAL Dianetic auditing
and OT 3 _______
* 26. HCOB 8 Jun ‘70 SECRET _______
* 27. Demo: The cause of low TA _______
* 28. LRH Handwritten 20 Apr ‘68
“Important note Section 3: 3 Completion” _______
* 29. HCOB 20 Oct ‘70 CONFIDENTIAL EP’s _______
* 30. Clay Demo: The EP of OT 3 _______
* 31. HCOB 4 Jul ‘79 Handling correction lists on OTs _______
* 32. HCOB 22 Dec ‘79 Flying ruds at OT 3 and above _______
* 33. Demo: How and why you fly ruds using the
Technique described in the above issue _______
* 34. Drill: Flying ruds on a doll _______
I attest that I have completed all the requirements of this checksheet and that I know
and can apply the materials to Solo Audit OT III.
STUDENT_______________________________________DATE _______________
I attest that this student knows and can apply the materials of this checksheet and
has no misunderstoods on what he has studied.
SUPERVISOR____________________________________DATE _______________
This student has completed all the requirements of the OT study section.
STUDENT EXAMINER____________________________DATE _______________
AUDITING SECTION
You are now ready to report to the Adv Crse D of P to receive the OT 3 Platens,
which you will starrate before running.
* 1. LRH Handwritten OT Section 3 “List of Volcanoes”
* 2. LRH Handwritten “Incident 2” (exact sequence)
* 3. LRH Handwritten “Incident 1” (exact sequence)
Before beginning, your ruds may be flown by an Adv Crse Review auditor.
You will be under the direct supervision of the Adv Crse C/S and D of P while you
are auditing yourself on OT 3.
Good Luck!
Student hs completed the above requirements and may attest to OT 3 completion.
ADV CRSE C/S___________________________________DATE _______________
234
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 JANUARY 1981
Remimeo
AOs and (CANCELS BPL 12 Aug 1971R ADVANCE
AOSHs COURSES REGULATIONS, ADVANCE
Only COURSE SECURITY and BPL 23 Jan
Ethics 1969R ADVANCE COURSES SECURITY,
Qual as these issues have been updated and
Adv Courses consolidated into this
Personnel HCO Policy Letter. )
Adv Courses
Students
ADVANCE COURSE REGULATIONS AND SECURITY
The Technology of the Advance Courses is a very precise one. There is no room for any
arbitraries to enter in, and due to the confidential nature of the material avery firm ethics code
is needed in the area. There is no other source of data than in the materials themselves. The
following regulations have proven successful over many years and are now very strict policy.
1. No off-line advice may be sought in cases of students on the Advanced Courses.
2. Any “unusual solution” sought or question asked must be answered only by referring to
relevant Advanced Course materials and standard word clearing tech by the supervisors.
3. Examination of states of case must be done by Qual Examiner and the student’s complete
folder must be submitted to such an Examiner at the time of examination for his inspection.
4. Any person examining for attained states of case must have been checked out on all
technical materials of the Advanced Courses.
5. Any Examiner examining states of case in Qual must be on OT III or above.
6. All Advanced Course personnel must be on OT III or above.
7. No person may be admitted on the Advanced Courses who has a bad Ethics history or
a this lifetime suppressive order or a criminal record without a special Board of Investigation
convened by the HCO Area Sec.
8. No person with a record of using R6EW or Clearing Course materials suppressively may
be admitted on the OT Courses.
9. Persons who have been grossly insecure in their handling of R6EW or Clearing Course
materials or anyone making them available illegally to another may not be admitted on the OT
Course regardless of the action taken at the time.
10. Students folders are to be C/Sed after each session. The student goes to the Examiner
after each session.
11. After the student has gone to the Examiner, he takes his folder to Solo Tech Reception.
12. When an Advance Courses student wishes to communicate to the Case Supervisor about
his case or his auditing, he must do so either in writing via his folder or as an origination given
to the Examiner on the meter.
235
13. If the student needs to clarify a C/S’s instructions or has nay questions or uncertainty
about his auditing tech he should always write it up and send it to the course supervisor along
with his folder and the course supervisor will go over it with him giving any needed references
or drilling.
14. No alcohol may be consumed within 24 hours before session and students must not
consume or have administered to them any drugs, antibiotics, aspirin, barbituates, opiates,
sedatives, hypnotics or stimulants without written OK from the Course Supervisor and C/S.
The only exeption would be a medical emergency, and the C/S must be informed without delay.
15. Auditing must be done daily unless the C/S has instructed a break be taken due to a big
win. AO 1 forms of daily progress must be filled in and handed in at the place designated in
the Solo Tech Reception area.
16. Advance Course students are not to discuss their cases with ANYONE except, (1) the
Case Supervisor (and then only by written comm put into the auditing folder), (2) the Examiner
by way of a metered origination, (3) a review auditor in session or (4) the Solo Case Consultant.
17. Students who are in case trouble or who have ceased to audit on Advance Courses shall
be sent to the Solo Case Consultant or to review.
18. Advance Courses students session admin must be legible. If it is not it will be
considered a No Report.
19. Advance Courses students should not leave town until given permission to do so in
writing by the Case Supervisor.
20. A student who does not qualify as a fast flow student per HCO PL 25 Sep 79
SUCCESSFUL TRAINING LINE UP, and therefore takes an examination on the materials of
the course in Qual, may not take his examination paper or answer sheet out of the Qual area
designated for confidential exams. After marking, the exam is handed back to the student for
reference but it must always be promptly returned by the student after reviewing it as to any
errors made. It is the Examiners responsibility to see this is done.
21. NO UNAUTHORIZED COPIES OF UPPER LEVEL MATERIALS ARE TO BE
MADE.
This means NO notes, NO photocopies, NO “little simplifications”, NO little codes to
keep handy. None of the materials are to be in any way copied, not even partially or in alterised
form. They must not be tape recorded. Any student possessing “notes” or “study aids”
on any Advance Courses issues or films, flash cards, copies of commands, or any such copies
must immediately destroy them completely.
22. Any written references given the student by the Cramming Officer while on a cramming
cycle must be handed in to the Cramming Officer ta the end of each cramming period.
23. THE ADVANCE COURSES MATERIALS MUST NOT BE WRITTEN ON OR
CHANGED IN ANY WAY AT ALL.
Violation of points 21, 22 and 23 above will bring about a severe Ethics action, which could
include debarment from future Advance Courses ( though not limited to this ).
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:kjm
Copyright © 1981
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 FEBRUARY 1970
AOs
Section III Pack
ISSUE II
SECRET
DEFINITIONS, SECT, III
For the purpose of clarity, by BODY THETAN is meant a thetan who is stuck to
another thetan or body but is not in control.
A THETAN is, of course, a Scientology word using thr Greek “Theta” which was
the Greek symbol for thought or life.
An individual being such as a man is a thetan, he is not a body and he does not think
because he has no brain.
A CLUSTER is a group of body thetans crushed or held together by some mutual
bad experience.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH: jz:dr
Copyright © 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
247
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 MAY 1968
CONFIDENTIAL
AO ONLY
III Packets
CHARACTER OF BODY THETANS
Body thetans are just thetans. When you get rid of one he goes off and possibly
squares around, picks up a body or admires daisies. He is in fact a sort of cleared being.
He cannot fail to eventually, if not at once, regain many abilities. Many have been asleep
for the last 75 million years.
A body thetan responds to any process any thetan responds to.
Some body thetans are suppressive. A suppressive is Out of Valence in R6. He is
IN valence in Inc I almost always.
One can’t run a human being on these two incidents since human beings are
composites and would not be able to run the lot. Aside from that non-clears are away
below an awareness required to even find these incidents.
Huge amounts of charge have already been removed from the case and the body
thetans by Clearing and OT 1 and OT 2 to say nothing of engrams and lower grades.
Awareness is proportional to the charge removed from the case.
All though a human being is a composite being there is only one I ( that is you ) who
runs things.
Body thetans just hold one back.
You will continue to be you. You, inside, can of course separate out body thetans
and so solo auditing is the answer.
How good do you have to be to run body thetans off ? Well, if you didn’t skimp your
grades, clearing and OT 2 particularly, you should be able to command body thetans
easily.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH: lw
Copyright (c) 1968
by L.Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 FEBRUARY 1970R
AOs REVISED 16 AUGUST 1983
Class VIIIs
Solo OT III
Course
Solo C/Ses
(Revised to delete references to running R3R on
an OT, per HCOB 12 Sep 78, DIANETICS
FORBIDDEN ON CLEARS AND OTS.)
( Revisions in Script )
SECRET
THE BASIC ON BTs
I’ve isolated a way a thetan comes to be stuck to another thetan. This gives the basis
of clusters and having BTs.
The cycle is this : A thetan collides with another. That one makes a picture of being
collided with. Other BTs get stuck to the picture.
The moment of actual contact of thetans was brief but the picture ( containing a stop
or withdraw ) tends to be permanent.
Thetans then get the idea they can be permanently stuck as they see pictures of it
happening.
Thus we get the concept of a “black theta body”. This would be actual BTs stuck
to a thetan plus pictures of BTs stuck to a thetan.
An answer to all this is to find the first picture a thetan made of contacting another
thetan.
If not at once available the earliest instance of a thetan contacting ( colliding,
running into, attacking ) another thetan could be acheived by Date/Locating times when
one was being suddenly hit with clusters, or strange pains. ( Ref: HCOB 15 Nov 78,
DATING AND LOCATING. )
The idea is to find and blow the first picture one made of another thetan.
This opens another way to “blow off” BTs — Date /Locate on a BT the first picture
the BT ever made of another thetan.
LRH: kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright © 1970, 1983
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
255
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 SEPTEMBER 1978
AOs - OT III
Only
Solo C/S Courses
Adv. Crse Review
Auditors Crse
OT III Course C O N F I D E N T I A L
DIANETICS FORBIDDEN ON CLEARS AND OTS
New Era Dianetics or any Dianetics is NOT to be run on Clears or above or on Dianetic
Clears.
This applies even when they say they can see some pictures.
Anyone who has purchased NED auditing who is Clear or above must be routed to an
AO or Flag to receive the special NED Rundown for OTs. Thcy are NOT to be run on regular
New Era Dianetics.
Any one who is Clear but not OT III is to get through OT III immediately so he can
receive this special Rundown. He had better be pushed through to OT III fast because he is
at risk.
Tho EP of this Rundown is: CAUSE OVER LIFE.
No Dianetics means no Dianetic Assists, no Secondary running, no Engram running, no
Narrative nunning.
The reason you don’t run Clears and above on any form of Dianetics is because they
have erased the bank and have no pictures.
If you try to run NED or any Dianetics on a Clear or above (or a Dianetic Clear) you are
simply running BT’s picture. If you ask a pre-OT to run a Dianetic chain he will give you a
BTs incident and that’s whose chain will be run. The pre-OT ends up stirring up BTs and
clusters and misowning their chains, as they are not the pre-OTs chains.
If there are any Clears or OTs who are R/Sing they are not R/Sers. It’s an entirely
different handling. It’s OTIII. There’s a BT who is R/Sing and the handling of this is included
in the New Era Dianetic Rundown for OTs.
(Note: If a pre-OT staff member is R/Sing and dramatizing the R/Ses and has therefore
been put on an RPF, he is required to receive full handling per thc special NED Rundown for
OTs before graduating that RPF.)
Full data on these subjects is included in issues on the special NED Rundown for OTs.
LRH: nc L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright © 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
256
HUBRARD COMMUNICATlONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 NOVEMBER 1978
REVISED 10 DECEMBER 1978
AOs - OT III
Only
Solo C/S Courses CONFIDENTIAL
Adv. Crs Review
Auditors Course Urgent Important
OT III Course
DIANETICS DELETED FROM OT III MATERIALS
(Ref: HCOB 14 Sept 1978, DIANETICS FORBIDDEN ON CLEARS AND OTs.)
PER HCOB 14 Sep 78 Clear Dianetic Clears and OTs are not to be run on any form
of Dianetics.
No Dianetics moans no Dianetic Assists, No R3R or R3RA, no secondary running,
no engram running, no narrative running.
Thus, where Dianetics or R3R action is referred to in the existing OTIII materials,
this handling step is CANCELLED.
One does run BTs through incident Is and IIs, per the materials, one can also Date
and Locate.
The instruction to run ones own incident 2 and Incident I is cancelled, as one cannot
run engrams on a clear or above.
Should a Pre-OT on OT III run into difficulty he cannot sort out who is given a
Review session by an AO Review Auditor .
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: nc
Copyright © 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 MAY 1968
Remimeo
DIANETIC COURSES
STUCK PICTURES
A picture is stuck because of -
(a) An effort to withdraw from it or something in it.
(b) An effort to stop or stop something in it.
(c) A stop-withdraw combination.
(d) An effort to suppress the picture or something in it.
(e) An effort to invalidate the picture or something in it.
(f) A protest against the picture or its content.
(g) An effort to hold on to the picture.
(h) An ARC Break about the picture.
(i) A Present Time Problem about the picture.
(J) An overt picture of which the stuck one is the motivator.
(k) Too late on the chain of similar pictures.
Long before one gets to (k) it should have blown.
One should have had good luck running engrams himself before being very expert
on others.
The above also applies to secondaries.
Engrams which go solid when you try to run them are too late on the chain, really.
If you run too far back you get a preclear into masses he can’t easily handle.
A pc should never be forced into or through engrams. If he has a struggle he should
be running locks.
Reality on engrams increases in ratio to the charge taken off the case.
In handling the above (a) to (k) you use (a) to run through until the needle doesn’t
react, then (b) through. Then (c) through. And so on. One at a time.
Although I say stuck picture, you can use the above on any engram, particularly if
one “hangs up” in some portion.
Good running.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jc:pw:rd FOUNDER
Copyright © 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
264
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 JULY, 1971
Class VIII
Adv Course C/S Hat
OT III Pack
CONFIDENTIAL
SECTION III RUNNING
(Replaces HCO 8 24 Sept 1968 of the same name)
Section III is not run with sitting the B/T in the chair, etc.
It is run telephthically marking falls, long falls, etc.
It is not run calling the B/T by his name or saying Go to the beginning of the incident,
etc., or out loud.
Some students try to run engrams like Clearing Course materials or make other
errors.
When OTIII is run, the contents of the incidents are given on the platens are run on
B/Ts. R3R steps are not run. The B/T is “intended” to the Date and through the incidents
as given.
OT III Expanded would now be an OT III after OT VII.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH: dz
Copyright © 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
265
266
267
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 MAY 1968
CORRECTED & REISSUED 5 MARCH 1974
(Only change is in this type style)
Remimeo
OVERT-MOTIVATOR SEQUENCE
DIANETICS COURSES
LEVEL TWO
SOLO AUDIT
OT SECTIONS
There was an important discovery made in 1952 on the subject of engrams which
did not get included in “Book One”, Dianetics. The Modern Science of Mental Health.
This was the “Overt-Motivator sequence of ENGRAMS”.
AN OVERT, in Dianetics and Scientology, is an aggressive or destructive ACT by
the individual against one or another of the 8 dynamics (self, family, group, Mankind,
animals or plants, MEST, Life or the Infinite).
A MOTIVATOR is an aggressive or destructive act received by the person or one
of the dynamics.
The viewpoint from which the act is viewed resolves whether the act is an overt or
a motivator.
The reason it is called a “Motivator” is because it tends to prompt that one pays it
back—it “motivates” a new overt.
When one has done something bad to someone or something one tends to believe
it must have been “motivated”.
When one has received something bad, he also may tend to feel he must have done
something to deserve it.
The above points are true. The actions and reactions of people on the subject are
often very falsified.
People go about believing they were in an auto accident when in actual fact they
caused one.
Also people may believe they caused an accident when they were only in one.
Some people, on hearing of a death, at once believe they must have killed the person
even though they were far away.
268
Police in large cities have people turn up and confess to almost every murder as a
routine.
One doesn’t have to be crazy to be subject to the Overt-Motivator sequence. It is not
only used on him continually by others, it also is a basic part of his OWN “case”.
There are two extreme stages of Overt-Motivator phenomena. One is a person who
gives up only motivators (always done to him) and the other is the person who “has done
only overts” (done to others).
In running engrams you will find:
1. All overt engrams that hang up (won’t audit easily) have also a motivator
engram as the same or different incident.
2. All motivator engrams that hang up have an overt engram in the same or
different incident.
The two types of engrams then are OVERT Engrams and MOTIVATOR Engrams.
Example of Overt Engram- SHOOTING A DOG.
Example of Motivator Engram—BEING BITTEN BY A DOG.
The rule is that the SUBJECT MATTER MUST BE SIMILAR.
They can be in different points in time.
When you can’t run out (erase) a dog bite engram, why then you find the “shoot dog”
engram.
PSYCHOSOMATIC ILLS OR ABERRATIONS THAT DO NOT RESOLVE BY
RUNNING ONE SIDE, USUALLY RESOLVE BY FINDING AND RUNNING THE
OTHER.
When you can’t erase an engram about shooting a dog, why then there’s a bitten by
dog.
It’s all very simple really. There are always two sides to the coin. If one won’t run,
you try the other.
BASICS
Finding the basic engram on a chain also applys to finding the basic overt or basic
motivator engram.
Engrams then hang up (won’t run out) when
(a) The other type needs to be run and
(b) The one found has earlier engrams on it.
269
NON-EXTANT ENGRAMS
An “engram” sometimes didn’t exist. A pc can be trying to run being run over by
a car when he never was.
What needs to be done, when the incident won’t run, is get the pc’s incident of
running over somebody.
It also works in reverse. A pc can be trying to recall an engram of running over
somebody when he was in fact only run over himself and never did run over anyone.
So BOTH engrams can exist and be run or only one side exists and can be run or with
a heavy foul-up on overts and motivators, one side can be non-factual and won’t run
because only the other side exists.
It is easy to visualize this as a matter of flows. An overt of course is an Outflow and
a motivator is an Inflow.
SECONDARIES
It may never have been said that secondaries always sit squarely on incidents of
actual pain and unconsciousness.
Also secondaries can exist on the overt-motivator sequence pattern just as in
engrams.
This is the cause of frozen emotions or “unemotional” people. Also some people
complain they can’t feel anymore.
This works out by overt-motivator sequence. A person in grief over loss (grief is
always loss) who then can’t run it has caused grief and that overt-secondary can be run.
Also a person misemotional over causing grief has been caused grief. It works both
ways with ALL POINTS ON THE TONE SCALE.
The last is a newer discovery and wasn’t known to early Dianeticists.
The Overt-Motivator Engram phenomena did not receive adequate dissemination.
The principle applied to secondaries has not before been released.
It is basically Dianetic Engram running that resolves all cases in the end so one had
better be pretty good at auditing Engrams and Secondaries, Motivator and Overt both.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: jp:nt:cden:jh
Copyright © 1968, 1974
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
270
HUBBARD COMMUNICATlONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 MAY 1968
AO Only Confidential
III Packets
CROSS AUDITING
When one runs Incident I out of one thetan and then Incident 2 out of another (thinking it
was the first one) one can get a partially run body thetan who won’t blow but who may start to
go on through the whole of R6 automatically (since the basic basic Incident I is not run yet
Incident 2 is.) One can get quite ill doing this as the illness in R6 can turn on.
One can also “feel no wish to audit”. All “no desire to audit” is some large blunder on a
case.
The way you can run Inc I out of one thetan ond Inc II out of anothor is rather easy. One
fails to notice the first one blew on having Inc I run and runs Inc 2 on another.
LRH: lw L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 OCTOBER 1968
OT I I I
CLASS VIII
OT III
As a matter of data, the only trouble really in a III OT run is running an Inc I on one thetan
and an incident II on another, thinking it was thc first one. A preOT can free wheel into R6 if
you run only an INC 2. You can stop the free wheel at once by running Inc I off the same thetan
you ran the Inc 2 on that started a free wheel.
Free wheel means that the pc goes on automatic continuous run. Inc 2 is R6 75 million years
ago. Inc I is about 4 quadrillion yoars ago. Both, all thetans on this planet and 21 nearby stars have
in common. All thetans in the Universe have Inc. 1. Only those in this Old Confederation have
Inc 2 and R6. All CC and OTII materials are in R6 75 million years ago. These are followed by
36 days worth of motion pictures - god devil, space opera, trains, cars, helicopters, crashes, stage
etc. This R6 is 75 million years ago and this planet and confederation.
If the vokano bit is run as per III directions but the Inc I is not run on same thetan, R6 begins
to run off on automatic, the being can’t sleep for days, the body dies. That’s the way it was
designed.
LRH:nd:sp L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1968 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
271
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 MAY 1968
AO Only
III Packs
C O N F I D E N T I A L
Issue II
OVERRUN ON III
The only way you can get a read on “overrun on III” is to have accidentally run Inc
I out and then later “run it out again” on the same thetan or make a similar blunder.
Example: On e flattens Inc I by several passes on a body thetan. This body thetan
for some reason, mostly because Inc II was then not run, does not fly off. Then, not
noticing, one again finds the same thetan and once more seeks to run Incident I. One then
gets, in answer to the question “overrun on III?” a lot of reads and other overrun
phenomena.
The remedy is to find out who was overrun and get the charge off by that action.
One then runs Incident II on that thetan or in any event by getting off the charge of
“overrun”, letting the thetan depart.
Just because one’s meter reads “overrun on III” is no reason to attest. Find out WHO
was. It’s almost always a body thetan.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH: lw:de
Copyright (c) 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
272
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 MAY 1968
AO Only
III Packs
HCO BULLETIN OF 12 APRIL 1970
SECRET
RUNNING OT III
When running OT III the Solo Auditor handles Body Theteans as he would any other
pc, for the general idea is to run them standardly and not to ARC Break them. He does
not scan through anything in order to find body thetans.
When a Solo Auditor can find no more BTs, he can attest or run a pressure area down
and handle as per his running instructions.
The pre OT could be exterior and the interiorization process can be run in Review
to help him through.
Here are three reasons why a pre OT might have trouble whilst running BTs on
Incident II:
1. It is the wrong area.
2. It is not the volcano of the BT being run.
3. It is not an Incident II but another incident of a different date.
Check 1 and 2 if you are having any difficulty in running Incident II and handle by
locating the correct area or finding the volcano of the BT being run.
If it is not a II simply check for the date and if different, run it.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH: dz
Copyright (c) 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
273
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 13 OCTOBER 1969
OT III ISSUE II
CLASS VIII
Secret
OT III ERRORS
Among OT III errors are:
A BT run on Inc I fails to blow.
There are three reasons:
(a) Auditor is trying to run a cluster with an Incident 1. The right thing to do is
date and get the character of the incident that made it a cluster and then run
Inc Is on those left when it breaks up. Or get Dn auditing.
(b) There is an earlier Incident I on the same BT. Find it and run it. The BT has
a chain of them all by himself.
(c) Another BT is copying the Inc I just run so it looks like it didn’t blow. Failure
to ever run Inc II can also cause a bog.
Routine Dianetic Auditing by a Dianetic HDC who is also on or above OT III using
triple flows and LDN OT III also handles bogged OTIII Pre OTs.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH
Copyright (c) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
274
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCOB OF 10 DECEMBER 1978
AOs only
OTIII Pack CONFIDENTIAL
ADDITION TO OTIII PACK
The following is added to the OTIII pack as Pre OTs on Solo OTIII need this data.
EARLIER INCIDENT I
The most common difficulty you get into with a BT that doesn’t blow is there was
an earlier Incident 1, some have several earlier Incident I’s. The question “An earlier
Incident l?” will read if there is. When you get down to the first incident I you are liable
to jump from one BT to another, if you keep asking for an earlier.
EARLIER UNIVERSE
There were several universes earlier than this one. If “earlier incident l?” doesn’t
work, then its “earlier universe?” - the BT recognizes there was an earlier universe - the
BT will spot this and blow. It is unnecessary to run the incident that occurred in the earlier
universe, because it will blow without it.
(caution: There is an implant which miscounts the number of earlier universes,
making it seem there were far more than there were ).
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH: dm: kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
275
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 25 OCTOBER 1969RA
AOs REVISED 20 SEPTEMBER 1978
Solo OT III REVISED 16 AUGUST 1983
Course
Solo C/Ses
OT III Review
Auditors
( This HCOB has been re-revised to eliminate all
references to R3R or the use of Dianetics, per
HCOB 12 Sep 78, DIANETICS FORBIDDEN
ON CLEARS AND OTS, and to further clarify the
procedure for handling cumulative clusters. )
( Revisions not in italics. )
SECRET
CLUSTER FORMATION
C U M U L A T I V E
( Refererence: HCOB 15 Nov 78 DATING AND LOCATING. )
In doing “a cluster ” one is likely to find it is made up of other earlier clusters.
This is called a “cumulative cluster ”.
A CLUSTER is a group of body thetans crushed or held together by some
mutual bad experience.
A CUMULATIVE CLUSTER is a group of two or more clusters crushed or
held together by some mutual bad experience.
A cumulative cluster looks like this: ( the shapes are for illustration only )
A. 3 clusters impacted together
( driven or wedged tightly together )
by: 1898 - Impact Horse Accident.
276
B. The type of mutual incident is first established
( in this case, an impact ) . When the 1898
incident is then Date/Located, one cluster ( the
square part ) blows.
(On the meter you get a LF or BD and F/N when
the incident is dated to blow, and a LF or BD and
F/N when located to blow.)
C. The remainder consists of 2 clusters, held together
by an earlier cluster making incident.
D. Type of earlier mutual incident is established, by
meter read, as Electric shock. When the incident
is Date/Located ( 93 million years ago on Planet X
- or more exact location ) another cluster blows.
E. One cluster, the earliest portion of the cumulative
cluster, now remains.
F. The type of mutual incident is established as an
implant. This is Date/Located ( 72 Trillion years
ago, in area Y of Planet Z ) and the final cluster
blows.
277
Note:In Date/Locating you get an F/N on Dating ( blow ) and an F/N on Locating
(blow ). Each F/Ns.
HANDLING ANY SINGLE BTs
REMAINING FROM A CLUSTER
AA. Single BTs remaining from a cumulutive cluster.
BB. You must check by meter read for any BT
remaining from a cluster. If there is one, locate
the BT and handle him to blow with Inc II and
Inc I. The needle will F/N as he blows off.
IMPORTANT NOTE: If one of the incidents you ran on the cumulative cluster
happened to be an Inc II, you would now run Inc I on any remaining BTs to avoid
overrunning Inc II.
CC. Check to see if another BT remains from the
cluster and if so handle the BT to blow per step
BB above.
When any remaining BTs have been handled to blow, you can check for and handle
copies, as needed.
______________
Clusters or cumulative clusters are handled by finding the type of incident which
made the cluster ( the correct type will read on the meter ); then meter dating to blow and
locating to blow.
Clusters can occur at Inc II and Inc I, so either could be on a cumulative chain.
They can also occur at 1 to 1 1/2 Quadrillion which is the date ( this can be dated
exactly ) of the Clearing Course materials. ( Ref: HCOB 14 August 1983, C.C
IMPLANT. )
278
Clusters can occur at random dates for different reasons.
_______________
The correct procedure for Date/Locating a cluster or cumulative cluster is :
(a) Find by meter read the type of incident that made it into a cluster.
(b) Date the point when it became a cluster to blow.
( Ref: HCOB 15 Nov 78, DATING AND LOCATING. )
(c) Locate the place where it became a cluster to blow.
( Ref: HCOB 15 Nov 78, DATING AND LOCATING. )
(d) Handle any remaining single BTs to blow.
(e) Handle copies.
A cumulative cluster is handled by Date/Locating the latest mutual incident first,
then the next earlier mutual incident, and so on down to the basic ( earliest ) mutual
incident for that cluster. (Blows will occur as you go down the cumulative cluster chain,
as shown in the diagrams. ) Then handle any remaining single BTs. Handle copies.
Clusters and cumulative clusters are not difficult to handle provided you follow the
method and steps for handling given above.
With spot on metering and the tech of Date/Locating correctly applied you will have
no problem with it.
Good luck !
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH: rs: kjm: sk
Copyright © 1969, 1978, 1983
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
279
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 AUGUST AD 19R
REVISED 16 AUGUST 1983
AOs
Class VIII
Course
Class VIII C/Ss
Solo C/Ss
Solo OT III
Course
( This issue has been revised to delete references to the use of
Dianetics on OT III, per HCOB 12 Sep 78, DIANETICS FORBIDDEN
ON CLEARS AND OTS, and to include on the list of
OT III errors Item No. 11 regarding overrun which was formerly
given in a bulletin additional to this one, HCOB 26 Aug 69, Issue
II, “Add OT III C/S”. )
( Revisions not in script )
SECRET
OT III CASE SUPERVISION
I have lately been Case Supervising a number of temporarily “failed” OT III cases
and have them all running well on Solo now.
The errors made are more or less as follows:
1. The Solo auditor cannot audit - has not absorbed his training or at least isn’t
putting it into practice. He/she cannot put ruds in or do other elementary auditing actions.
The remedy is to get the Solo auditor better trained. This may be a matter of cramming
or it may be a matter of the Pre OT retreading his Solo course. If the person then still has
trouble on this level, he would need a thorough retread of his Solo auditor course Part Two.
The best idea by far is to be at least a Class VI auditor. Those who make fastest progress
on III are Class VIIIs, of course.
2. The case has not been well prepared due to earlier quickied or incomplete
Grades or Rundowns. The case is so overcharged that the Solo auditor cannot “front up”
to auditing at OT III. Out of this you get the pathetic case that declares “none on OT III”
and tries to attest. Or the one who runs five or six, says “that’s all” and tries to attest. There
have been cases that took one look at OT III materials, “rabbit”(which is to say run away)
and “attest” hurriedly. The remedy for all these is to (a) get ruds well in and use the
correction lists appropriate to the Solo level they have done, including an LDN, (b) get
the person more training as in 1 above, and (c) get the person through the level standardly,
using Review as needed, to an OT III attest.
These two actions take care of the majority of “difficult” cases on OT III.
280
These two points have been pretty prevalent, poor auditing and finding none or few
on OT III. So much so that I have found few true completion’s on OT III and an awful lot
of “OT VIs” who were really only “OT II”. All such should be brought in and remedied
as per 1 and 2 above. It is a poor thing to have them stumbling around with a false Grade.
OT III is NOT a fast Grade.
FURTHER III REMEDIES
The common garden varieties used by a Case Supervisor in day to day OT III session
C/Sing - or the troubles an OT II Solo auditor runs into on OT III now and then in sessions
follows:
3. High TA. This comes from not completing the Incidents II and I on Body
Thetans (BTs).
4. The Solo auditor puts too WIDE an attention span on the BT and runs two or
three when he is intending to run only one.
5. A cluster just won’t break up. The remedy is to check for “Cumulative cluster”
or “Mutual incident of another Date”. With a mutual incident of another date, the type of
incident would first be established and the incident then Date/Located per HCOB 15 Nov
78, DATING AND LOCATING. A cumulative cluster would be handled per HCOB 25
Oct 69RA, Rev. 16 Aug 83, SECRET, CLUSTER FORMATION CUMULATIVE, until
the cluster was completely blown. When these actions are done in Review and completed,
the Solo auditor is sent back to Solo to continue with OT III.
There is another action which may be done in Review when a cluster won’t break
up. The Review lists for impacts or incidents that would cause a cluster and handles the
item obtained from the list with Date/Locate. When the Review action is complete, the
Pre OT goes back to Solo auditing OT III.
6. Ruds go out on BTs. This is the usual reason a Solo auditor suddenly feels he
doesn’t want to audit or “needs” a Review. The Solo auditor doesn’t realize, sometimes,
he is dealing with living individuals and roughs them up, putting the ruds out on them. The
remedy of course is to locate BTs who have out ruds, put the ruds in and run Incident I,
at which the BT should leave.
7. A “theta bopping” meter sometimes puzzles a Solo auditor on OT III. This
means a BT is trying to exteriorize and can’t. The remedy is to complete the partially run
Incident II or Incident I or in extreme cases, put the ruds in on the hung up BT.
8. One hand electrode giving a wrong TA read, baffling the Solo auditor with
Floating needles with a “High TA”. The remedy is to have two hand electrodes handy and
trim the trim knob so the 1 hand electrode reads the same as the two hand electrodes to
check the real TA on occasion.
9. A suppressive body thetan sometimes isn’t auditable. The remedy is to run
Grade IV, then Inc. II and Inc. I. If this doesn’t do it, get power run on the SP BT. The
greatest error is to get upset with one of these, put the ruds out, and make him submerge.
In this case, the suppress button is put in or he is prepchecked and then run on Grade IV,
Power, Inc. II and Inc. I. These SP BTs are far less common than is supposed. Solo auditors
281
with faults as in paragraphs 1 and 2 above, or who miss other matters blame every
fault on SP BTs. They do however exist.
10. By far and large the corniest error and which has been very prevalent is not
knowing the materials of OT III or the content of Inc II or Inc I. This can get pretty bad.
I’ve seen people running Inc II with the date of I! But the funniest error under not knowing
the materials is reading wild adventures alleged to be Inc II and Inc 1.
Inc I and Inc II are very precise indeed. The remedy is to send the Solo auditor back
to starrate his OT III pack.
11. A BT can be overrun. This fact sometimes causes a Solo auditor to believe OT
III is overrun. If he asks “Is OT III overrun?” he may get a read and a blowdown. This is
actually just one BT or cluster that is overrun. The way such an overrun can occur is
covered in HCOB 4 May 68R, Rev. 16 Aug 83, Issue II, OVERRUN ON III.
The remedy is finding out who was overrun, discovering and indicating the point
of overrun and getting the charge off in that way. The BT or cluster may then just depart.
If not, one then runs Inc I on the BT (or handles the cluster) to a blow. Then one carries
on with OT III.
Running with a discharged meter, with cans not plugged in or with no meter at all
- in short any of the errors you find in auditing can also occur in Solo auditing.
However, the faults or troubles 1 to 11 above cover any and all the errors I have
found specifically applying to OT III.
This Grade, OT III, is a long and very valuable Grade. IT determines whether or not
the Solo auditor will eventually be a real OT.
But the carelessness and casualness with which some Solo auditors often approach
OT III and a Solo auditors willingness to run one BT and say “well the rest don’t bother
me”, is simply an indication of weakness or Treason on the 1st Dynamic.
There is no status value to having “none on III” or in only finding a few or who “blew
them all in Dianetics”. These indicate a Solo auditor who is weak and cannot affect others
and who needs the handlings in 1 and 2 above.
OT III is a vital Grade. One fronts up to it and does it. When he is really done, the
rewards of OT III exceed his wildest dreams.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
RTCU:LRH:rw:iw
Copyright ( c ) 1983
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
282
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 SEPTEMBER 1971
OT III Packs
Class VIII’s
Adv. Case C/S
S E C R E T
SOLO C/S SERIES No. 7
RUDS GOING OUT ON BTS
As per HCOB 26 August 1969 “OTIII Case Supervision”, ruds go out on BTS. In this respect
the following scale based on HCOB 23 August 1971 C/S Series No. 1 “Auditors Rights” is of use to
the Solo Auditor:
When the ruds go out on BTs during the session the Solo auditor recognizes the following:
BT critical = W/H from auditor.
BT antagonistic = BPC in session.
No TA = Problem.
BT sad = ARC Brealk
Soaring TA = Overrun or protest; (also more than one
BT being run in error or it’s a Cluster.)
Auditor tired = No sleep or incomplete Inc 1’s.
Auditor dope off = By-passed FN or not enough sleep
Auditor no interest = Out ruds on BTs.
A solo auditor who isn’t sure what it is but runs into trouble with a BT is smart to end off the
session quickly, write down the full observation and get it to the C/S.
The Solo auditor who knows what he is looking at as per the above scale (and the C/S the C/
S would give), handles it promptly,
BT critical = pull the W/H.
BT antagonistic = BPC = assess proper list (such as L1C) and handle.
No TA = (or case gain) = Problem = locate the problem and handle.
BT sad = ARC Break = locate and handle, itsa earlier itsa.
Soaring TA = O/R or Protest (Also more than one BT being run in error
or it’s a Cluster) = find which and handle. (Running more
than the one intended comes from too WlDE an intention.)
Auditor tired = no sleep or incomplete Inc 1’s = check which it is and handle .
Auditor dope off = lack of sleep or BP FN = check on sleep or rehab FN.
Auditor no interest = out ruds on BTs = put in ruds.
Flag A/Advance Course
Supervisor
for
Training and Services Aide
for
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH: BW: LR: mo
Copyright (c) 1971
By L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
283
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 18 SEPTEMBER 1969
OT III Pack
Class VIII
CONFIDENTIAL
DIANETIC AUDITING AND OT III
After a person has been on OT III for awhile and he is audited by a Dianetic Auditor
(who must be a Grade OT II working on OT III or an OT III himself, unless you want to
wreck your Dianetic Auditors and break security), certain phenomena develop:
It will be found that emotions and somatics etc., will assess as ever without
difference on a Health Form. There is no change in this.
However, in running, the chain may be found to consist of incidents which are
connected with OT III Solo auditing as well as events.
Thetans which were not run due to interruptions of Solo III, due to errors by the Solo
auditor and incidents in which the pc received BTs as well as impacts making clusters may
be encountered.
Such auditing can be apparently full of ARC Breaks but only if the Dianetic auditor
departs from the Auditors Code or regular procedure.
The auditing situation may seem to demand changed commands etc., but the only
fallability can occur if the auditor goes non-standard.
For Example:
The pc cognites he is not running his own incident but a body thetan. This requires
only TR 4 as it is only an origin. Acknowledging the fact, the auditor simply goes on.
Evaluation by the Auditor can easily and dangerously occur.
For example, the pc finds he is relaying the auditing commands to the BT. This
would seem to indicate that the auditor changed the wording of R3R to “Have him move
________” or some such alteration. To alter commands is fatal. Soon the pc will find the
Bt is taking the auditing commands directly and and no change of command was needed.
The pc relaying BT comments back to the auditor is only a TR 4 situation unless,
of course, the command was wrong or a clarification is rsquested. Even then the auditor
does not go non-standard. The primary Dianetic Auditor error in running one BT on Inc
1 after another is to use ABCD instead of 1, 2, 3, 4. The last BT blew. The new BT hasn’t
got a date to move to if you just use ABCD. You do 1,2,3,4 on the next BT. You should
realize he is a different pc.
Running a chain of one emotion or somatic you can get lots of BTs who have a part
of that chain. So if one goes down the chain to Inc 1 and blows with an F/N, you may find
284
the same somatic or emotion on a new BT which will run as in any R3R and again get down
to an Inc 1.
Example: The Solo auditor has not audited for 6 months. He gets a Dianetic session.
Assessed is “A feeling of sadness.” The Dianetic auditor runs a chain consisting of :-
1. An interrupted Solo session.
2. An overrun Inc 2.
3. An Inc 1 to blow and F/N.
Now the same item “A feeling of sadness” reads. A chain is run consisting of
1. An interrupted Solo session
2. Where the BT picked up the pc. Blow F/N.
Now the same item reads - “ feeling of sadness “. A chain is run
1. An overrun on Inc 2 BT.
2. The cluster the BT was in. Blow F/N.
Once more “a feeling of sadness” reads. The chain is run
1. An ARC Brk from now getting audited.
2. Inc 2 overrun
3. Inc 1. Blow F/N.
The somatic is checked and the item does not read, only F/Ns.
So that’s all there is to that. Reassess or add to the Health form.
__________________
This does not apply to Dianetic preclears. It applys ONLY to Dianetic auditing done
on Solo Auditors who are incomplete or overdue or hungup on OT III.
__________________
One word of warning. BTs are sometimes not very bright and perceive poorly. The
Dianetic auditor whose TR 1 is adequate to a regular Dianetic pc but inadequate to
auditing a solo auditor’s BTs on a via can cause a lot of ARC Brk, and upset. The BT
misses or doesn’t hear some of the commands and gets confused if the Dianetic auditor
has a too quiet or poorly pronounced TR 1.
In auditing a former Solo Auditor on Dianetic auditing, the Dianetic Auditor’s TR
1 must be clearly hearable and carefully said.
285
Also, as above, it is easy to mess up on TR 4 and evaluate for the solo-auditor-nowpc
“clearing it up by telling him what reads on the meter” etc.
__________________
OT III pre OTs got a reputation of being hard to run on Dianetics early in
Dianetic re-development.
Only five reasons exist for this:
1. A person that high on OT grades audits fast and a comm laggy Dianetic auditor
can drive him up the wall.
2. Too quiet or too blurred TR 1.
3. A tendency to evaluate instead of using TR 4.
4. The numerousness of BT chains on the same item (The BTs being separated
now) making several chains of the same item which if not all run separately leave the pc
ARC Broken with the by-passed charge of unrun BTs.
5. The OT II who is still an OT III and has been on it awhile probably himself
has no pictures and all the pictures he has are BT pictures.
The lower grade pc (before clear) reacts as a composite being all on one chain, so
to speak. He is separared into himself and individual BTs and clusters of them when he
gets to OT II and so “audits differently”. He easily misowns the pictures, thinking they
are his. And the big Blowdowns you get on such a pc’s item indicates several BTs have
it in common.
If a lower grade pc ever got separated out like this, it could be that “he” has several
chains of the same item, meaning he has separated BTs. If the Class VIII sees a lower
grade pc whose “illness won’t recover” he need only have the same items checked that
have already been run on the pc and if one gives a BD, get it run again or again and again.
But this means this pc was already-chopped up in sessions in some way so that, unknown
to the pc (and you don’t inform him or her) other BTs than that one run had the same
somatic or emotion and only one was run on it. You just leave all items already run on the
list and run them again if they read again. If really flat the item briefly F/Ns but you
disregard the F/N while assessing in this case. The phenomenon is rare that a lower grade
pc has to run more than one chain on the same item.
A Solo III, however, will be found to have the same Item on more than one BT in
many cases.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:rs
Copyright (c) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
286
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstecd, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 8 JUNE, 1970
Issue II
Class VIIIs
OT IlI
Class VIII Checksheet S E C R E T
The reason for low TA is unflat OTIII phenomena .
If a person has had a low TA in lower grades (see HCOB 8 June, 70, Issue 1) the keynote
is take it very easy as auditor and C/S. This applies also to any auditing given on upper OT
Levels.
That a Pc’s TA goes below 2.0 is a certain indicator of unflat OT III. He’s still got some.
When a person cannot handle OT III he is too much at effect. He cannot project his
intention. And so can’t run O TIII.
The new OT I and OT II, particularly OT II, are designed to increase a pc’s ability to
project his intention to others. If he can’t, they overwhelm him and you get low TA or “none
on III”. Harsh, overbearing auditing or life incidents have to occur, apparently to drive the
TA down.
Overts, disagreements expressed as obsessive agreement and other lower lovel matters
are at the bottom of this in any being.
But any “case of low TA” I have ever found has been:
(1) Overwhelmed in life;
(2) Unable to praject intention;
(3) Physically inactive;
(4) Loaded with BTs;
(5) Tends to go out of valence easily .
In all this (4) is the important point.
The cure is given in HCOB 8 June, 70, Issue 1, and the only thing that this HCO B, Issue
II, adds is that it IS (4) above.
Endless OT III and Low TA are alike - inability to project intention, pc at effect.
Remedy by lightly causing pc to come to cause, to be able to project his intention and
thus flatten OTIII.
That will complete and finish off low TA.
LRH: dz L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1970 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
287
288
HUBBARD COMMUNICATION OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 OCTOBER 1970
OT III
OT IV
CONFIDENTIAL
EP’S
No BTs left = OT III
Exterior = OT IV
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH: rr
Copyright (c) 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
289
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 JULY 1979
Limited
Distribution
NED for OTs
Auditors
AO Review Auditors,
OT III
ACS Checksheet
Class XII
C O N F I D E N T I A L
HANDLING CORRECTION LISTS ON OTs
When you get a read on a correction list on a Pre-OT who is on OT III or above, you
should find out from what area it is reading. i.e. find the position in relation to the body,
of the BT or cluster on whom that correction list question read.
Otherwise, the reading correction list line gets assigned to all areas, when it only
applied to one. This creates BPC as it gives the rest a wrong item or wrong indication, and
it makes the reading question appear to be a generality, when in fact it only applied to one
BT or cluster.
By finding the BT or cluster that the read applied to, the auditor then clears the read
on that BT or cluster. And then takes any additional steps to get it to blow and blow it.
The above does not apply to cases below OT III and must never be mentioned to such
a case.
There is a tendency of an auditor trained on general correctlon lists to simply clear
the read without finding where it is coming from and as this omission can jam up a case
who is on OT III or on NOTs, such auditors when doing NOTs or actions on Pre-OTs OT
III or above must learn to handle correction lists in this way. It can mean the difference
between failure and success.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH: DM: kjm
Copyright © 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
290
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 AUGUST 1983
AOs
OT Review
Auditors
C/Ses CONFIDENTIAL
Solo OT III
Course and
above
FLYING RUDS ON SOLO OT III AND ABOVE
( Ref:HCOB 16 Aug 83 CONFIDENTIAL SOLO C/S Series
No. 7 RUDS GOING OUT ON BTS
HCOB 11 Aug 78 RUDIMENTS, DEFINITIONS AND
PATTER )
Flying rudiments at OT III and above is a piece of tech a Solo Auditor on III must
know and be able to use. At this level, when a rudiment is out the Pre OT must be able
to determine whose out - rudiment it is — his own, a BT’s or that of a cluster.
MISOWNERSHIP
Scientology axiom 29: “ In order to cause an As - is - ness to persist, one must
assign other authorship to the creation than his own. Otherwise his view of it would cause
it’s vanishment.”
This Axiom is especially relevant to auditing at the level of OT III and above
because at this level the Pre OT is handling other being than himself ( BTs and Clusters
). Axiom 29 tells us that it is necessary to establish correct ownership of charge in order
to get an As - is - ness of the charge.
Furthermore, incorrectly assigning charge to the wrong being can cause by-passed
charge ( BPC ) as it is now misowned.
Hence the instruction in the OT III materials that one must use a narrow attention
span so as not to restimulate or confuse other BTs with the one being audited.
Finding charge without establishing whose charge it is, and fully handling the
charge for that being, can result in a generality — the idea that the charge belongs to all
— when it only belongs to one being. This can cause a wrong indication to the others to
whom it does not belong.
Finding more than one charge without establishing whose charge it is, and fully
handling that being, can result in a generality — the idea that the charge found belongs
to all — when it only belongs to one being. This can cause an ARC Break or bad reaction
as it acts as a wrong indication to the others to whom the charge does not belong. By
correctly establishing the ownership of charge, and handling the correct charge on the
being to whom it belongs, you get an As - is - ness of the charge.
291
HOW TO FLY THE RUDS
The rudiments questions which contain the word “you” (i.e. “Do you have an ARC
Break?”) are for use on lower level Pcs, but not at OT III or above. When the word “you”
is used in a rudiments question on a Pre OT who is OT III or above, it is evaluative. It says
whose charge it is.
The correct wording of rudiments questions for use by the Solo Auditor on OT III
or above is:
“ Is there an ARC Break ?”
“ Is there a present time problem ?”
“ Is there a withhold ?”
“ Is there an overt ?”
and when full ruds are being flown:
“ Is there an invalidation ?”
“ Is there an evaluation ?”
By using “Is there an/a ________ ?” you are not evaluating whose charge it is.
Then the Solo Auditor can establish whose charge it is by asking:
“ Is ( charge found ) mine? A BT’ ? A Cluster’s ? and handle which of these read.
Note: Sometimes you may find that a charge can belong to and read on more than
one of the above, in which case you would handle both reads, one at a time. It is also
possible that an ARC Break, for example, could be shared by all present, and that it is the
Pre OT’s out rud and also a BT’s or Cluster’s. The question used in this case would be
“ Is it also ( mine ) ? ( a BT’s ) ? ( a cluster’s ) ?”.
When one rudiment has been fully handled, using the steps above, the Solo Auditor
continues on down the rudiments questions to the next reading rudiment and handles it
as above.
EXCEPTION
Sometimes the rudiment will run and F/N and blow just on one of the first rudiment
questions alone ( such as, “ Is there an ARC Break ?” or “ Is there a present time problem
?”, etc. ), and without differentiating whose charge it is.
It is possible that the Solo Auditor may not be able to determine whose it is. This
is how rudiments run all the time on lower level cases. It just runs generally as the
rudiment, without establishing whose it is. The trouble one can get into, however, is
misownership, whereby you are running a charge that belongs to a BT as if it were your
own ( the Pre OT’s ) charge. Or the charge of one BT is misowned as belonging to some
other BT or Cluster.
292
When misownership of charge occurs, it won’t run or as-is or blow, you can’t F/N
it, and it will start turning on more mass or solidity. If you get into this sort of situation,
narrow enough attention span, sort out whose it is and handle accordingly.
But if when flying a rudiment, or other charge found such as a reading line on a
prepared list, it just runs and blows, realize you’ve had a lucky break. Don’t interrupt this
to try to find out whose it is or try to take it up again after it has blown.
This is obvious enough when it happens because as soon as you get onto the reading
rudiment or reading line the charge starts coming off and the whole thing F/Ns and blows.
This is a special condition and if it doesn’t occur you always proceed according to
the steps given under “How To Fly The Ruds”.
RULE
Unless you get a discharge and blow of the rudiment as described under “Exception”
above, it is essential to find out if any charge found belongs really to the Pre OT himself
or to a BT or a Cluster when the charge is found.
Don’t fly all the ruds, for example, and then ask: “ Are all these .... ?” as that would
generalize it.
The rule is : ON RUDS, OR ON A PREPARED LIST, OR WHEN FINDING A
CHARGE ON A CASE, AT ONCE CHECK IF THAT CHARGE BELONGS TO A BT
OR CLUSTER, and if so, find where that BT or Cluster is and limit your attention to that
specific area when F/Ning the read. And then take any additional steps to blow that BT
or Cluster. And blow it.
These rules for the Solo Auditor on OT III or above apply when putting ruds in at
the start session and apply as well to ruds going out during the session. ( Ref: HCOB 16
Aug 83, CONFIDENTIAL, SOLO C/S Series No. 7, RUDS GOING OUT ON BTS. )
The handling in the later case is the same.
CAUTION
The ruds question : “ Is there a/an .... ?” can be asked of any case, but the remainder
of the data in this HCOB does not apply to cases below OT III and must never be
mentioned to such a case.
SUMMARY
Before you begin solo auditing on OT III get this procedure drilled until you can do
it smoothly and precisely.
With the principle of misownership and As - is - ness understood and the procedure
well drilled, flying ruds at OT III and above is a piece of cake.
Good auditing!
LRH: sk L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright © 1983 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS
293
294
295
296
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 AUGUST 1983
AOs, FSO
ONLY
Solo OT III
C/Ses
Solo OT III
Course Super- CONFIDENTIAL
visors
Solo OT III
Course
LIST OF LRH HANDWRITTEN
MATERIALS ON OT III COURSE
The following is a list of all LRH HANDWRITTEN MATERALS which should be
in all OT III Course packs.
OT III students are to check their packs against this list and ensure all of these
handwritten materials are there and have been studied before attesting to completion of
either the Study Section or the Auditing Section of the Course.
PART TWO: STUDY OF OT III DATA
1. DATA, 3 pages LRH handwriting.
2. 2nd NOTE, INCIDENT II, 28 Oct 68, 5 pages LRH handwriting.
3. 1st NOTE, INCIDENT I, 28 Oct 68, 1 page LRH handwriting.
4. INSTRUCTIONS ( revised 12 Aug 1969 ), 4 pages LRH Handwriting.
5. SECTION III OT, ADDITIONAL SHEET, NOTES ON RUNNING, 2 pages
LRH handwriting.
6. 3rd NOTE, RUNNING INCIDENT II, 28 Oct 68, 2 pages LRH handwriting.
7. IMPORTANT NOTE SECTION III, 20 April 69, 1 page LRH handwriting.
PART THREE: AUDITING SECTION
1. OT III SECTION, LIST OF VOLCANOES, 1 page LRH handwriting.
2. INCIDENT TWO, 1 page LRH handwriting.
3. INCIDENT ONE, 1 page LRH handwriting.
The above-listed materials are modified only by the data contained in HCOB 2 Nov
297
78R, Rev. 10.12.78, CONFIDENTIAL , URGENT, IMPORTANT, DIANETICS
DELETED FROM OT III MATERIALS, and HCOB 2 Oct 68R, Rev., 16 Aug 83,
CONFIDENTIAL, OT III.
ALL OT III Course materials must be returned to the Advanced Courses Admin at
the completion of the OT III Course.
Upon return of these materials, the Advanced Courses Admin must check the pack
contents against the OT III Course Checksheet to ensure all materials ( LRH handwritten
materials, HCOBs and HCO PLs ) have been returned.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH: pm: sk
Copyright © 1983
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 2 JANUARY 1970
Class VIII
OT III
Study Pack
CONFIDENTIAL
AUDITING BY R3R
Elsewhere earlier HCOBs forbade Inc II and Inc I to be run when encountered by
a Dianetic auditor an OT III student.
This restriction is lifted. Experience shows they must be run if encountered by a
Dianetic Auditor who must be OT III.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH; rs
Copyright (c) 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
298
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 JANUARY 1970
Issue II
AOs
Class VIIIs
OT III
Study Pack CONFIDENTIAL
R6EW
Study Pack
SOLO & R3R
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RUN R3R as a SOLO Action.
Tests show that while one occasionally can “get away with it” the practice can be
dangerous.
Solo Auditing is addressed to specific areas of the mind as given in the auditing
materials of R6EW and upwards as issued.
One can run Rudiments on oneself successfully with “Itsa earlier Itsa” meaning
finding an earlier similar ARC Brk etc.
But when one tries to run engrams by R3R on Solo one can run into trouble.
When engrams not related to Auditing materials get in one’s way on Solo OBTAIN
A DIANETICS SESSION from the org.
It is also very bad in Solo to wander around the bank looking over various ideas
instead of auditing the materials.
No org can be responsible for somatics and case upsets occurring because one has
departed from the exact regimen given in the materials for Solo Auditing. Get a Review
or a Dianetic session from a Dianetic auditor who is OT III or above.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:rs
Copyright (c) 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
299
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 NOVEMBER 1981
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
OT III & above
ONLY
AO C/Ses
AO Solo C/Ses
NOTs C/Ses
AO Review
Auditors
C O N F I D E N T I A L
OT III AND OT III ATTEST
This issue changes the current handling of OT III and OT II: attests and the next step
after OT III. We want to end off “endless III’s”. Starting now, AO C/Ses are to handle
PreOTs on OT III as follows.
Let the person audit on OT III as long as he wishes. But at the first slackening or
abandonment or EP or if he is just going on and on into “endless III”, look for a nice win
and tell him that’s it and shunt him over to Audited NOTs.
An AO Review may be necessary before sending the person to attest. On an “endless
III” or some of these people who have been incomplete on OT III or who have been on
and off OT III for a long time, a Review would be necessary. The Review could be as short
as an LDN OT III and Rehab their best win on OT III or as long as a C/S 53 to F/Ning list
followed by an LDN OT III and then Rehab their best win on OT III. On some you might
only need to find a nice win they had on OT III and indlcate that that was it, or get it
rehabbed in session (this would mainly apply to persons currently on OT III).
Some of this termination of III would depend on auditor availability for Audited
NOTs, but if this is a situation the solution is to train up more NOTs auditors.
The whole intention here is to take PreOTs who have “completed” OT III per the
above qualification and shunt them over to Audited NOTs.
Let’s start maklng OTs in VOLUME.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH: DM: kjm
Copyright ( c ) 1981
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
300
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 JANUARY 1972
ISSUE I
AO’s
OT III Students
For use in Advance Courses
Section III and above
C O N F I D E N T I A L
THE GREEN GREEN FORM REVISED
(Revises HCO PL 1 May, 1968 “Green Green Form”)
This form is called a “Green Green Form” because it can be done over and over.
It is not a Review form. It is an auditing form done on or by the student.
The stable datum of awareness and reality is “Reality increase is proportional to the
amount of charge taken off the case.”
NAME:__________________________DATE:________________TIME: _________
Name of Auditor (if audited by another ) ____________________________________
One uses these words to see if the subject of the word is hot. Questions can be made
up around the word then. Usually one realizes what it is.
F/N each read by finding an earlier similar incident if it doesn’t F/N in the first place.
Do not use to get the TA down.
1. ENVIRONMENT _______________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
2. ARC Break Find any ARC Breaks.
Run them: (a) Date ___________________
(b) Identify what it was ________________________________
301
(c) Find if it was a break in:
i. Affinity ____________________
ii. Reality ____________________
iii. Communication ______________
iv. Understanding _______________
v. Incomplete action cycle ________
vi. Overrun of an action __________
3. Ignored originations ________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
4. Missed withold ___________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Who _____________________When ____________________How _____________
5. Motivator _______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
6. Overt ___________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
7. Present time problem ______________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
8. Problem _________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
9. Evaluation _______________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
10. Invalidation ______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
11. False meter read __________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
12. Qn overrun ______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
13. Self overrun _____________________________________________________
302
14. Grade unflat - Whose?_______________________________________________
15. Cluster __________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
16. Switched Qns ____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
17. Out of valence ____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
18. Wrong date _______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
19. Wrong item _____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
20. Assertion ________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
21. Suppress ________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
22. Invalidate ________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
23. Improperly Audited ________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
24. Quit ____________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
25. Didn’t leave ______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
26. Left _____________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
27. Came back _______________________________________________________
303
28. New one ________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
29. Nervous _________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
30. Not you _________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
31. Abused __________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
32. Not - ised _________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
33. Suppressed out of existence __________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
34. Thinks he’s you ____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
35. You think you’re another ____________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
36. R3R Incomplete ___________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
37. Run too many times ________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
38. Protesting ________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
39. Helping __________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
40. Dead ____________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
304
41. Animal ___________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
42. Bird _____________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
43 Insect ____________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
44. Putting them there to run ____________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
45. Still more left _____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
46. Trying not to be ___________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
47. Stopped __________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
48. Getting too many restimulated ________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
49. An earlier Inc 1. ___________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
50. (A.) An earlier Inc. 2 ______________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
50. (B) Earlier mutual cluster-forming incident. ____________________________
______________________________________________________________________
51. Too late on the track ________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
52. Needs dating _____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
305
53. Needs locating ____________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
54. Part done then abandoned ___________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
55. Too many incomplete cycles _________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
56. Misunderstood word ________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
57. Pretending _______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
58. Lying ___________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
59. Suppressed hate ___________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
60. Love ____________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
61. Promised never to leave _____________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
62. Something else wrong _______________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
63. It was all ok ______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
Time TA ________________________________________________
Compiled from LRH
writings
by Advance Courses
LRH: PS:ne:fmg Supervisor
Copyright (c) 1972 for
by L. RON HUBBARD L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED FOUNDER
306
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 12 OCTOBER 1969RB
CONFIDENTIAL REVISED 25 AUGUST 1975
Class IV, OT RE-REVISED 20 SEPTEMBER 1978
III Auditors
AO Review
Auditors (Revised 25 August 1975 and
AO C/Ses renumbered to delete Ques-
Class X-XII tion 21 which was not written
by me.)
(Re-revised 20 September 1978
and renumbered to delete any
Dianetic handling - as Dianetics,
R3R, or R3RA is forbidden
on any Clear or above.)
(Revisions not in script.)
SECRET
LDN OT III RB
This list is for use on a pc who is OT III or above.
When an impasse occurs or the pc gets upset, the auditor (who must be an OT III
or above) assesses this list and works out from what is found to read, what has gone wrong.
DO NOT RUN ANY R3R, R3RA OR ANY DIANETICS
LlC can be used on a BT.
L7 can be used on a BT.
GRADES
You can also run Grades O-IV on a BT.
OUT INT
A BT can be having trouble with Out Int, requiring the End of Endless Int Repair
RECALL process (but no R3R).
EARLIER INC I, EARLIER UNIVERSE
The most common difficulty you get into with a BT that doesn’t blow is there was
an earlier Inc I , some have several earlier Inc I’s, and when you get down to the first Inc
I you’re liable to jump from one BT to another, if you keep asking for an earlier.
And if earlier Inc I doesn’t work, then it’s “earlier universe?” - the BT recognizes
there was an earlier universe - the BT will spot this and blow.
(Caution: There is an implant which miscounts the number of earlier universes,
making it seem there were far more than there were.)
307
LDN OT III RB
PreOT’s Name_________________ Auditor_________________________
Date______________________
1. WAS THERE AN EARLIER INC I? _________
(Some BTs have several earlier Inc I’s, the
earliest for that BT will run through and
blow.)
2. WAS THERE AN EARLIER UNIVERSE? _________
(Get BT to recognize it and it will blow.)
3. JUMPED FROM ONE BT TO ANOTHER BT? _________
(Indicate and handle each BT restimulated.
Usually happens when auditor asks for an
“earlier” when there was none, or when
overrun past an erasure.)
4. IS THIS BEING MOCKED UP AGAIN SO IT CAN
BE RUN? _________
(Indicate, if no F/N, D/L when it was
mocked up.)
5. ONE INDIVIDUAL WHO THINKS HE IS A CLUSTER? _________
(Handle as an individual.)
6. A CLUSTER WHO THINKS IT IS AN INDIVIDUAL?
(Handle as a cluster, D/L, Inc II, Inc I.) _________
7. THE DATE WAS ACTUALLY FROM A DATE GIVEN IN
AN IMPLANT? _________
(Indicate. Find the actual date to blow.
Locate to blow.)
8. WRONG DATE FOR INCIDENT? _________
(Correct the date to blow. Locate to blow.)
9. NO DATE WAS FOUND FOR INCIDENT? _________
(Date to blow. Locate to blow.)
10. WRONG LOCATION WAS GIVEN FOR INCIDENT? _________
Correct the location to blow, handle individuals.)
11. NO LOCATION WAS FOUND FOR INCIDENT? _________
(Locate the incident to blow, handle individuals.)
12. INCIDENT Is GOT INTO RESTIMULATION? _________
(Handle the Inc Is.)
308
13. EARLIER BEGINNING UNDETECTED? _________
(Find the correct beginning and it will blow.)
14. BYPASSED BASIC ON A CHAIN? _________
(Indicate, if no F/N, D/L.)
15. STIRRED UP INCIDENTS EARLIER THAN BASIC? _________
(Indicate.)
16. MORE THAN ONE CLUSTER IN A CLUSTER? _________
(Handle as a cumulative cluster.)
17. SOMEBODY COPYING WHAT WAS JUST ERASED? _________
(Indicate, if no blow, find out who was copying.)
18. RANDOM PICTURES COMING IN INDICATING A CLUSTER?
(D/L the cluster. Inc II, Inc Is.) _________
19. FAILURE TO IDENTIFY AND DATE A CLUSTER-MAKING
INCIDENT? _________
(Identify the incident and handle as a cluster.)
20. JUMPED FROM ONE CHAIN TO ANOTHER? _________
(Indicate. Handle individual BTs.)
21. JUMPED FROM ONE BT TO ANOTHER? _________
(Indicate. Handle both BTs.)
22. ANOTHER BT RESTIMULATED? _________
(Handle the BT.)
23. FALSE TRACK THAT WAS REALLY PART OF AN IMPLANT?
(Indicate, if necessary D/L the implant.) _________
24. BASIC KEEPS REAPPEARING BECAUSE IT IS A
CLUSTER? _________
(Handle as a cluster by D/L.)
25. AN EARLIER ERROR MADE? _________
(Find and correct the error.)
26. FAILURE TO COMPLETE THE ACTION BEGUN? _________
(Find what action and complete it, but no R3R or R3RA.)
27. LOCATION OF INCIDENT NEEDS ATTENTION? _________
(Locate the incident to blow.)
28. A BT IS PROTESTING? _________
(Handle the protest.)
29. YOU WERE PROTESTING? _________
(Handle the protest.)
309
30. LEANING ON A WALL? _________
(Indicate-find what the Pre-OT is leaning on.)
31. SEQUENCE OF EVENTS INCORRECT? _________
(Correct the sequence.)
32. INCORRECT OWNERSHIP OF INCIDENT? _________
(Indicate.)
33. RUDIMENTS WERE OUT? _________
(Fly the out Ruds.)
34. A THETAN HAS BEEN INVALIDATED? _________
(Handle the invalidation.)
35. A BT HAS BEEN OVERRUN? _________
(Indicate it to correct BT.)
36. YOU ARE COPYING A BANK YOU USED TO HAVE? _________
(Indicate.)
37. YOU ARE JUST MOCKING UP BTs? _________
(Indicate.)
38. THESE ARE PICTURES OF PAST CLUSTERS? _________
(Indicate.)
39. THERE ARE NO BTs LEFT? _________
(Indicate.)
40. YOU ARE JUST AUDITING COPIES OF BT PICTURES? _________
(Handle copies )
41. THESE ARE YOUR OWN PICTURES? _________
(Find whose pictures, and blow the BT. If
they really were the pc’s pictures it would
mean s/he wasn’t Clear. These will usually
turn out to be a BT’s pictures misowned.)
42. AUDITING ITSELF IS MAKING A CLUSTER? _________
(D/L the session.)
43. A BT IS HAVING CASE TROUBLE? _________
(Indicate. Handle the BT.)
44. YOU ARE CREATING THE INCIDENT I’S AND BLOWING THEM?
(Indicate.) _________
45. YOU FAILED TO QUIT ON A WIN? _________
(Indicate. Rehab by D/L.)
310
46. USED TOO WIDE AN INTENTION SPAN? _________
(Indicate. Pick out individuals and handle.)
47. RESTIMULATED MORE THAN WERE BLOWN? _________
(Indicate. Handle restimulated individuals.)
48. ARC BROKE A BT? _________
(Assess BT’s ARC Break and handle.)
49. GOT MISEMOTIONAL TOWARD A BT? _________
(Indicate. Find the BT, and handle to blow.)
50. AUDITOR CODE BREAKS ON BTs? _________
(Repair the Code breaks and handle each to blow.)
51. DIDN’T ACKNOWLEDGE A BT? _________
(Indicate. Acknowledge the BT and handle to blow.)
52. DIDN’T BELIEVE A BT OR CLUSTER? _________
(Get off the disbelief, handle the BT or cluster.)
53. A BT WHO HAS AN ARC BREAK? _________
(Handle the ARC Break.)
54. A BT WHO HAS A PTP? _________
(Handle the PTP.)
55. A BT WHO HAS A WITHHOLD? _________
(Pull the withhold.)
56. A BT WHO HAS AN OVERT? _________
(Pull the overt.)
57. OVER-REPAIR? _________
(Indicate.)
58. YOU WEREN’T ALLOWED TO ATTEST? _________
(Indicate. Get off the non-acceptance and any Invalidation.)
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright © 1969 1975, 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
311
312
313
ORIGINAL
OT 4
314
315
CLASS VIII
OT IV RUNDOWN
Symptoms
Has completed OT III
OT IV Warning
This is in fact a Grade. Therefore to run it with out first setting the case up fully is
to waste it.
Often the case has to:
(1) Be discharged with lots of corrective actions and
(2) OT III must be run on the Pre OT by the auditor or at least cleaned up. It might
not be uncommon to have to do half or more of the C/S’s in the book before
doing the OT IV rundown.
If one holds off and really flys the case, then the person ends up at OT Exterior very
nicely when one does OT IV.
If you do OT IV and he is still in his head, all is not lost. You have other actions you
can take eg: Clusters, Prepchecks , failed to exteriorise directions.
OT V and VI are designed for someone all ready exterior.
If a person doesn’t go exterior after OT IV Rundown, you set him up for OT V by
seeing he jolly well does go exterior before going on to V.
OT IV RUNDOWN
Done only by an auditor on a case fully set up by various directions.
1. Ruds or GF to F/N.
2. Rehab drugs.
3. Valence shifter “What valence would be safe ?”
4. Rehab ARC Straightwire to Grade IV.
5. Rehab R6EW to OT II.
6. Prepcheck OT III.
7. Rehab OT V and VI.
8. Run “What has been overrun ?”
9. Run “What can you confront ?”
IF THE PRE OT DOESN’T EXTERIORISE, WE WILL DO 7 CASES NEXT
SESSION UNTILL HE DOES GO EXTERIOR which is really the end - phenomena of
OT IV audited only by a class VIII.
316
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex.
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 OCTOBER 1968
CLASS VIII
Pre-OTs who have been audited for a long time over out Ruds will not respond to the OT IV
Rundown unless every RUD is gotten in.
When putting in the Ruds on such pcs, you put in suppress and False Reads on each one, each to
F/N.
LRH: L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex.
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 SEPTEMBER 1968
( Amended 20 Sept 68 )
Class VIII
VALENCE SHIFTER
The List question, “What valence ( identity ) would be safe” is based on tech theory and is used
for Pre OTs with high OT sections that do not change non-optimum behaviour.
It is also ( rarely ) used on a lower grade case who is detached which is to say chronically out of
valence to the point of no case gain.
It is very dynamite - be exact in listing it.
LRH: jp: de L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex.
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 SEPTEMBER 1968
CLASS VIII
When you run a Valence Shifter on a case that has had low T/A, he’g going to get into a valence
he can’t confront and fall on his head.
Cure for it, is to rehab him on Grades and Sections.
Specifically Prep-check III.
LRH:jp L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
317
OT IV SOLO
The end phenomenon of OT IV is “Certainty of Self as a Being.” OT IV Solo is
designed to “proof up a being” against any possibility of being reimplanted in the future.
Part One
The main idea on OT IV Solo is to mock up (create) and unmock (blow) each line
of the Clearing Course GPM (7’s, The Basic End Words, The Confusion GPM, Objects-
Hollow, and Objects-Solid) with all the perceptics of force, effort, heat, impact and
unconsciousness of the original implant (as much as you are able). Put sufficient
significance on to it to cause the TA to rise. Then spot it (unmock it, blow it) until the TA
falls and the mass erases. Then mock it up again and erase it, each line to a floating needle.
The TA should rise on the mock up part and blow down on the unmocking of the charge.
Do this repetitively with each line of the GPM (including the lights) to a floating needle
on each line and until you feel you can create and dissipate that line. Continue until you
feel totally free with and at cause over this implant sequence; you may not need to
complete all 5 parts. Do it until you can freely and easily mock up and blow this implant
GPM.
Part Two
Mock up heat until body feels warm.
Part Three
Postulating mass, with the use of the E-meter and the command “I have mass,”
create a reactive mind. Put sufficient significance on to it to cause the TA to rise. Then
spot it until the TA falls and the mass erases. Then mock it up again and erase it each
timeto a floating needle. This procedure is repeated until the PreOT is certain he can
create and dissipate a reactive mind.
Part Four
Mock up a non-atomic light and unmock it repetitively to EP.
Part Five
Move the body and notice who is doing it. Run to a cognition.
Part Six
Run ARC Breaks, Problems and Witholds of Long Duration on Matter, Energy,
Space and Time (each separately).
318
Part Seven
Run ARC Breaks, Problems and Withholds of Long Duration on Self.
Part Eight
Run general O/W (What have you done?/What have you withheld?) on track.
Part Nine
Scan out, lightly, all of your auditing early to late, adding up all the hours in session
as you go along. Come up with a total number of auditing hours for yourself.
Part Ten
Run your favorite havingness process. If you don’t have one, run “spot an object”
to F/N.
Part Eleven
Go to a park or beach (for cold weather areas, an indoor shopping mall will do) and
spot the following list of things, each repetitively to EP.
Spot/Look at Matter
Spot/Look at Energy
Spot/Look at Space
Spot/Look at Time
Spot/Look at MEST combined
Spot/Look at an animal
Spot/Look at a person
Spot/Look at an object
Spot/Look at self
Spot/Look at another’s universe
Spot/Look at what you are doing
Spot/Look at what another is doing
ATTEST OT IV
319
320
321
NEW
OT 4
322
323
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 JANUARY 1980
Limited
Distribution
OT III & above
ONLY.
(NOT for issue
to Solo Auditors.)
AO Auditors & C/Ses
(OT III).
NOTs Auditors & C/Ses.
Class XII Auditors
& C/Ses.
C O N F I D E N T I A L
THE OT DRUG RUNDOWN
(THE TECHNIQUES GIVEN HEREIN ARE ONLY FOR
USE BY AUDITORS AND C/Ses WHO HAVE BEEN
TRAINED ON THIS RD, AND IS TO BE DELIVERED AS A
WHOLE RD, NOT BIT AND PIECE NOR MIXED IN WITH
OTHER RDs, NOR AS “HOURS” OF ANOTHER SERVICE.
IT IS ITS OWN RD AND PACKAGE.)
( References:
HCOB 15 Nov 78 DATING AND LOCATING
HCOB 25 Oct 69R CLUSTER FORMATION, CUMULATIVE
HCOB 6 Feb 78RA THE PURIFICATION RUNDOWN
HCOB 8 Jan 69 DRUGS AND “INSANITY”, NONCOMPLIANCE
AND ALTER-IS
HCOB 17 Oct 69RA DRUGS, ASPIRIN AND TRANQUILIZERS
BOOK: ALL ABOUT RADIATION
BOOK: SCIENCE OF SURVIVAL
HCOB 15 Jul 71RB C/S Series 48RC DRUG HANDLING
Issue III
The OT III Pack)
BTs, CLUSTERS & DRUGS
BTs and clusters are affected by drugs. They mock up the biochemistry and they mock up
the drug and drug incidents. Drug taking in this lifetime restimulates earlier incidents of drug
taking on the track. When the case is viewed as a composite of BTs and clusters, you will see that
drug taking in this lifetime causes a highly multiple restim. A drug incident can be a cluster
making incident.
Earlier drug cultures on the track were much worse than this drug culture. In some cultures
the psychiatrist, priest and medico were all one and the same person and frequently used drugs.
Some implanters used drugs, either as part of the implant incident or to keep a population
enslaved thereafter. When BTs and clusters who have whole track drug incidents are restimulated
by a this lifetime drug incident, there is a multiple restim, and if severe enough can form a new
cluster composed of the BTs and clusters thrown into restimulation by the drug.
324
The residual drug remaining in the body tends to keep these BTs and clusters in
restimulation, and they by mocking it up, tend to hold onto the drug and keep the drug pictures
in restim.
There are two factors regarding drugs: (1) There is the factor of residual drugs in the body,
and (2) There are BTs and clusters who are stuck in whole track drug incidents which they are
mocking up. These two factors are interactive.
The residual drug deposit in the body causes a drug effect and tends to keep BTs and
clusters in restimulation. It is this residual drug deposit that is gotten rid of by sweat out on the
Purification Rundown.
BTs and clusters who are stuck in whole track drug incidents continue to mock it up. They
actually mock up the drug as well as the incident. This can give the apparency that the drug is in
the body. After all a thetan can create MEST, and because they are mocking up the drug, and
because they are stuck in it totally, you can get the apparency that there is a residual drug
remaining in the body.
Where you have both factors present, (the residual drug deposit in the body and BTs/
clusters stuck in drug incidents), it’s absolutely deadly. The drug deposit in the body tends to hold
onto BTs and clusters and to keep them in restimulation. And BTs and clusters who are stuck in
whole track drugs mock up the drug and the drug incident giving the apparency of drugs in the
body. These two factors are interactive both ways, the actual residual drug in the body affects the
body and keeps BTs and clusters in restim, who, because they are mocking up drugs that they are
stuck in, are creating the apparency of more drugs in the body, and so it goes.
The Purification Rundown will handle a lot of this by getting rid of the residual drugs in
the body, and this in itself not only improves the person physically, but also will allow much of
the BT and cluster pictures to drop out of restimulation, or at least to drop out of chronic
restimulation.
There is another process pretty well forgotten about called freewheeling. This was
discovered in earlier research, and is described in Science of Survival, II, p. 260, where it is
pointed out that Guk (see All About Radiation) can cause the somatic strip to freewheel. The
active ingredients of Guk being Vitamin B1 and Niacin, and these cause BTs and clusters to
freewheel through engrams they are stuck in on the track, they don’t get down to a basic or
anything, they unstick from the stuck point in a track engram. This permits that engram to drop
out of chronic restimulation. So we have another phenomenon going on the Purification
Rundown that persons below OT III case level would not be aware of. The B1 and Niacin by
moving BTs and clusters out of the engram they are chronically stuck in, permits these BTs and
clusters to drop out of restimulation, and thus cease mocking it up. This too brings about an
improvement in the case condition of the person.
You should also know that when the BT or cluster is Free-wheeling through such a drug
incident it can turn on the apparency of that drug in the body. This could be puzzling if you didn’t
know this datum. Maybe the guy has never taken LSD or Pheno-barbitol in this lifetime and
doesn’t have any of that drug actually in his body, But the BT or cluster freewheeling through
an incident containing the drug mocks up the apparency of that drug in the body, making the guy
feel that he is on that drug. And there have been other drugs on the whole track quite different
from any drugs in existence today. So during the Purification Rundown you can have a BT or
cluster freewheel through and out of a stuck drug engram, and while he’s going through it there
can be an apparency of that drug in the body even though he’s never taken it in this lifetime, but
when the BT or cluster freewheels on out of that stuck point, it ceases to mock up the apparency
of that drug in the body. Hence get a two way result on the Purification Rundown by getting rid
of both the residual drug in the body and the apparency of the drug in the body mocked up by a
BT or cluster.
325
How many of these BTs and clusters actually blow during the Purification Rundown is
unknown, but there definitely will be less of them present when he’s through the Rundown, and
the case will be a lot better off, though not completely and entirely handled on the subject of drugs.
(Caution: The attention of auditors and C/Ses is called to the OT III data, that a person can
also freewheel straight through Inc II - this is different from freewheeling out of a drug incident
as described above in this issue - but should someone start freewheeling through Inc II, and we
know of no instances of this having occurred, the possibility is that it can occur. The description
of a freewheel through Inc II is given in the OT III materials and the handling is given in HCOB
2 Oct 68 OT III and 3RD NOTE, RUNNING INCIDENT II of 28 Oct 68 both of which are in
the OT III pack.)
Normally we would run Objectives and a NED Drug Rundown after the Purification
Rundown, and these actions, particularly running out drug incidents, would handle much of these
BT/cluster drug pictures - without the case ever being aware of it at that level. But there are also
cases who are Dianetic Clears who are in a body stuffed up with drugs (in fact there is probably
a high incidence of Clears who are now doing the Purification Rundown), and these cases cannot
be run on R3R or R3RA as they are Clears. This poses a problem of how to handle these Clears
after their Purification Rundown.
Clears can be run on Objectives (though you must not re-run an Objective process that has
already been run to EP); Clears can be run on recall or straightwire processes and thus can be run
on Recall processes on Drugs and the L3RF and End of Endless Drug Rundown can be done on
Clears (provided you handle reading lines by indication and do not attempt any R3R or R3RA).
These actions will handle a lot of the mental aspect of drugs and drug taking and will enable you
to then get the case up the Grade Chart to OT III.
On OT III the Solo auditor will handle and blow many of these BTs and clusters without
necessarily ever being aware of, nor having to address drug pictures. But some BTs and clusters
can be so held down by drugs, or hung up in drug cluster- making incidents that the Solo auditor
is unlikely to be able to audit or handle these, and will need auditing by an OT III Drug RD
Auditor.
LIABILITY OF HANDLING DRUGS AT OT III
As drugs and drug incidents have been so common on the whole track, to simply generally
ask for drugs or drug incidents when dealing with BTs and clusters, could cause a total restim.
It would be likely to throw a large number of BTs and clusters (each of whom individually have
different incidents), into restim on drugs. The liability then is that of throwing the whole case into
restim on the subject of drugs.
HOW TO HANDLE DRUGS AT OT III
By adding “Drugs” into an existing list or prepared assessment, the subject of drugs is then
only mentioned in relation to a specific area and the liability of over-restimulation is avoided.
This makes it possible to handle drugs at the level of OT III.
1. Having found the position of a cluster or pressure area in relation to the body, the auditor
has the Pre-OT limit his attention to that area (so as not to restim other areas).
2. Find the type of incident that made it into a cluster by assessment of: “Accident, Impact,
Injury, Illness, a drug, shock, Implant, heat, freezing, electrical, explosion, implosion, psychiatric
incident, lightning, burning, vacuum, radiation.” (Usually the read will occur early on the
assessment; don’t go on assessing after you have got the read.) The auditor indicates the type of
incident that read on the assessment and confirms the read. Sometimes you will get a BD and a
break up or blow on this step alone.
326
3. Date the incident to blow.
4. Locate the incident to blow.
5. Handling any remaining single BTs to blow.
6. Check for and handle any copy.
(It is essential that the auditor have the Pre-OT limit his attention to the specific area of the
body found, so as not to stir up other BT or cluster masses. And it is essential not to overrun this
action and start in on other BTs who were not part of this incident and to whom this does not
apply.)
One can ask for a drug or a drug incident on a specific BT or cluster, provided it is limited
to that area, and not asked generally.
On a prepared list such as a C/S 53 being done on an OT III or above, if you get a read on
any of the lines in the Drug section of the C/S 53, be sure to find the position of the BT or cluster
that the read is coming from (per HCOB 4 Jul 79 HANDLING CORRECTION LISTS ON OTs).
Heavy this lifetime mutual drug incidents (or drug trips) can be Dated and Located, but
realize that a this lifetime incident is late on the track, and that there could be an earlier (whole
track) mutual incident (ref: Cumulatlve clusters).
There was a case who refused to do a Purification RD, who was handled by the techniques
given above, and then became willing to do the Purification RD, as he now realized that he had
been the effect of drugs and now wanted to get it handled.
Prior Assessment: There is a way to use the Prior Assessment to taking drugs at this level.
By taking up the somatics and misemotions the person experienced prior to taking drugs (as is
done in a Drug RD), you can then find the BT or cluster and blow it. Instead of running the Prior
Assessment item by R3RA as one would do on a Drug RD, (and you must be very careful not to
run any R3R or R3RA), you simply take up a reading somatic or misemotion from the list of
somatics Prior to taking drugs, have the Pre-OT locate where the BT or cluster is by position in
relation to the body, and blow the BT or cluster by usual techniques. This technique has proven
very effective in handling two somatic-shut-off cases.
SOMATIC SHUT-OFF CASES
You can find a BT with misemotion on drugs, and especially with an absence of emotion,
absence of sensation, absence of perception, absence of feeling. The “lack of_____” or the
“absence of_____”, (the blank being any emotion, feeling or perception), is just as common on
drugs and drug items as the somatic item connected with the drug. (Hence somatic shut- offs
caused by drugs and medicines, etc.) These have in earlier materials been called “negative items”
due to the absence or lack of an expected emotion, feeling or perception. Whether this “negative
item” is the result of a somatic being suppressed by a drug or anesthetic, or whether it is an
inability to feel or perceive due to a drug in the body or an accumulation of drugs in the body,
such “negative items” are equally important to ask for and to handle in the handling of drugs, as
are somatics and misemotions induced by drugs. As these “negative items” are an omitted (a notthereness
of something), they may not be noticed or volunteered by a pc unless asked for them,
and sometimes pcs come up to an awareness of a numb area of the body.
CASE HISTORIES
The following case histories (reported by FSO C/Ses), of case handlings piloted on
327
the subject of drugs on OT III Pre-OTs show what can be done:
Case 1:
“LSD case. Ran BTs and clusters stuck in drug experiences. Date/Located bad drug
experiences.
“He experienced relief and stopped complaining that the auditing was having no effect on
him. Case had a tendency to blow out quickly without big wins, unable to continue session. Was
able to run longer sessions after handling drugs as above.”
Case 2:
“LSD Constant roller-coaster. Critical. Felt crazy, lots of restim.
“An R/Sing cluster went to basic incident of an LSD trip. Said grief charge persisting from
acid trips. LSD came up frequently in her auditing. (The grief was handled.)”
Case 3:
“LSD. Had many drug trips that created clusters on LSD and LSD mixed with other drugs.
A C/S 53 handled per HCOB 4 Jul 79 HANDLING CORRECTION LISTS ON OTs, was done
and drugs read a lot. Each read was handled and each cluster connected blown. Also handled BTs
stuck in drugs.
“He got relaxed in the environment, felt there was hope and destimulated. It was the first
significant gain he had made.”
Case 4:
“LSD and other heavy drugs. She was also ‘over-restimulated’. Was put on GF 40
Expanded and drugs read. She blew many clusters made during LSD and speed. She finished the
GF 40 Expanded and later would find masses that were related to LSD and say: ‘that was made
on acid’, and it would BD, and was handled to blow.
“She then ran smoother and her comm line was better and the over-restimulation ended.”
Case 5:
“Heavy drug history. No somatic case. Was 2WCed to find what he was like prior to drugs
which revealed back somatics and misemotions. BTs connected with the misemotions and back
somatics were handled, as well as BTs stuck in drugs.
“He ran much better after this and it ended the somatic shut-off.
Case 6:
“Very similar to Case #5 above. BTs stuck in drugs and prior somatics to drugs were
handled and he came around and ran properly.”
Case 7:
“Heavy druggie. Case opened up dramatically on the handling of a drug cluster-making
incident which had been the major point of case deterioration this lifetime.(became psychotic in
the incident). The handling of this incident changed his life.
Case 8:
328
“Slow resistive case. Had been bumping into BTs and clusters stuck in anesthetics this
lifetime. Still needs to be directly addressed. Not gotten to as he had wins and completed current
auditing hours paid for.”
Case 9:
“Heavy drugs and alcohol. Run on BTs and clusters stuck in drugs, restimulated by drugs,
stuck in alcohol, restimulated by alcohol. Had C/S 53 and GF 40 Expanded reads on drugs
handled.
“Case running better after the above. Still has more to be handled.”
Case 10:
“LSD and alcohol.
“Drugs often came up as a cluster-making incident.
“Was stuck in a drug ‘exteriorization’, was actually a flashing drug picture.
“Had a good win on handling BT/cluster influenced by drugs. On handling BT/cluster
restimulated by taking drugs a number of old drug pictures and sensations turned on and blew.
On handling BT/clusters stuck in drugs a reasonableness he still had on drugs was handled.
“These handlings were a ‘win point’, he had felt paranoid about drugs up until now. He also
felt lighter.
“Later on a C/S 53, LSD read and on handling, turned on and blew an electric shock type
somatic.
“Case had a lot of gain from the above handlings.”
PROGRAM FOR THE OT DRUG RD
A. SET-UP:
The case must be set-up for the OT Drug RD by doing the Purification RD, and this is
essential. (Obviously there would be no point in trying to handle BTs/clusters hung up in drugs
while there is still a residue of drugs remaining in the body.) The only apparent exception to this
rule would be as described in this issue, where some drug handling might have to be done in order
to get the Purification RD done, but this would be rare and would be followed by the Purification
RD, then the full steps of the OT Drug RD. Not only is the Purification RD a required set-up, but
there is a very great deal to be gained from doing it as the reader of this issue will understand.
B. THE OT DRUG RD:
1. Based on folder study and as deemed necessary by the C/S a case can be prepared for the
RD by assessing and handling a C/S 53 (in accordance with HCOB 4 Jul 79 HANDLING
CORRECTION LISTS ON OTs), or even a GF 40 Expanded. (Ref: C/S Series 1 - 10, C/S Series
17.) This step would at least include getting the Ruds in, and may contain other specific needed
repair actions if the case has had a rough time in previous auditing or on Advanced Courses. This
step requires some C/S skill so as not to over-do nor under-do the Repair, as covered in C/S Series
17.
2. Date/Locate reading (charged) cluster-making drug incidents (i.e. heavy trips, anesthetic
operations, severe medicinal drugs or medication), in this lifetime. These having happened to the
Pre-OT’s current body, tend to be held in common as mutual incidents.
329
Use the procedure for handling clusters (or cumulative clusters).
3. Handle any pressure areas and any numb (lacking sensation) areas of the body by locating
where the area is, assessing for the mutual incident, Date/Locating it, IIs and Is, copies.
4. Take any previously given Drug somatic items, or newly list any additional items
connected with reading drugs, medicines, etc., and assess for reading somatic item. (DO NOT
RUN ANY R3R OR R3RA) If the BT or cluster that had that item is still there, it will read on
the meter. Locate the BT or cluster that the somatic item belongs to by meter read on the position
in relation to the body. Blow the BT or cluster by usual OT III actions, (i.e. Inc II, Inc I, or cluster
handling or cumulative cluster handling).
(Caution: It can occur that the BT or cluster who had that item has already blown, but some
other BT or cluster is copying it, giving a false apparency that the item still exists. This is
described and the handling for it is given in Section III OT, ADDITIONAL SHEET, NOTES ON
RUNNING, page 2.)
Be sure to include here any “negative items” previously given, or to list for these, and
handle these too, as above.
On this step one exhausts all reading drug somatic items and all reading drugs.
(Caution: Never run anything that does not read. Buttons may be checked on unreading
items, but if it doesn’t read, do not take it up.)
(Note: If you run into an item that was badly messed up in earlier auditing on R3R or R3RA,
you may have to repair it by assessing an L3RF using the item as the prefix, with the Pre-OT
holding his attention on that specific BT. Indicate only, do not attempt any engram running, when
repaired, blow the BT or cluster with usual OT III techniques, if not already blown on the L3RF.)
5. Prior Assessment. Take up any previously listed, now reading, misemotion or somatic
item, or “negative item” given on a Prior Assessment to drugs or alcohol or medicine, and handle
with the same procedure given in #4 above. Find out when the person started taking drugs or
medicine, and 2WC for any prior somatics (and “negative items”) and handle any of these that
read, as in #9 above.
6. LDN OT III RB. Assess and handle an LDN OT III RB to clean the case up. This will either
go to an F/Ning list rather easily, or the case will return to Solo. (As some cases who have attested
previously, may find more to run after the OT Drug RD, but this will not always be so.)
WARNING:Although it is stated in earlier materials that an item once having read, even though
it does not currently read, should be run, that does not apply to the OT Drug RD. If the BT or
cluster whose item it is is still present the item will read. If the item no longer reads the BT or
cluster has already blown or it is Suppressed or Invalidated. One must not run any unreading item
as doing so risks giving other BTs and clusters on the case (to whom this item does not apply)
a wrong item, which can be very upsetting to the case. It can also result in other BTs obsessively
copying the item and making it more solid. Refer to the section on Misownership in HCOB 22
Dec 79. False reads will have the same effect, so the auditor must know how to read a meter, and
should only use a serviced meter, preferably a Mark VI. Flows of an item are not taken up, only
the item, for obvious reasons.
COMPLETION AND NEXT STEP
When the Pre-OT has completed the above Steps 1 - 6, the OT Drug RD is complete and
the Pre-OT is sent to declare. He or she would then be advised of the next step, either next OT
level, NED for OTs, (sometimes a return to Solo III materials). The Pre-OT will be in
330
very good shape and if the OT Drug RD has been well audited and C/Sed, will probably make
faster case gain on subsequent actions, and will probably have a faster learning rate, in addition
to case gains made on this RD. Although these should not be promised, their absence should result
in an immediate FES and repair of the RD.
While it is possible that the Solo auditor will blow a lot of these BTs and clusters that were
affected by drugs during Solo auditing on OT III or OT III Expanded, and while some cases might
not have to have the OT Drug RD, it is probable that the majority of cases will need this RD to
handle the effects of drugs, medicines, etc., especially those who have had heavy drugs.
Each of the methods given herein have been tested and proven workable. Sometimes there
have been dramatic results from these handlings of drugs given herein on cases who hung fire or
were resistive.
Provided you do not make the error of broadly asking for drugs on cases at this level (which
would cause over-restimulation), you now have the means for handling drugs at the level of OT
III and OT III Expanded.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
As assisted by
Senior C/S Int
for the
BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
BDCS: LRH: DM: kjm
Copyright © 1980
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
331
332
333
ORIGINAL
OT 5
334
335
OT V
Cause Over MEST
Gain Freedom from Fixated
Introversion into MEST
For eons, man has speculated and guessed about the nature of the physical universe.
There have been many opinions and much discussion. Even the modern physicist, with
his many names and labels, is still in the dark when it comes to how it got here and why.
Before Scientology, the exact truth about the MEST universe was lost, and the way out
of the trap unknown. Lies and misinformation had taken the place of the truth.
In 1967, L. Ron Hubbard released Section V of the Operating Thetan Course, the
most powerful level released up to that time. On OT V you learn the truth about the
physical universe, not the laws of physical scientists, but the basic considerations about
Matter, Energy, Space and Time.
The tremendous power that this universe seems to have over thetans resulting in
entrapment, degradation and death, is traced to its source.
As you exteriorize from the physical universe at Section V, you discover exactly
what MEST is, and become free of its laws.
At OT V, a being is refamiliarized as a thetan exterior with the physical universe.
OT drills are done to remarkably increase a being’s ability to communicate with his
environment. He is now able to do so, totally free of the mind and body, and free from a
fixated introversion into MEST.
Solo auditing on this level serves as an introduction to the rehabilitation of his total
abilities as a thetan. He learns to use his new abilities as a thetan with wisdom and
judgment.
OT 5-1
A) Fly Ruds if needed.
B) Pre OT is to lie down in a comfortable popsition with eyes shut.
1) Spot a spot in the room
2) Spot a spot in your body
Alternate command 1 and 2 until process is flat (Cognition, VGIs, No more change),
then
3) Spot two spots in your body
4) Spot two spots outside
Alternate until flat, then
336
5) Spot a spot outside
6) Spot a spot on the sun
(Notice the difference between). Alternate until flat, then
7) Spot two spots outside
8) Spot two spots on the sun
(Notice what happens). Alternate until flat.
You may exteriorize or be exterior during these drills but don’t have to.
C) With your eyes still shut in a comfortable position indoors do the following
commands and write down any major cognitions.
9) Spot an object in the room
10) Spot an object outside
11) Locate a moving object
12) Locate a spot in your body
13) Spot a motion
14) Locate a space
15) Spot a Being
Continue the above steps in sequence until major cognition with very good
indicators, or until exteriorization occurs.
OT 5-2
Pre OT is to lie down in a comfortable position with eyes shut.
A) Create an illusion ( condition, energy or object )
Then
B) Conserve it
Protect it
Control it
Hide it
Change it
Age it
337
Make it go backwards on a cycle of action
Perceive it with all perceptions
Shift it in time at will
Rearrange it
Duplicate it
Turn it upside down
Turn it on its’ side
Make it obey MEST laws at will
Be it
Not be it
Destroy it
Mock it up and un-mock it at will
C) Repeat steps (A) and (B) to a major cognition.
OT 5-3
(done outside)
A) Put your attention on an object that is ahead of you - like a parked car, lamp post,
etc and walk towards it, noticing the distance between you and it. Continue to do this
until cognition.
B) Pick out an object ahead of you and wrap an energy beam around it and yourself and
pull yourself toward the object by shortening the beam.
Notice what happens.
C) Locate an object, draw energy from it into you. Repeat at least ten times.
Note any cognitions.
D) Locate an object as above and walk toward it. Notice what is holding you to it.
E) Locate a cloud and notice the space between you and it.
F) Notice your body
G) Walk and notice the change in viewpoint
H) Notice the motion of the earth and your relationship to it
I) Notice something about 10 people
Repeat the above steps to a major cognition.
ATTEST TO OT 5
338
339
NEW
OT 5
340
341
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 NOVEMBER 1978R
ISSUE I
REVISED 2 MARCH 1979
(Revisions not in Script)
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 26R
C O N F I D E N T I A L
NED FOR OTs - CHECKLIST - PRE-OT ADVANCE PGM
(Put on left inside cover of folder and
keep it up to date.)
_________________________ _________________ ____________
(Pre-OT’s Name) (Date Started) (Org)
The auditor checks off each step when done. The number after each step is the
relevant NED for OTs HCOB Series number.
PREREQUISITES
Pre-OT is OT III (or above) _____
Pre-OT is not in the middle of another major action _____
Pre-OT is not on a TRs Course _____
Pre-OT has security clearance _____
SET-UPs
D of P interview to get data on Pre-OT’s conditon. _____
Remedy any Vit B1 or Calcium deficiency (NOTs 18, 31) _____
Assess C/S 53 Section A, if valid read on Out-Int do
End of Endless Int Repair Rundown _____
If Pre-OT has had a recent bad session, repair it _____
If ill or injured handle with an Assist (NOTs 3) _____
Handle any life enturbulation with Ruds or 2WC to F/N _____
CAUTION
Do not be surprised if these steps go out of order, and dont’ force the Pre-OT to
follow this exact order because his case may not be stacked up this way, although in
general it will be found to be this order:
342
ADVANCE PGM
1. Indoctrination Step & clearing words (NOTs 4, 27 #2) _____
2. Perception Step. (Optional) (NOTs 27 #3) _____
3. D/L point when Pre-OT went Clear (NOTs 11, 12, 17 #4A,43) _____
4. Handle misownership of pictures by Pre-OT (NOTs 11, 12,
27 #4A, 43) _____ *
5. Handle BTs who went Clear (NOTs 11, 12, 27 #4A, 43) _____
6. Handle BTs who went Exterior (NOTs 11, 27, 43) _____
7. Handle BTs audited past erasure (NOTs 11, 12, 27, 43) _____
8. Handle BTs who were overrun, & Copies (NOTs 11, 12, 27,
43) _____ *
9. Repair BTs run on uncharged items (NOTs 11, 12, 39, 43) _____
10. L3RF on messed up Dn chains (NOTs 39) _____ *
11. Repair any goofed D/L on a cluster (NOTs 9, 12, 27 #4G) _____ *
12. Repair of Past Auditing by Name of Auditor (Optional,
only if interested). (NOTs 11, 12, 13, 27 #4F,43) _____ *
13. LDN OT III RB (NOTs 41) _____
14. Repair List for Errors in Running OT III (NOTs 41, 42) _____ *
15. Handle PTSness, if pplicable (NOTs 35) _____ *
16. Handle R/Ses (if Pre-OT has R/Sed) (NOTs 36) _____ *
17. Handle Mass Mistaken for Mass of Body (NOTs 15, 27 #5) _____ *
18. Handle BTs/clusters Being Body Parts (NOTs 27 #6) _____ *
19. Handle BTs On or Around the Body (NOTs 14, 27 #7) _____ *
20. Generally Spotting and Blowing BTs/clusters
(NOTs 27 #8) _____ *
21. Remnant Ridges (& partial blows) (NOTs 23, 27 #9, 45) _____ *
22. Flow Assessment Recall Process (NOTs 27 #10, 28) _____ *
23. Generally Addressing the Body (NOTs 27 #11) _____ *
24. Specifically Addressing Chronic Somatics (NOTs 27 #12,
32) _____ *
25. Mass That Kicks in when Pre-OT Looks into Body
(NOTs 27 #13) _____ *
26. Perimeter Masses (NOTs 33) _____ *
27. BTs with Mis-U words Rundown (NOTs 46) _____ *
28. Cleaning the Body of BT/cluster Masses (NOTs 27 #14) _____ *
29. Verify whether Pre-OT has achieved the full EP of
NED for OTs as described in NOTs 27, pages 8 & 11.
If so Declare. _____
If not, locate the unflat/incomplete Pgm step(s)
and handle. (The NOTs Repair List - NOTs 24 - can be
used here, or any point on Pgm when there are unresolved
BTs or PBC.)
DO NOT DECLARE UNTIL PRE-OT HAS THE FULL EP.
* Shows where on Pgm Rest Points may be taken (ref: NOTS 29).
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1978, 1979 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
343
344
345
ORIGINAL
OT 6
346
347
OT 6
Familiarisation as a Thetan Exterior
with the Physical Universe.
Reference: Creation of Human Ability Route One.
Before doing the following solo processes, listen to the tape recorded lectures called
“Route One of Intensive Procedure”.
Note - If you have a feeling of reduced havingness during any one of these processes,
mock up eight anchor points and push them into your body.
NEVER DO THESE PROCESSES OVER OUT-RUDS.
The following processes are run to
1) floating needle,
2) major cognition,
3) regained ability
STEP ONE
1. Be three feet in back of your head. If you have any trouble with this command, use
“Try NOT to be three feet back of your head”.
2. Whatever you are looking at, copy it a dozen times ( copy means to make another
one just like it ). Now dispose of these copies in some way. eg. You can push them
all together and pull them in on yourself to suppliment havingness. In any event DO
NOT leave yourself with these copies. Dispose of them in some way. Locate a
nothingness around you and make a copy of it. Repeat a dozen times. Dispose of
these like you did above.
3. Find two back corners of the room and hold onto them for two minutes.
4. Find two locations or positions on Earth and hold onto them for two minutes.
5. Find some places where you are not. (Repeat)
6. Spot three spots in your body and Spot three spots in the room. (Repeat)
7. Be in the following places: The room, the sky, the moon, the sun.
The above steps should be done to a Major Cognition or ability regained. Repeat
until this occurs. Write it down.
STEP TWO
The following steps are done in your auditing room lying down with your eyes
closed.
348
8. Mock up your own body until you slip out of it.
9. Locate an animal. Postulate it moving from one spot to another. Observe it doing
this.
10. Find a walking man — postulate his walking faster. Repeat this with 20 people.
11. Find a walking person — postulate that he will stop, then continue walking. Do this
20 times.
10. Find a person in a distant land. notice the time of day. Notice the terrain. Notice the
general environment. Smell the air. Locate a thought that is his. Locate a thought
that is yours. Continue until flat.
11. Notice differences between you and your body.
The above should be done to a major cognition or abilty regained. You can repeat
the above steps until this occurs. Write it down.
STEP THREE
12. Create in your body a feeling of calmness; create in your body sexual desire and turn
it off. Continue that step until you feel you have control over the sexual drives.
Create in your body a feeling of pain.
Create in the body a feeling of serenity.
Do the above until flat.
Create in the body a feeling of hunger and turn it off. Continue this step until you
are in control of hunger drives.
Create in your body a flow of admiration particles and turn them off. Repeat until
you can do this easily.
The end result of these particular drills is the regained ability to control the body and
its sensations. You may have to cycle through the steps more than once.
The Operating Thetan must be able to manufacture and experience to his complete
satisfaction, all sensations including pain in mock-up form, and all energies such as
admiration and force.
STEP FOUR
14. Postulate anger, boredom, grief, cheerfulness and serenity — in that order. This is
continued until you are sure that you can create any emotion.
15. Finally, exteriorized visit a friend who lives in another state. Greet him and flow
affinity to him. Ask him to communicate to you by letter.
ATTEST TO OT VI
349
350
351
NEW
OT 6
352
353
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 NOVEMBER 1978R-1
ADDITION OF 15 OCTOBER 1981
Confidential
Flag Only
ACS Students
C O N F I D E N T I A L
NED FOR OTs
PART B
CHECKSHEET
NAME: ________________________________ DATE STARTED: _____________
DATE COMPLETED: _____________
NED FOR OTs SECTION
A. NED FOR OTs RUNDOWN - BASIC THEORY AND TECHNIQUE:
STAR-
M4 RATE
1A. HCOB 30 JULY 80 THE NATURE OF A
BEING ____ ____ ____ ____
1B. HCOB 25 JAN 88 WHY BEINGS
MOCK UP ____ ____ ____ ____
1. HCOB 15 Sep 78 I NED for OTs
Series 1 NED
FOR OTs RUNDOWN,
THEORY OF ____ ____ ____ ____
1A. DEMO: Demo what happens with a pc
on R3RA when you ask for an earlier
incident when he doesn’t have one. ____ ____ ____ ____
1B. DEMO: Demo the mechanics of
dub-in as relates to a Pre-OT ____ ____ ____ ____
354
1C. DEMO: Demo the difference between
what’s handled on OT III as
compared to NOTs. ____ ____ ____ ____
2. HCOB 15 Sep 78 II NED for OTs
Series 2 WHY
YOU CAN’T RUN
ENGRAMS AFTER
CLEAR ____ ____ ____ ____
2A. DEMO: Demo what happens with
a Clear if you run him on R3RA
(including misownership and
misidentification). ____ ____ ____ ____
3. HCOB 16 Sep 78 IV NED for OTs
Series 10 OT
III AND DORMANT
BTs ____ ____ ____ ____
3A. DEMO: Demo the EP of OT III. ____ ____ ____ ____
3B. DEMO: Demo a dormant BT. ____ ____ ____ ____
4. HCOB 22 Sep 78 II NED for OTs
Series 5
MISCONCEPTIONS ____ ____ ____ ____
4A. DEMO: Demo BTs/Clusters
having misconceptions of:
(a) Identity ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) Time ____ ____ ____ ____
(c) Place ____ ____ ____ ____
(d) Form ____ ____ ____ ____
(e) Event ____ ____ ____ ____
5. HCOB 30 Sep 78 I NED for OTs
Series 8 BASIC
PRINCIPLES UPON
WHICH THE NED FOR
OTs RUNDOWN IS
BASED ____ ____ ____ ____
5A. DEMO: Demo what the NOTs Rundown
is structured on. ____ ____ ____ ____
6. HCOB 26 Sep 78 I NED for OTs
Series 4 WORD
CLEARING AND
355
INFORMATION FOR
PRE OTs ON NED
FOR OTs ____ ____ ____ ____
6A. DEMO: Demo each definition in NOTs
4 attachment #1 with your twin. ____ ____ ____ ____
6B. PRACTICAL: In a word clearing
session on the meter:
(a) Get word cleared by another ACS
Student on each of the terms on HCOB
26 Sep 78, I, Attachment #1. ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) Word clear another ACS Student
on HCOB 26 Sep 78, I, Attachment #1. ____ ____ ____ ____
This is done by having the student
read the definition given, telling
what it means in his own words,
using it in sentences or giving
examples until he understands it
and F/Ns (as in the Dianetics or
Scn CS-1).
7. TAPE: 6108C17 RUDIMENTS-VALENCES
SH Spec-41 ____ ____ ____ ____
8. TAPE: 6110C18 VALENCES-CIRCUITS
SH Spec-68 ____ ____ ____ ____
9. HCOB 17 Sep 78 I NED for OTs
Series 7 VALENCES ____ ____ ____ ____
9A. DRILL: Drill fully the commands and
procedure of the Valence Technique on
a doll. The student drills the following
steps on a doll (who is the “Pre-
OT”). The coach, sitting off to the
side of the student, supplies the doll’s
answers using words (NULL SUBJECTS)
from prepared assessment lists in the
back of the Book of E-Meter Drills for
answer to the “What” and “Who” question
until he gets to “me” as an answer,
he verbally gives the reads and
F/Ns, where applicable for the items
and answers. The coach must also say
where the BT or Cluster is located
and when it is blown. The coach is to
keep the drill very simple as given
below.
356
(a) The student starts the drill with
the following command to the doll:
“Locate a BT or Cluster” and acknowledges
the doll when the doll says
he has located a BT/Cluster.
(b) Student then asks “Where is it
located in relation to the body” or
“Where is it located?” or “Where is
it?”. (This is not a rotely worded
question, but the location of the
BT or Cluster or mass must be found
and communicated by the doll acting
as the Pre-OT.)
(c) The student then tells the doll:
“With your attention on that exact
spot (as found in (b)) ask it ‘What
are you?’ “. Coach supplies an answer.
(Note: “With your attention on that
exact spot” is not a rote command and
wouldn’t necessarily be used all the
time. You want the Pre-OT to focus his
attention on one BT or Cluster at a
time.
(d) The student acknowledges the doll
and tells the doll to acknowledge the
BT/Cluster’s answer.
(e) After the doll has acknowledged the
BT/Cluster’s answer, the student tells
the doll to ask it “Who are you?”.
(f) The doll (coach supplies answer)
relays the answer “me” to the student.
(g) The student tells the doll to acknowledge
the BT/Cluster’s answer. Coach
would then signify it’s blown and an F/N.
The student does this drill with admin.,
writing down the questions, answers,
the location of the BT/Cluster, reads,
F/Ns and blows. This drill is done until
the student is totally confident and
can do it rapidly and easily with clear
admin. ____ ____ ____ ____
The following drills are all done
with a doll being the Pre-OT, the
357
coach supplying the answers, and
admin kept, as in Drill 9A.
9B. DRILL: Using the Valence Technique,
as in Drill 9A, drill handling:
(a) A BT or Cluster who gives some
answers other than “me” to the “Who
are you?” question. ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) A BT or Cluster who gives a repeating
answer to the “Who are you?”
question. ____ ____ ____ ____
9C. DRILL: Using the Valence Technique,
drill handling a mass that doesn’t
give any answer:
(a) By running Hello’s and OK’s
(Ref. PAB 123, Vol III, page 136-7),
followed through with Valence
Technique. ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) By jolting it a bit earlier
followed through with Valence
Technique if it hasn’t blown. ____ ____ ____ ____
9D. DRILL: Using Valence Technique,
drill handling:
(a) A ridge. ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) A dead energy mass, being put
there by some BT or Cluster. ____ ____ ____ ____
(c) A “Shell BT” (NOTs Series 1 and
the Definitions). ____ ____ ____ ____
9E. DRILL: Using the Valence Technique,
drill all of the above at random
until the student auditor feels confident
in knowing how and when to do
these handlings. ____ ____ ____ ____
10. HCOB 14 Feb 80 NED for OTs Series
54 CLARIFICATION ON
ACKNOWLEDGING IN THE
VALENCE TECHNIQUE ____ ____ ____ ____
10A. DRILL: Using the Valence Technique,
with a doll and coach providing answers
(NULL SUBJECTS AS IN 9A) and
reads, drill handling: ____ ____ ____ ____
(a) When the answer to the “What are
you?” question gives an LFBD F/N. ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) When you’ve got a “me” answer
358
to the “Who are you?” question with
an LFBD F/N (and Pre-OT has not said
it’s blown or gone or some such.) ____ ____ ____ ____
(c) When you got an F/N after the
acknowledgement of the “me” answer
on “Who are you?” but Pre-OT has
not signified any blow or that it’s
gone. ____ ____ ____ ____
(d) When you got an LFBD F.N after
acknowledgement of the “me”answer. ____ ____ ____ ____
(e) A series of blows. ____ ____ ____ ____
10B. DRILL” Drill all the above at random
until the student is proficient
with handling correctly. ____ ____ ____ ____
11. HCOB 31 Jan 80 NED for OTs Series
51 AUDIT BTs
CONCEPTUALLY ____ ____ ____ ____
11A. DEMO: Demo the difference between
auditing verbally and conceptually. ____ ____ ____ ____
11B. DEMO: Demo how you would handle
a Pre-OT who says he got a picture
and indicates to you that must be
the answer to the “What are you?”
question. ____ ____ ____ ____
12. HCOB 16 Sep 78 III NED for OTs
Series 31
THE “THETAN
HAND”
TECHNIQUE ____ ____ ____ ____
12A. DEMO: Demo using Thetan Hand Technique:
(a) To sever a string or beam or
line, etc. which is connecting a mass
to the body. ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) To separate ridges, masses,
composite masses, or layers of
clusters. ____ ____ ____ ____
(c) In the “Yo-heave” technique. ____ ____ ____ ____
13. HCOB 17 sep 78 V NED for OTs
Series 6
BLOWING BTs
AND CLUSTERS ____ ____ ____ ____
13A. DEMO: Demo why an awakened BT
mocks up mass. ____ ____ ____ ____
359
13B. DEMO: Demo a BT stuck down the
time track. ____ ____ ____ ____
13C. DRILL: Drill handling a BT holding
other BTs there and also how you
would find out if this was so. ____ ____ ____ ____
13D. DRILL: Drill handling a “ghost”. ____ ____ ____ ____
14. HCOB 15 Sep 78 IV NED for OTs
Rev. 13.2.81 Series 9R
CLUSTER,CUMULATIVE,
HANDLING
AND DATE/
LOCATING ____ ____ ____ ____
14A. DEMO:
(a) Demo how a right date for one
can act as a wrong date for another. ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) Demo how a right location for
one can act as a wrong location for
another. ____ ____ ____ ____
14B. DRILL:
(a) Drill checking for and handling
remaining BTs with Valence Technique
after the Cluster (or Cum. Cluster)
has broken up. ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) Drill checking if the date has
acted as a wrong date for others and
indicating it as such, after the
Cluster’s blown. ____ ____ ____ ____
(c) Drill checking if the location
has acted as a wrong location for
others and indicating it as such,
after the Cluster’s blown. ____ ____ ____ ____
15. ____ ____ ____ ____
16. ____ ____ ____ ____
17. ____ ____ ____ ____
B. NED FOR OTs RUNDOWN - RUDS, REPAIR OF PAST AUDITING AND
SESSION FACTORS
1. HCOB 22 Dec 79 FLYING RUDMENTS
AT OT III AND
ABOVE ____ ____ ____ ____
360
1A. DRILL: Drill the 6 Rudiment Questions
(not the handling) on a doll
until known perfectly. ____ ____ ____ ____
1B. DEMO: Demo identifying whose
charge it is on a rudiment question. ____ ____ ____ ____
1C. DEMO: Demo when you wouldn’t need
to identify whose charge it is on
Rudiments. ____ ____ ____ ____
1D. DEMO: Demo why you handle an outrud
on a BT or Cluster to F/N using
earlier similar, if necessary. ____ ____ ____ ____
1E. DEMO: What you do with the Bt or
cluster if it is still around after
you’ve F/Ned the rudiment. ____ ____ ____ ____
1F. DRILL: Full handling of rudiments
per HCOB 22 Dec 79 FLYING RUDIMENTS
AT OT III AND ABOVE on a doll with
a coach supplying data using null
subjects and saying what the reads
are. ____ ____ ____ ____
2. HCOB 4 Jul 79 HANDLING CORRECTION
LISTS ON OTs ____ ____ ____ ____
2A. DRILL: Handling a WCCL on a doll
with coach supplying data as per
above drills and demos. ____ ____ ____ ____
3. HCOB 17 Sep 78 III NED for OTs
Series 14 OUT INT,
WENT IN, WENT ON ____ ____ ____ ____
3A. DEMO: Demo handling a BT or Cluster
with Out-Int. ____ ____ ____ ____
3B. DRILL: Drill handling a BT or Cluster
with Out-Int. ____ ____ ____ ____
4. HCOB 30 Sep 78 II NED for OTs
Series 11 THE
FIRST STEP OF
NED FOR OTs ____ ____ ____ ____
NOTE: The following 4 HCOBs with the
parts specified only are to be read
through, then restudied as they co-
relate, then the practical is to be
done, and then the M4.
361
5. HCOB 16 Sep 78 II NED for OTs
Series 12 REPAIRING
AND BLOWING
BTs AND CLUSTERS
FROM PAST AUDITING
OR MIS-AUDITING ____ ____ ____ ____
6. HCOB 1 Nov 78 I NED for OTs Series
26R NED FOR
OTs CHECKLIST -
PRE-OT PGM, Steps
3 through 12
only. ____ ____ ____ ____
7. HCOB 1 Nov 78 II NED for OTs
Series 27 NED
FOR OTs-CHECKLIST,
Step 4
only. ____ ____ ____ ____
8. HCOB 31 Jan 79 II NED for OTs
Series 43 (Additional
Action) ____ ____ ____ ____
9. HCOB 29 Oct 78 I NED for OTs
Series 39 MORE
ON DIANETIC
CHAIN ERRORS ____ ____ ____ ____
9A. DRILL: On a doll, with the coach
using fruits & null subjects for
chains, items, dates, etc., drill
handling the following Pgm Steps
of NOTs Series 26R in conjunction
with the referred-to portions of
NOTs 27, and NOTs 43 and NOTs 39. ____ ____ ____ ____
(a) Pgm Step 3. D/L point when
Pre-OT went Clear (NOTs 11, 12, 27
#4A, 43) ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) Pgm Step 4. Handle misownership
of pictures by Pre-OT (NOTs 11, 12,
27 #4A, 43) ____ ____ ____ ____
(c) Pgm Step 5. Handle BTs who went
Clear (NOTs 11, 12, 27 #4A, 43) ____ ____ ____ ____
(d) Pgm Step 6. Handle BTs who went
Exterior (NOTs 11, 27, 43) ____ ____ ____ ____
(e) Pgm Step 7. Handle BTs audited
past erasure (NOTs 11, 12, 27, 43) ____ ____ ____ ____
(f) Pgm Step 8. Handle BTs who were
overrun, & Copies (NOTs 11, 12, 27
#4E, 43) ____ ____ ____ ____
362
(g) Pgm Step 9. Repair BTs run on
uncharged items (NOTs 11,12,39,43) ____ ____ ____ ____
(h) Pgm Step 10.L3RG on messed up
Dn Chains (NOTs 39) ____ ____ ____ ____
(i) Pgm Step 11. Repair any goofed
D/L on a cluster (NOTs 9,12,27 #4G) ____ ____ ____ ____
(j) Pgm Step 12. Repair of Past
Auditing by Name of Auditor (Optional,
only if interested).(NOTs 11, 12, 13,
27 #4F, 43) ____ ____ ____ ____
9B. DRILL: Handling a stuck picture
(NOTs 12). ____ ____ ____ ____
10. HCOB 20 Sep 78 IV NED for OTs
Series 18 SESSION
FACTORS ____ ____ ____ ____
10A. DEMO: Demo over-restimulation. ____ ____ ____ ____
10B. DEMO: Demo the EP for a session. ____ ____ ____ ____
11. HCOB 15 Nov 78 NED for OTs
Series 40
AUDITOR ROLE ____ ____ ____ ____
11A. DEMO: Demo what will happen if you
let the Pre-OT on NOTs try
to answer an unreading question
or look for a BT or
Cluster that isn’t reading. ____ ____ ____ ____
12. ____ ____ ____ ____
13. ____ ____ ____ ____
NOTE: AT THIS POINT ON THE CHECKSHEET
THE ACS STUDENT IS TO START AUDITING NED
FOR OTs ON ANOTHER STUDENT, AND COMMENCE
BEING AUDITED ON NED FOR OTs HIMSELF, ONE
SESSION PER DAY. THIS AUDITING CONTINUES
THROUGHOUT THE COURSE.
C. NED FOR OTs RUNDOWN - DATA AND TECHNIQUES:
1. HCOB 30 Sep 78 III NED for OTs
Series 13
FESING OF
FOLDERS AND
FULL FLOW
TABLES ____ ____ ____ ____
363
1A. PRACTICAL:
(a) Make up a (or fill in an existing)
Full Flow Table on an ACS student’s
folder per the above HCOB. ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) Make up a full list of all the
auditors from an ACS Student’s Full
Flow Table. ____ ____ ____ ____
2. HCOB 11 Dec 78 NED for OTs
Series 41 HANDLING
BTs MESSED
UP ON OT III ____ ____ ____ ____
2A. DEMO: Demo why a BT or cluster
messed up in running OT III needs
correction with finding the OT
III error and running the correct
OT III action. ____ ____ ____ ____
3. HCOB 11 Dec 78 NED for OTs
Series 42 NED for
OTs:REPAIR LIST
FOR ERRORS IN
RUNNING OT III ____ ____ ____ ____
3A. DEMO: Demo the instructions A-F.
NOTE: Do not drill this list(due to
the possibility of restimulation). ____ ____ ____ ____
4. HCOB 21 Sep 78 NED for OTs
Series 15 THE
“SOLIDITY” OF THE
BODY ____ ____ ____ ____
4A. DEMO: Demo mass mistaken for the
mass of the body. ____ ____ ____ ____
4B. DEMO: Demo how the body magnifies
perceptions. ____ ____ ____ ____
5. HCOB 17 Sep 78 II NED for OTs
Series 16 “EXTERIOR
VISIO”, BT
PERCEPTION ____ ____ ____ ____
5A. DEMO: Demo how the Pre-OT might
confuse a BT’s exterior visio with
his own. ____ ____ ____ ____
6. HCOB 10 Feb 79 NED for OTs
Series 45 PARTIALLY
BLOWN BTs ____ ____ ____ ____
364
6A. DRILL: Drill handling a partially
blown BT. ____ ____ ____ ____
6B. DRILL: Drill handling when you’re
getting exterior visio from a BT. ____ ____ ____ ____
7. HCOB 9 Feb 79 II NED for OTs
Series 44
WRONG ITEMS ____ ____ ____ ____
8. HCOB 29 Feb 78 NED for OTs
Series 25
RESISTANCE TO
CHANGE ____ ____ ____ ____
8A. DEMO: Demo how the handling of
resistance to change works. ____ ____ ____ ____
9. HCOB 29 Oct 78 III NED for OTs
Series 35 NOTES
ON PTS ____ ____ ____ ____
9A. DRILL: On a doll with a coach using
null subjects, drill handling PTS BTs
and clusters. ____ ____ ____ ____
10. HCOB 27 Sep 78 I NED for OTs
Series 24
NED for OTs
REPAIR LIST ____ ____ ____ ____
10A. PRACTICAL:
Work out how you would handle each
line of the NOTs Repair List. Do not
take this up with another student.
Refer to your course materials only.
Do not drill this list (due to possibility
of restimulation). ____ ____ ____ ____
11. HCOB 20 Dec 79 NED for OTs
Series 48
AUDITING SOMEBODY
UNDER CONSTANT
AND CONTINUOUS
PT
STRESS ____ ____ ____ ____
11A. DEMO: Demo why you don’t run major
actions or anything heavy on a Pre-
OT who is under continuous PT stress
or is ill. ____ ____ ____ ____
365
11B. DEMO: Demo when you’d end session
on such a pc and why. ____ ____ ____ ____
11C. DEMO: (a) Demo Routine A. ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) Demo Routine B. ____ ____ ____ ____
(c) Demo Routine C. ____ ____ ____ ____
12. HCOB 26 Sep 78 IV NED for OTs
Series 22
ANATEN ____ ____ ____ ____
12A. DEMO: Demo what’s occurring in a
NOTs session when you run into anaten
and how you would handle. ____ ____ ____ ____
12B. DEMO: Demo what produces a somatic ____ ____ ____ ____
13. PRACTICAL:
(a) Demo handling End of Endless Int
on a Pre-OT on NOTs. (Ref: HCOB 24
Sep 78RA,Rev. 21 Feb 79 Int RD Series
4RA and HCOB 25 Sep 78, I, Int RD
Series 5.) ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) DRILL: Handling End of Endless
Int on a Pre-OT on NOTs. ____ ____ ____ ____
14. HCOB 15 Sep 78 III NED for OTs
Series 3
ASSISTS ____ ____ ____ ____
14A. DEMO: Demo handling an assist with
NOTs (including earlier mutual incidents).
____ ____ ____ ____
15. HCOB 26 Sep 78 III NED of OTs
Series 21
REVIVIFICATION ____ ____ ____ ____
15A. DEMO:
(a) Revivification in an incident. ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) Revivification in a past
location. ____ ____ ____ ____
(c) How Date/Locate works. ____ ____ ____ ____
16. HCOB 26 Sep 78 II NED for OTs
Series 30
PROGRAM DEPARTURES
____ ____ ____ ____
16A. DEMO: Demo what is a mass and what
is a category in relation to NOTs. ____ ____ ____ ____
366
17. HCOB 5 Oct 78 NED for OTs
Series 29
REST POINTS ____ ____ ____ ____
18. HCOB 23 Sep 78 I NED for OTs
Series 17
PREDICTION
FACTORS ON
LENGTH AND
PROGRESS
THROUGH THE
RUNDOWN ____ ____ ____ ____
18A. DEMO: Demo the difference of the
mass and solidity of the Pre-OTs BTs
and clusters near the beginning of the
Rundown as compared to near the end. ____ ____ ____ ____
18B. DEMO: Demo the EP of the Rundown. ____ ____ ____ ____
19. HCOB 23 Sep 78 NED for OTs
Series 19
TA AND NEEDLE
BEHAVIOR ____ ____ ____ ____
19A. DEMO: Demo why, during a NOTs
session, the TA works up into a
higher range and pumps back down to
a lower range. ____ ____ ____ ____
19B. DEMO: Demo why you may have to operate
with a higher sensitivity setting. ____ ____ ____ ____
20. HCOB 28 Sep 78 II NED FOR OTs
Series 20
HOW YOU
OPERATE A
METER ____ ____ ____ ____
(NOTE: This was issued when a Mark V
was being used instead of a Mark VI.)
21. HCOB 7 Nov 78 NED for OTs
Series 38
BASIC FEAR ____ ____ ____ ____
22. HCOB 27 OCT 78 NED for OTs
Series 37
COLLECTIVE
IDENTITIES ____ ____ ____ ____
22A. DEMO: Demo handling a collective
identity. ____ ____ ____ ____
367
22B. DEMO: Demo the 2 methods of handling
a repeating answer. ____ ____ ____ ____
23. HCOB 1 Nov 74RA ROCK SLAMS
Rev. 1.9.78 AND ROCK
SLAMMERS ____ ____ ____ ____
23A. DEMO: Why it is important that an
R/S is handled. ____ ____ ____ ____
24. HCOB 10 Aug 76R R/Ses, WHAT
Rev. 5.9.78 THEY MEAN ____ ____ ____ ____
24A. PRACTICAL: On the E-Meter, show
what an R/S looks like. ____ ____ ____ ____
24B. DEMO: Demo what an R/S means. ____ ____ ____ ____
25. HCOB 22 Sep 78 I NED for OTs
Series 36
ROCKSLAMS ____ ____ ____ ____
25A. DRILL: On a doll with the coach
using null subjects, drill handling
a rockslam statement or phrase. ____ ____ ____ ____
26. DRILL: Work out the questions you
would use and drill on a doll, with
the coach using null answers, the
following steps of NOTs pgm 26R in
conjunction with NOTs 27.
(a) Pgm Step 17. Mass mistaken for
the Mass of the Body(NOTs 15,27 #5) ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) Pgm Step 18. BTs/clusters being
Body parts (NOTs 27 #6) ____ ____ ____ ____
(c) Pgm Step 19. BTs on or around
the Body (NOTs 14,27 #7) ____ ____ ____ ____
(d) Pgm Step 20. Spotting and Blowing
BTs/Clusters (NOTs 27 #8) ____ ____ ____ ____
27. HCOB 27 Sep 78 I NED for OTs
Series 23
REMNANT
RIDGES ____ ____ ____ ____
27A. DEMO: Demo a ridge, showing the BT
or cluster mocking it up and those
stuck to it and in it. ____ ____ ____ ____
27B. DRILL: Flow Assessment Recall Process
(on a doll). (See NOTs 27 #9) ____ ____ ____ ____
368
28. HCOB 4 Oct 78 NED for OTs
Series 28
STUCK FLOWS,
THE GENUS OF
A BT ____ ____ ____ ____
28A. DEMO: Demo a stuck flow. ____ ____ ____ ____
28B. DEMO: Demo an overrun stuck flow
reversion. ____ ____ ____ ____
28C. DRILL: Flow Assessment Recall Process
(on a doll).(See NOTs 27 #10) ____ ____ ____ ____
29. DRILL: As in Drill No 26, drill
NOTs 26R Pgm Step 23, Generally
Addressing the Body (NOTs 27 #11) ____ ____ ____ ____
30. HCOB 29 Oct 78 II NED for OTs
Series 32
CHRONIC
SOMATICS,
MISSED BTs ____ ____ ____ ____
30A. DEMO: Demo the handling of chronic
somatics. ____ ____ ____ ____
30B. DRILL: Handling chronic somatics
on a doll with a coach using null
subjects (See NOTs 27 #12) ____ ____ ____ ____
31. DRILL: As in Drill 26, drill NOTs
26R Pgm Step 25, Mass that kicks in
when Pre-OT looks into Body Parts.
(NOTs 27 #13) ____ ____ ____ ____
32. HCOB 11 Nov 78 NED for OTs
Series 33
PERIMETER
MASSES ____ ____ ____ ____
32A. DEMO: Demo the handling of putting
the Pre-OT’s attention out to the
perimeter and how you’d get the BTs
or clusters made available by doing
this. ____ ____ ____ ____
32B. DRILL: Handling perimeter masses on
a doll with a coach, using null
subjects. ____ ____ ____ ____
369
33. HCOB 22 Feb 79 NED for OTs
Series 46
BTs WITH MISUNDERSTOOD
WORDS ____ ____ ____ ____
33A. DRILL: The sequence for handling
BTs with MU words on a doll with a
coach. ____ ____ ____ ____
34. DRILL: As in drill 26, drill NOTs
26R Pgm Step 28 Cleaning the Body of
BT/Cluster Masses. (NOTs 27 #14) ____ ____ ____ ____
35. WORD CLEARING M4:
Read over and get M4:
(a) NOTs 26R ____ ____ ____ ____
(b) NOTs 27 ____ ____ ____ ____
36. HCOB 14 Nov 78 NED for OTs
Series 34
THE SEQUENCE
FOR HANDLING
A PHYSICAL
CONDITION ____ ____ ____ ____
37. HCOB 11 Jan 80 QUAL CORRECIVE
ACTIONS
ON OTs ____ ____ ____ ____
37A. DEMO: Demo the definition of
“subjective”. ____ ____ ____ ____
37B. DEMO: Demo the definition of
“objective”. ____ ____ ____ ____
37C. DEMO: Demo why subjective questions
are not to be asked of Pre-OTs
in non-auditing situations such as
in cramming. ____ ____ ____ ____
38. HCOB 26 May 80 NED for OTs
Series 53
ERRORS ON
NOTs ____ ____ ____ ____
38A. PRACTICAL:
Give 3 examples of incorrect auditing
questions that would be hard or
impossible to answer and show why
that is so. ____ ____ ____ ____
370
SECTION SEVEN
STUDENT THEORY COMPLETION
A. STUDENT ATTEST:
The following attest is to be signed off, item by item, before the student graduates
from the Advanced Courses Specialist Course.
If the student has any question or reservation about attesting to any of the points
below, he should retread himself on the area.
Only when the student has acquired these skills without question will he or she be
able to achieve the excellent results demanded by the NED for OTs Rundown.
I attest that:
a) I have applied the Study Tech of the Student
Hat “fully” while on this Course. _______________
b) I am fully familiar with the meter, have
done all of the meter drills on this
Course, am certain of my ability to operate
and read the meter flublessly, and
know how to handle the TA, sensitivity
and needle. _______________
c) I am able to repair a wrong date and a
wrong location. _______________
d) I have, without reservation, a full
understanding of the OT III materials. _______________
e) I am able to accurately assess the LDN
and can successfully carry out each of
the LDN handlings on a pc. _______________
f) I understand and can use the Valence
Technique. _______________
g) I understand and can use the technique
of jolting BT/cluster a bit earlier in
time (to handle stuck points) _______________
h) I understand and can run the Hellos
and OKs process to get a Null into
communication. _______________
j) I understand and am able to handle
out-Int competently. _______________
371
k) I understand and am able to handle
R/Ses competently. _______________
l) I understand and know how to do an
Assist. _______________
m) I understand over-restimulation and
know what causes it. _______________
n) I am able to handle the NED for OTs
Repair List competently. _______________
o) I am able to competently handle an
L3RG on NED for OTs. _______________
p) I understand and know how to follow
the Sequence for Handling Physical
Condition. _______________
q) I understand the term “Q and A” and
the importance of not Q and A-ing on
this level. _______________
r) I know the importance of completing
cycles and flattening actions started
on this level. _______________
s) I understand and know how to handle
“On-ness”. _______________
t) I understand the principle of misconception
on NED for OTs. _______________
u) I attest that I am a NED for OTs
Auditor. _______________
SECTION EIGHT
STUDENT AUDITING COMPLETION
A. STUDENT AUDITING SECTION: PRACTICAL:
1. I have successfully audited NED for
OTs on another student with excellent
results. ______________
2. I have been audited on NED for OTs
by another student with excellent
results. ______________
372
STUDENT COURSE COMPLETION
A. STUDENT COMPLETION:
I have completed the requirements of this checksheet and I know and can apply the
materials.
STUDENT ATTEST:____________________________DATE:______________
I have trained this student to the best of my ability and he/she has completed the
requirements of this checksheet and knows and can apply the checksheet data.
SUPERVISOR ATTEST:_________________________DATE:______________
This student is auditing NED for OTs well and has produced excellent results.
C/S ATTEST:__________________________________ DATE:______________
B. STUDENT ATTEST AT C & A:
I attest (a) I have enrolled on the course, (b) I have been properly invoiced for the
course as a contracted staff member, (c) I have studied and understand all the materials
on this checksheet, (d) I have done all the drills on this checksheet, and (e) I can produce
the result required in the materials of this course.
STUDENT ATTEST:____________________________ DATE:______________
C & A :_______________________________________ DATE:______________
(Route this form to Course Admin for Filing in Student’s folder.)
____________
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
Assisted by
Senior C/S Assistant
Accepted by the
BDCS:LRH:MM:kjm BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Copyright © 1978, 1981 of the
by L. Ron Hubbard CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED OF CALIFORNIA
373
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE I
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 1
C O N F I D E N T I A L
NED FOR OTs RD
THEORY OF
As has been announced, there is a special handling for OTs who have been run on
Dianetics since Clear. It is called “NED for OTs”. This RD is a prerequisite for OT VIII.
Its EP is CAUSE OVER LIFE. The RD steps are covered in separate issues. This issue
covers the theory behind the action and also includes OT III data which has never before
been released.
The reason Dianetic auditing messes up Clears and OTs is that when an auditor asks
for an earlier similar which doesn’t exit, you’ll probably go over into a cluster or BT where
it does exist. You see the Clear or OT doesn’t have pictures of his own so the Dianetic
chain is being run on a BT or cluster and it really caves in somebody when asked for an
earlier similar that doesn’t exist, on that BT or anywhere else. And it’ll jump the guy
straight into another BT or cluster. And you get chaos.
BTs are easily monitored by the think of the pc, and they can actually respond to
anything he thinks. They’re totally at effect. Their banks are controlled by exactly what
the person thinks at them. Just like an auditor can control the time track of a pc. Same
phenomena.
A person can see the pictures of a BT or cluster because there is an intimate tactile
connection between the person and the BT. A person can “think” at a BT or cluster, a
picture will turn on in the BT or cluster representing that think and the person will see it
as a picture and erroneously suppose it is his own if he doesn’t know this phenomenon.
SOMATICS
A BT or cluster has three choices - it can run its own life or run yours or run nothing.
The things you run into with somatics are not likely to be of the category of your life,
they’re more likely to be in the category of the BT’s life. So it gets to be a dizzy scene.
374
There’s a way you can detect that a person is not really running his own incident.
Let’s say the listed somatic is “a pain in the ear”. Well, great. When he runs the thing heay
even get a little twitch in the ear. But he will get something “having” a pain in the ear. It
would be uncommon for him to actually get a pain in the ear. In other words he doesn’t
get the somatic where it is supposed to be on the body. That’s because the BT isn’t in that
position. He’s liable to get a pain in the kidney, do you see? Or a pain in the eye. This
isn’t inevitable. Once in a while the guy gets a pain in the forehead. Let’s say this somatic
was “a pain in the forehead”. He actually runs an incident and there’s a slight somatic in
the forehead but it’s kind of weird because it doesn’t actually run out on his own forehead.
It might disappear but it didn’t disappear on his own forehead.
MENTAL TRANSMISSION
When you talk about telepathy, there is a proximity factor. When a thetan is pressed
straight up against another thetan very tight, total tactile communication, you get this type
of mental transmission. You can achieve it by reaching, when there is no tactile. You have
to reach your attention a considerable distance. You can do it. An example of this is where
two guys who are in relatively good shape start putting postulates at the same point on a
wall that’s maybe twenty feet away in front of them when they’re sitting side by side. And
they start putting postulates at a certain preconceived spot on the wall. Both of them will
perceive a bzbzbzbzzzzz of sort of little energy explosions. Not small - maybe 3 or 4 feet
wide and a couple of feet high. It’s when they both did it simultaneously. Two postulates
will collide in the same exact place in the mest universe and go bzzzzzzt. It will happen;
that’s at a distance. But apparently there’s such a thing as a tactile. After all you realize
the amount of mass that is connected with a BT - he’s massed up. You put an impulse into
that mass and the mass is up against the body - you put an impulse into the body it goes
into that mass. The BT can respond. Unwittingly, unknowingly, totally at effect. Makes
him hard to handle, by the way. That’s how you can make them run an Incident I and an
Incident II. They just run it willy nilly. They can’t help themselves. And it as-ises in the
bank and that normal phenomena takes place and they go bzzzzzt, unless you yourself
have put up a ridge with anger or emotion or something of the sort. I know some guys try
to do it vocally or something stupid. What’s interesting is the number of BTs that have
strings into the body. You think they blow and they still have a connection - beams.
VALENCES AND “SHELL BT”
The sizes of incidents are very often wrong, and an out of valence phenomena
occurs. The bulk of BTs and clusters are out of valence and often the pictures seen are
very small. Now on the other hand a Pre-OT (who thinks he is running his own incident
but is actually running a BT or cluster) can seem to be totally in valence at one point of
a chain. Just one point. The rest of it, no. And what the Pre-OT should suspect at that
time is that he has a BT that surrounds his whole body. This would be a “Shell BT”. A
Clear can go into the valence of and see the pictures of this BT or cluster. All these things
confuse a person trying to run this because he’ll take this one point of valence and it sort
of “proves” it to him that it must be his incident.
The Shell BT is a composite body entity which is a mock-up that thinks (mistakenly)
that it is holding the body together. You can collide with that. I suppose that’s really
probably what they think is the astral body, a collection of BTs and clusters molded into
a semblance of a body structure. As this “astral body” is highly electronic. BTs and
clusters can easily get stuck in it even though they themselves are creating it.
375
DATA ON MIS-RUN DIANETICS
There’s another interesting phenomena which occurs on any pc that is mis-run on
Dianetics. If an auditor asks for an earlier similar which doesn’t exist, the pc will look
over into a cluster or BT where it does exist. So therefore you mustn’t ever pressure a pc
for earlier incidents which don’t exist in the same being or beings. A guy can find it easily
or it isn’t there because it’s a different kind of jumped chain. The pc isn’t jumping from
one of his chains to another one of his, he’s jumping from one of his chains to a BT or
cluster’s chain. (A Clear or above would be jumping from one BT chain to another.) Let’s
say the guy is running his own chain. And then all of a sudden the auditor goofs and insists
there must be an earlier incident. He’s got an erasure going and instead of paying any
attention to this erasure he demands an earlier incident. He’ll jump the pc over into a BT
that’s probably been stone dead for god knows how long. The auditor jams up the case.
And the way he prevents this from happening is to never run past the postulate, just as it
says in R3RA.
DUB-IN
As the Pre-OT increases in power and has more thetan power, the BTs and clusters
will mock up what the Pre-OT thinks and become totally the subject of the Pre-OT’s
control. The Pre-OT doesn’t realize that he’s getting suckered into believing that they are
his pictures. It seems to prove itself: The Pre-OT thinks “can of beans” and he is instantly
presented with a picture of a can of beans. That is the actual liability mechanism. But
you’re not running them out of you, you see. So it can look like the fellow is running out
his own incident. That’s why a Clear or Dianetic Clear can get suckered into believing
that his pictures have come back. That’s the exact mechanism. He’s gone up in
horsepower. Any BT or cluster he has anywhere around him will respond exactly and
totally subordinated. They go into almost instant control. He thinks a thought in their
direction and they can actually mock up a picture which isn’t their picture or anything else.
You get dub-in. They didn’t know anything about it but they mocked up the picture. And
that’s the explanation of dub-in!
MEMORY
The dub-in phenomena also affects a Clear or above’s memory. You say “Well, I
was Aloysius George Smith in 1862”. And you get a picture of Aloysius George Smith
in 1862 gratuitously furnished you by a BT - and it will be"his"version of 1862. Now, it
will be correct that you were Aloysius George Smith in 1862 but the truth of the matter
is that you (as a Pre-OT) don’t have any pictures of it. It’s interesting because you won’t
find you have a consecutive life in pictures. It’ll be kind of like a very poor slide show
subtituted for a movie. You can say you were in Flanders in 1803 or you were at Oxford,
and you will notice if you watch closely you may still have some very active BTs that you
will get a gradually dawning picture of Oxford from. But they may think that Oxford is
the same thing as Arcturus so god knows the accuracy of the pictures that you get. When
a person is Clear he does have an accurate memory but because this other phenomenon
occurs and somebody furnishes him with a picture of Oxford, then he says “I’d better look
at the pictures of Oxford” and instead of remembering it straight he gets all fouled up.
DORMANT BTs AND CLUSTERS
In NED for OTs you are actually handling, in the main, dormant BTs and clusters.
376
These are not really alive enough to run Incident IIs and Incident Is on. They have
different considerations, these dormant BTs and clusters, but they add up to being dead
or below being dead. They’re in the state that FBI agents and government officials
eventually wind up in when they aren’t already simply an animated dormant cluster. If
people who are busy trying to smash up Scientology realized what they themselves were
heading for, they would have a couple of other thinks, as the state of these dormant BTs
and clusters is pretty grim. They are not really dead, they just hope they are. And it’s a
pretty poor view looking forward to the next trillion years in that state. These aren’t
normally touched in basic OT III auditing but one can become aware of them because they
can produce somatics and out body conditions.
Now when you audit Dianetics on Pre-OTs, you possibly wake up very dormant
BTs and clusters that actually have never been hit on OT III - never dreamed they existed.
These will be uncovered especially when a Pre-OT is run on “never happened”, “wasn’t
there” type chains. These are denyer type chains and running them will open up some BT
channels that had been completely dormant. There’s mention of this back in the early
50’s. “You will sometimes get into parts of the bank which had better be left closed.” This
is actually the phenomena that was discovered at that particular time. I just knew it existed.
It was a dormant something, in a totally dormant condition. They can’t be awakened with
a hand grenade normally. They also won’t assess. So you get into these when the auditor
has taken up a non-reading item. They are usually not live on a meter. They practically
run on, being dormant, to the end of the universe unless somebody disturbs them. They
don’t usually activate when you just put your attention on them, they’re really dead. You
have to actually put some life into them to activate them. They’re like pebbles on a beach.
Anyway, the EP of OT III gives only an apparency that all BTs and clusters are gone.
There’s an axiom that says absolutes are unobtainable. If you don’t ever want to run into
any more BTs or clusters, well you’d better go find some universe where they don’t exist.
But actually, there are fewer of them hitting people and bouncing around than one would
think. They light less often than one would suppose. But listen, you’re living in a universe
which is crawling with this type of stuff. And planet Earth was a dumping ground to end
all dumping grounds. Actually, the end of OT III is when those BTs and clusters that are
easily put into communication are gone. It’s not when all BTs in the whole universe that
ever will be, are gone.
NED for OTs handles those BTs and clusters which, while they could still affect the
body, are not readily responsive to OT III handling. As NED for OTs is run these cats
wake up and get handled. This relieves the Pre-OT of a lot of phenomena which puzzles
him and can hold him down. As you go along in running it you will find that the material
to which NED for OTs is addressed seldom considers itself live beings. It thinks it is
MEST, body parts, significances, conditions - anything but a live being. Because a thetan
can’t do anything but survive, the states he can get into exceed what we normally think
of as living beings. Even though you will occasionally find “live” BTs and clusters in
running NED for OTs the bulk of the material you are handling considers itself outside
that category. While it responds to all the laws of life it requires a special address to get
it into the realm of awareness that it is alive.
You’ve never had any pcs like that unless you’ve worked in an institution and have
seen some inmate living in a totally lifeless state, unaware of anything. NED for OTs
handles this condition on BTs and clusters which existed without being suspected except
for the occasional clue of a strange picture or a wild somatic.
LRH:mm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright © 1978 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
377
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE II
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 2
C O N F I D E N T I A L
WHY YOU CAN’T RUN ENGRAMS AFTER CLEAR
A Dianetic or Scientology Clear has erased his own bank and has no pictures. Any
attempt to run a Dn or Scn Clear on Dianetics, NED, XDN or any R3R, causes
restimulation of BTs and clusters, and it is their pictures he sees and tries to run as his own,
which is a “misownership” of the incident/picture. As he thinks it’s his picture he
"misidentifies" himself with the BT or cluster whose picture it is. Now if this is
compounded by a wrong or misassessed item (uncharged), these BTs and clusters have
a wrong item resulting in further restimulation. If a BT incident is overrun, or the auditor
asks for an earlier incident than basic, the pc jumps to another BT or cluster, pulling more
and more BTs and clusters into restimulation. Their pictures are copied and cross-copied
by other BTs and clusters, making a mess.
A Clear can go into the valence of, and see pictures of BTs and clusters; makes the
mistake of thinking they’re his incidents and pictures, and down he goes. This doesn’t
necessarily affect the person himself, but it does affect the body - severely. Most of these
BTs are dormant, dead, way below unconsciousness. There are lower states of nonexistence
that these BTs are in. Their mass and density are great, and they are packed in
on the body. When activated these impinge on the body as they are physically attached
to it, and via the body are connected to the being, resulting in illness, possibly worse - the
pc can be severely incapacitated. If he’s a Dn or Scn Clear and not up to OT III, he’s at
risk. All you can do is get him up to OT III so it can be handled. Clears should be told
they’re at risk until OT III, and shouldn’t stay in the Non-Interference Zone. After OT
III they can be handled on NED for OTs. And you don’t run Power, R6EW or the Clearing
Course on a Dianetic Clear. They go straight onto OT I, then OT II, then OT III. (They’ll
need to learn to solo audit on the Solo Auditor Course first of course.)
So we have the firm rule:
NO ENGRAM RUNNING, NO POWER PROCESSING, NO R6EW, NO
C.C., NO DIANETICS OF ANY KIND, ON A DIANETIC OR
SCIENTOLOGY CLEAR.
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1978 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
378
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE III
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
AO Review Auditors
AO C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 3
C O N F I D E N T I A L
ASSISTS
You never run a secondary, engram, Dianetic Assist or narrative on Clears or OTs.
(And this applies to Dianetic Clears.) If an OT III gets an engram (injury) you can run
a Contact Assist, Touch Assist, Date/Locate the injury and run Incident IIs and Is, but not
a Dianetic Assist. On secondaries you can Date/Locate - get the earliest beginning and
it will blow. But no secondary running. That’s what you can do for assists. If a guy has
a bad secondary, or a bad injury, you handle that with Date/Locate. You’ll find who
recorded it , but don’t run it as an engram or by R3R or R3RA. And remember that a recent
secondary or engram is a restimulation of clusters with earlier mutual incidents, and must
be handled as such. Then you handle any individual BTs and copies.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
379
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE I
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 4
C O N F I D E N T I A L
WORD CLEARING AND INFORMATION
FOR PRE-OTs ON NED FOR OTs;
After the first step of the RD, the Advanced Courses Specialist clears the words and
terms and has the Pre-OT read and demo the following:
1. Attachment #1 DEFINITIONS
2. HCOB 15 Sep 78, I, NED FOR OTs, THEORY OF
3. HCOB 15 Sep 78, II, WHY YOU CAN’T RUN ENGRAMS AFTER CLEAR
4. HCOB 22 Sep 78, II, MISCONCEPTIONS
5. HCOB 17 Sep 78, IV, BLOWING BTs AND CLUSTERS
6. HCOB 17 Sep 78, I, VALENCES
7. Attachment # 2 INFORMATION FOR PRE-OTs ON NED FOR OTs
This action is done in session, with English Dictionary, Tech Dictionary and the
issues listed above to hand. It counts as part of the auditing time.
As these issues are highly confidential and the auditor is responsible for their
security the auditor keeps them after the session (not the Pre-OT).
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1978 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
380
HCOB 26.9.78 I
Confidential
Attachment #1
DEFINITIONS
ATTENTION: TECH DICTIONARY
ATTENTION UNIT: TECH DICTIONARY
THETAN (0n): TECH DICTIONARY
BODY THETAN (BT): By BT is meant a thetan who
is stuck to another thetan or
body but is not in control
(HCOB 5.2.70, Iss. II.) BTs
stick to pictures, other BTs
and clusters. A BT can go into
a valence of anything - BTs can
be being anything at all.
CLUSTER; A cluster is a group of body
thetans (BTs) crushed or held
together by some mutual bad
experience. (HCOB 5.2.70, Iss.
II.) The mutual incident is a heavy
engram which happened to all the
thetans in the cluster and is the
exact point in time and space where
they “became one”.
MUTUAL INCIDENT: A severe engram which happened to
a number of thetans, the picture
(which they have in common), keeps
them stuck together in that incident.
It has a precise date down to the
second and fractions of a second and
a precise location in space.
CUMULATIVE CLUSTER: A cumulative cluster is made up of
other earlier clusters (see HCOB
29.10.69R for illustration). It is
a cluster to which other BTs and
clusters have been added by later
mutual incidents, all stuck together.
COMPOSITE (MASS): (See English Dictionary.) Used on
this RD to describe masses or heavy
somatics made up of a number of BTs,
clusters, pictures, ridges.
381
LAYERED CLUSTER: Several clusters (and/or BTs) in
layers, as one layer comes off another
layer comes to view.
SHELL BT: A BT or cluster that surrounds the
Pre-OT’s body like a shell. A Clear
can go into the valence of, and see
the pictures of, this BT or cluster
and mistake these as his own, as he
seems to be in valence in the picture.
DORMANT BT: A BT or cluster in a totally dormant
condition, they’re really dead, in
states of exitence below unconsciousness.
They are out of PT
(stuck on the track) and are stuck
in the past location. They are in
a perpetual reviv in that time and
that location. They can be activated
or awoken by the Pre-OT.
COPY: Thetans in the body (BTs) may
obsessively copy the pictures of
other thetans. Therefore you can
find it seems that the thetan who
just left is still there because
there is a picture left. Spot the
fact that someone else copied it and
it usually goes. (Add. sheet, Sect.
III OT.)
CROSS-COPYING: When a number of BTs and clusters
are restimulated or awoken, each
can start making copies of each
other’s pictures and copies of the
copies - called cross-copying.
CROSS-RESTIMULATION: One BT or cluster restimulating
another BT or cluster, who then
restimulates another BT or cluster.
MISCONCEPTION: (See English Dictionary) and
Axiom 38. The basic misconceptions
are of identity, time,
place, form and event; e.g. a
misconception of place would
be a thetan thinking something
that happened in one place,
happened in another place.
A misconception of event would
be a thetan thinking something
382
happened to him, which didn’t
happen to him or happened to
someone else (Flow 2 or 3).
MISOWNERSHIP: A basic misconception of one
thetan making the mistake of
thinking another thetan’s picture
or incident or mock-up is his own.
MISIDENTIFICATION: A basic misconception of one
thetan thinking he is another
thetan. It’s a mistake in
identity. Thetan “A” thinks
it is thetan “B”. Or one thetan
thinks he is more than one thetan,
etc.
VALENCE: TECH DICTIONARY
BEINGNESS: TECH DICTIONARY
IDENTITY: See English Dictionary and Tech
Dictionary under “valence” and
“beingness”. It is that by which
a thetan identifies himself.
OUT OF VALENCE: TECH DICTIONARY
BLOW: See Tech Dictionary. In this RD
it is used in the sense of a BT
or cluster departing after being
unstuck from other BTs and clusters.
PARTIAL BLOW: A BT or cluster not fully blown.
Sometimes one will leave from
inside the body and stick or hang
up on the outer surface of the body.
Or one will go as far as the wall or
to some distance and hang around.
BLOWING BY INSPECTION: You don’t have to do anything, you
just look and it blows.
PICTURE: See Tech Dictionary under “Mental
Image Picture”.
MOCK UP: TECH DICTIONARY
SOMATIC: TECH DICTIONARY
RIDGE: TECH DICTIONARY
383
TIME TRACK: TECH DICTIONARY
REVIV (REVIVIFICATION): The bringing back to life of an
engram in which a pc is stuck.
The engram or some portion
there of is being acted out in
present time by the preclear.
It is called a revivification
because the engram is suddenly
more real to the preclear than
present time has ever been. He
relives that moment briefly. He
does not merely recall or remember
it. (HCOB 11.5.65) During research
on NED for OTs I discovered that
Dormant BTs are stuck in a reviv,
i.e. they are stuck down the track
in an incident which is present time
to that BT. I also discovered that
these BTs are reviv’d in a location,
meaning that they are stuck in a past
location. They are chronically stuck
in a past time and place, which for
them is still going on. It is
“PT” and is where they are, as far
as they are concerned.
INSECT: ON OT III “insect” means a thetan
who is an insect, without a body.
These stick to other BTs and
clusters. Sometimes you can run
into a whole swarm of them.
BIRD: Similar to above - a thetan who
is a bird, without a body, and
sticking to other BTs and clusters.
ANIMAL: Similar to above - a thetan who
is an animal, without a body,
sticking to other BTs and clusters.
_______________
384
HCOB 26.9.78 I
Confidential
Attachment #2
INFORMATION FOR PRE-OTs
ON NED FOR OTs
AUDITING ATTITUDE;
The best way to audit BTs and clusters is highly impersonal. Not impolite. Not rough, savage, no
blame, shame, regret, nothing. Just dead calm. No unfriendliness, no friendliness. A zero attitude. The
best way to handle it is just zero everything. If you engage in chatter or conversation with them it just stirs
them up more. Getting rid of them angrily, they don’t get rid of.
And of course you audit them telepathically, not verbal comm.
AN AUDITED, NOT SOLO ACTION
One of the reasons NED for OTs is an audited action, and not Solo, is because two cans give a greater
depth of read than a Solo can. On a Solo can you get to a point where all of the more available charge has
been removed and the needle doesn’t read and just F/Ns. However on two cans you can get reads on BTs
and clusters that didn’t read on a Solo can. This is because you are now dealing with BTs and clusters in
states below unconscioiusness and stuck down the track.
ODDITY
A Pre-OT on NED for OTs may feel invalidated by the fact that he still sees pictures even though
he is not making pictures. The reason for this is because all BTs are picturemakers. A being can go below
making pictures and when it comes alive it starts making pictures again. This is the condition of most BTs.
Hence, the phenomenon of the Pre-OT still seeing pictures even though he isn’t making pictures.
The Pre-OT could be mystified unless this mechanism is understood.
“EXTERIOR” PERCEPTION
During this RD, or even while running OT III, a Pre-OT will sometimes get what is apparently
“exterior perception”. As a BT is blowing, and while the Pre-OT has an attention unit on the BT, there
can be a feedback of the BT’s perception to the Pre-OT. You may get the BT’s visio of the room or
environment as the BT is leaving. This BT perception folds up quickly and ceases when the BT has blown.
It is usually very brief and is quite different from OT perceptions (actual exterior perception). In fact to
begin with objects tend to look rather thin and flimsy to an OT when exterior, as the body acts as a sort
of collector and magnifier of perceptions and sensations. Some Pre-OTs tend to invalidate their own
exterior perception because of this. But OT perception improves further up he line. It is necessary to
handle all BTs and clusters first though.
BENIGN AND HELPFUL BTs
Most BTs and clusters aren’t vicious or vengeful, they’re mostly benign, though misguided. They
are not in fact of use or value to you, they only hold one back. Some are convinced that they are necessary
to the body or to the functioning of some part of te body, this is not so. Some think they are helpful or being
helpful. Many are quite confused. Most are dormant and below unconsciousness, ad as these are awoken
or activated you may feel anaten from them.
As you progress through the RD your own abilities will increase.
And the fewer BTs and clusters there are attached to your body the better off and more OT you will
become.
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1978 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
385
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE II
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 5
C O N F I D E N T I A L
MISCONCEPTIONS
Misconceptions of identity, time, place, form and event hang a thetan up. The only
reason why a cluster hangs together is such misconception.
A thetan can have a misconception of time, by having a wrong date for an incident.
Or he can conceive that a past picture is “now”. Or he can have two incidents switched
in time, and think the earlier incident is later, and think the later incident is earlier. Such
a misconception of time hangs it up and prevents a blow. And you can get a blow by
straightening out the time misconception.
A misconception of place occurs when a thetan thinks something happened in
location A, when it happened in location B. You can get a misconception of both time
and place. E.g. a cluster gets a recent heavy restimulation. They think the incident was
the restim, they made a picture of the restim and think that’s where it occurred originally
- think the cluster was formed at the time and place of the restimulation. So they have both
the time and place in error. This misconception of both time and place confuses them and
hangs the cluster up.
Misconception of identity. Thetan X thinks he was implanted in “Woof” (place) -
but actually he’s copying the picture of somebody who was implanted in “Woof”. He
hangs up on the misconcption of identity (thinks he’s the other thetan), and misconception
of event (thinks he was implanted when he wasn’t).
The whole reason why a cluster stays one, is misconception of identity, time, place,
form and event - which is why Date/Locate works. The cluster is hanging in a time and
space disorientation.
That’s what louses a BT up, some sort of misconception of time, space, form and
event or beingness. That ties them up and they are hard to untangle and blow.
386
They can switch all over the place with identity: he thinks he’s thetan “A”, but he’s
really thetan “B” mocking up “A”, and that will cause a stress - that’s probably the
anatomy of stress.
From earlier research I found it takes two viewpoints to make a somatic. You don’t
get a somatic on a primary concept - it has to be a secondary concept. That’s why
objectives work, it gets the guy back to the primary viewpoint/primary concept, and the
somatic blows. Something is formed originally, then taking another viewpoint of it, it gets
more solid. You do objectives and the guy comes around to the original viewpoint and
the somatic as-ises. This is from earlier research and is expressed in terms of different
viewpoints, rather than different beings or different BTs.
You can have a BT thinking he’s two beings. There’s an implant on the track that
did this (“All is one.” “One is all.”) A BT can think he’s a cluster or can think he’s several
BTs. A cluster can think it’s an individual. All you have to do is weed the misconception
out of it and it goes -BONGO! With misconceptions of identity, time, place, form and
event you get ridges because you can’t occupy the correct viewpoint to blow it. And when
you do straighten out the misconception it blows. Obviously if it wasn’t a misconception
it would blow.
This is why wrong dates and wrong locates hang up, and why getting correct date,
correct location, blows them.
If you get several misconceptions it gets really tangled up. One we handled had
more than one cluster, the earlier cluster thought it was the later cluster, and the later
cluster thought it was the earlier cluster. The earlier cluster was from C.C. Implant around
I Quad in the universe before this one (which is now in the Dark Horse nebula in Orion)
so they thought their universe (location) had disappeared, they were lost in time and place.
On top of that was some Power Processing and a wrong item from an out-list. It was pretty
tangled up. But they untangle on straightening out the misconceptions, and blow.
“Only the truth will set you free”, but you have to know what is the truth of identity,
time, place, form and event.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
387
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE V
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 6
C O N F I D E N T I A L
BLOWING BTs AND CLUSTERS
Per the OT III materials, you can run Grades 0-IV on a BT, but it has to be addressed
to that BT, and it rolls rather fast - may only take 4 - 5 minutes.
You can Date/Locate clusters and run Inc. II, Inc Is.
You can Date/Locate clusters and blow them off, but the auditor who does this has
got to be a shark at D/Ling. It’s the moment the cluster was formed that you date, not when
the cluster hits the individual. And Date/Locate is not always recommended on NED for
OTs.
COPIES
You’ve always got to handle copies. BTs will copy. Obsessive duplication is a BT
characteristic. Maybe all that engrams are is excessive copying.
The 3 - 10 days to destimulate rule; it’s not the incident that was restimulated that
takes 3 - 10 days to destimulate, it takes 3 - 10 days for all the copies and copying to fade
out.
“Stress” is also a heavy button. You get a lot of copying of stress. So you handle
the original, then copies - somebody copying what was run.
NEW TECHNIQUES
The fastest and best way of blowing BTs and clusters is by inspection.
Acknowledgement is very effective. A lot can be blown with pure acknowledgement.
Another way of blowing them is simply to sort of jolt them a bit earlier in time, and
388
then they run on forward and blow. You use a sort of impulse to move them a bit earlier
in time. It blows them off a stuck point on the track.
BLOWING BY INSPECTION
There’s a trick in this - don’t look at the picture - look at and find the shape and mass
of the BT. If you see the picture, shift your attention to the shape and mass of the BT. You
don’t have to see their pictures. They use pictures as a sort of misdirection. So you
concentrate on masses , not pictures. The technique is, you see a picture, trace it back to
the BT, i.e. “Whose picture?” and find the BT this way and it blows.
A Pre-OT may have a somatic in one body part, being put there by a BT in another
body part. Say he has a somatic in his leg and you find the BT putting it there is in the
head and when you find the BT doing this, it blows. A BT can also be being a somatic
- he is “pain in the arm”.
BT PATTERN
BTs do a “crush in, pull back” - it’s almost an attitude. It’s a sort of tense heavy
physical pull back. The basis is fear - they’ve been hit hard by something - causes their
timidity - they pull back into solidity. It’s a “hide” phenomena and a “pull back in”
pattern. This causes pressure, the pressure is caused by them pulling back in on
themselves, sort of like a thetan trying to duck. And when a BT is awakened it
immediately mocks up mass. Mass is produced by “out-of-valenceness”. He’s out of
valence into the valence of an object or other things.
MECHANISM
There is a mechanism of somebody being a body, who has valences of past bodies
superimposed on the body. BTs and clusters go into valences of pictures and things too.
These guys have been parked in time and gone into a total reviv, you can look down the
track and wake them up.
They do a lot of “on-ness” - stuck on things, as different from in things. They went
on and couldn’t get off.
The NED time track (i.e. time track of Dianetic auditing on a Clear or above) is
composed of BTs parked on the time track - not in PT - you look down the time track and
wake them up. They are stuck on the track and they also have pictures of themselves stuck
on the track.
It is actually possible for a BT or cluster to be totally out of PT, by which is meant,
it is physically parked in past time. A BT or cluster can also be in PT while thinking it
is in the past and mock up a picture of the past and consider that that is PT. A BT or cluster
can be parked in the past so thoroughly that its only concept of a future is a future from
that past which is already long gone by - this is the phenomenon of future pictures; it is
also the cause of worry about the future, terror stomachs & fortune telling (visions and
dreams).
Another mechanism that frees some is the realization that some other BT is holding
them in - and it’s the truth, BTs and clusters stick to other BTs and clusters.
389
BLACK BTs
Sometimes a BT will put other BTs in front of him as a sort of protection. You get
a black area covered by a white area in front of it. A BT in the black area is holding some
other BTs in place in front of it as a sort of protection or shield. The way to handle this
is to blow the black BT who is holding the others in place, then the others come off easily.
Otherwise if you try to blow the front ones first, nothing happens. If you encounter BTs
not blowing, suspect and check for a BT or cluster holding the others , and handle it first,
then the others blow easily.
You can get partial blows where the BT or cluster comes off the Pre-OT’s body but
stays in the room, plastered on a wall or outside the room. These can push TA up until
blown fully. When they hang up it is because they still have a connecting string to the body
or because they conceive some barrier they have hit is impenetrable. The handling is to
cut the beam or push them through the barrier or simply repeat the process. What has
actually happened is that the mass of BTs contain amongst them one or more BTs, to
which they are stuck, which have not been handled.
A BT or cluster can go into the valence of a person - a cluster can go into the valence
of a single beingness e.g. a person known to the Pre-OT in PT and there could be a “stuck
picture” of this person. It actually isn’t a picture as such, it is a complete mocked up
identity plus a mock up of the identity’s surroundings. This is very puzzling to the Pre-
OT as it doesn’t blow as a picture. He is really looking at the copied beingness and
characteristics of the person who isn’t there, but which is some BTs and clusters thinking
they are the person and being the person. (This is discussed under the heading of “Ghosts”
in the lst American ACC in Camden.) The Pre-OT feels haunted, seeing his ex-girlfriend
in front of him or even hearing his mother talking to him with brand new dialogue. (Nearly
everybody has a ghost if he looks.) It blows like any other BT or cluster but the Pre-OT
will be puzzled when looking around for who’s mocking it up when nobody is, except the
ghost itself. The way to handle is to move the cluster down the time track to a moment
before it knew the person and it blows.
The ideal method of blowing BTs and clusters is by inspection, you get into
difficulty blowing BTs and clusters when the session has gone too long, pc getting tired,
or over-restimulation.
Usually the further through the RD you get, the faster and easier they blow.
However, you can hit what appears to be a bog point particularly if the Pre-OT is tired or
you overrun for several sessions; at such a point just keep on giving sessions and soon
you’ll get a session of massive blows and after that they will blow faster and easier than
ever. At such a bog point you may have to resort to the “Thetan Hand” technique until
it’s handled, after which you can return to blowing by inspection or “What are you?”,
“Who are you?”.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
390
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE I
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 7
C O N F I D E N T I A L
VALENCES
BTs and clusters go out of valence. They can go into the valence of a person or
animal, some BTs go into the valence of molecules, minerals as well as cells. Some go
into the valence of objects. There’s a trick of getting them to shift valence. You find out
what it is out of valence into and indicate it - this is done by simply asking them what they
are. Having found out what he or they have gone into the valence of, you acknowledge
it and ask them who they are and they generally blow off.
————————
Psychologists have an operation going of:
(a) convincing people they are a brain (because they think),
(b) convincing people they’re an animal (meaning they have no soul).
This sticks BTs and clusters into the head (brain), and into the body, and invalidates
that they are a being. So it pins the BTs and clusters in, into the body. (And if you ran
on a psychologist, “you’re a brain”, “you’re an animal”, it would cave the psychologist
in, because he has so many overts of doing this to others.)
————————
On the time track BTs were lied to and told they were being built into a body - they
have nothing to do with the body track at all, except to sit in or on the body. They had
391
“model forms” and BTs were made to assume “model forms”. It’s another valence trick
- they’re in the valence of a body, or part of a body, such as “torso”, “brain”, “arm”, etc.
These aren’t vicious in attitude, they are benign but misguided. They feel they are
necessary to the body. They are sometimes stuck on the external perimeter of the body,
2 - 3 feet out from the body, surrounding it.
They are in the valence of something. They consider these safe valences or safe
beingnesses. What does a BT consider safe to be in? It is one of the systems of “being
in”, protected and defended - be in the valence of something.
There’s also a scarcity of forms, and a being becomes a form. They can also be a
significance, and try to be in a form.
They can be a picture, or an unsafe picture - to remind one that “nothing is safe,
because one might forget”. So a BT can be a picture, or part of a picture, or he can be being
a ridge, or being a problem, etc. A BT can be in the valence of anything at all.
There are actually five steps to shifting valence - you find out what valence the BT
is being and acknowledge it and ask “who he is?” - he will usually cognite “I’m me”, and
blow.
BTs think they are pictures, things, beings, body parts, objects, significances,
somatics - they can be anything at all. If that is realized, they will tell the Pre-OT what
they are and blow. The basic misconception when handled, flips them into own valence,
and they blow - sometimes disintegrating explosively - with a succession of “I’m me”,
“I’m me”, “I’m me”....sometimes they go out several hundred feet and explode violently.
If the Pre-OT asks “What are you?” they’ll answer up “I’m (valence)”, and then
realize they’re not (valence). There’s another action of acknowledgement - maybe
nobody has ever acked these beingnesses - because they’re so bizarre, so far out. You
must acknowledge what the BT or cluster tells you they are. You’re flipping them out of
obsessive beingness or a misconceived area.
The full steps of shifting their valence:
(1) Pre-OT asks “What are you?”
(2) BT or cluster answers “I’m (valence)” .
(3) Pre-OT acknowledges BT or cluster.
(4) BT or cluster realizes they’re not (valence), and blows, or
(5) Pre-OT asks “Who are you?” and BT or cluster realizes and normally says “I’m
me” and blows and sometimes it’s a highly multiple blow.
(6) If they repeat what they just said ask “What were you before you became that?”,
they say “me” and blow.
(If you don’t acknowledge BT’s answer after “What are you?”, the second question
- “Who are you?” - tends to be invalidative.)
If they don’t answer, you’re talking to an energy mass and not a BT or they’re really
392
dead; there’s one trick - tell them to go earlier, and if it’s a ridge, go behind the ridge and
you’ll get them.
If they don’t answer what they are - persist, say “Good” and ask “Well, who are
you?” and they won’t persist in their chatter, they’ll go silent and probably answer “I’m
me” and blow.
Most of the time you don’t have to do anything though, just look-and they blow.
DIFFERENT RESPONSES
Blowing BTs and clusters by this Valence Technique is almost the basic rundown
- it is the hottest technique there is. There are only three situations under which it does
not work at once. These are:
(A) When you don’t get an answer.
(B) They give you a significance or identity in answer to the Who are you? question.
(C) The criminal type.
(A) When you don’t get an answer:
If you don’t get an answer, you may be talking to simply an energy mass put out by
some other BT or cluster, or they are really dead, then tell it to go a little bit earlier, jolt
it a little bit earlier with an intention or impulse and then it will run on through and blow.
But if it’s a ridge, being put out by some other BT or cluster, just look behind the
ridge and address your actions to the BT or cluster behind the ridge and then you’ll get
an answer.
(B) They give you a significance or identity answer:
If you ask “Who are you?” and get an answer which is an identity such as: “George
Smith”, or “Willy the Red”; you simply acknowledge that answer and ask “Who are you?”
again. Sometimes you may have to run back down the track through a whole chain of past
identities, but if you persist the BT or cluster will eventually realize and say “I’m me” and
blow.
(C) The Criminal type:
These may give a criminal response: “Yah, yah, I’m your nemesis, I’m going to eat
you up, that’s what I am” - it can get very confused because your next question is “Who
are you?” and they’re kind of telling you who they are. They haven’t answered the
auditing question of what they are, they can’t conceive of it - they’re “a demon” or
something, whatever they think they are. However if you persist, “Good” you say, “Who
are you?” You don’t persist in asking them “What they are?”, ignore the chatter, just say
“Good” and ask “Who are you?” and they quite commonly don’t go on with that
performance - they simply go silent and they say “I’m me” and they blow.
393
NULLS
BTs and clusters who are so dead and unresponsive that you can’t get any response
from them at all, no response, can be woken up by having the Pre-OT run “Hellos and
OKs” on them. This will put them into communication and they can then be handled with
the Valence questions.
Generally they’re very fluent and quite easy to handle, though. Probably what
makes a preclear as a whole hard to audit at lower levels, is that you’re auditing all of these
misconceptions simultaneously. But on NED for OTs you will find the majority of BTs
and clusters easy to handle and blow. Many of them simply blow on inspection, and the
basic usual technique for blowing the rest of them is the Valence Technique.
VALENCE TECHNIQUE
1. “What are you?”
2. (answer)
3. Acknowledge
4. Realizes it isn’t ( ________ ), and blows, or
5. “Who are you?” - “I’m me”, and blows.
6. If they repeat what they just said ask “What were you before you became that?”,
they say “me” and blow.
Those steps above are the basic and most workable technique. If the Pre-OT realizes
that a BT or cluster can be being anything - anything at all - and accepts the BT’s or
cluster’s answer and acknowledges that answer, this technique will work very smoothly
and well.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
394
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE I
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 8
C O N F I D E N T I A L
BASIC PRINCIPLES UPON WHICH THE
NED FOR OTs RUNDOWN IS BASED
What you are really handling is a cross-influence of life, and the idea that “A” can
assume the characteristics of “B”. So now in trying to audit “A”, you’re auditing “B”, but
he’s not there. It’s the general cross-influence - somebody copies a picture, somebody
copies a copy. It’s all on the basis of the misconception that “All is one” and they can’t
tell whose picture is whose, or whose somatic is whose. You’re basically trying to
untangle this mish-mash. And what’s amazing is that there are as many life beings as there
are - there are lots of them.
In this RD, you’re handling for the main part, Dormant BTs, so it’s different that OT
III. These are beings that wouldn’t even run on OT III. On OT III or OT III Expanded
you run those beings that can be run on the track. Because they do have some incidents
in common, if you run the wrong one, it doesn’t matter too much, you’ll run the right one
anyhow.
NED for OTs untangles the mish-mash and the cross-influences. You see them all
the time on people in a behaviour or life basis. The old time faith healers themselves pick
up the somatics from the patient. One time I did an emergency assist - I asked a pc - her
feet were killing her and there was nothing wrong with her shoes - I asked “Whose feet
are they?” - she said “My sister’s” and that was the end of the sore feet!
Because of the number of beings it can get quite complex. It all starts out originally
with a thetan obsessively copying the physical universe around him. And when he starts
doing that, he sets himself up for copying other beings’ universes and then he gets pretty
confused. And the basis of it all is"misconception". First and foremost is"misconception
of identity". That’s actually what the RD is structured on (it’s not structured on “he’s got
395
BTs, so blow off the BTs”) it’s structured on the disentanglement of confusions. This RD
handles the entanglement of the BTs.
This RD runs best short sessioned, because the restim then has a chance to key out
between sessions. And you’ve always got the 3 - 10 days key-out on your side.
You could call it the “Misconception RD” or the “I-am-you RD” or the “All-are-one
RD”! This RD proves very conclusively that all beings are separate individuals, because
the only thing that gets them into trouble, is a loss of their own identity - misownership
of identity. They are definitely individual and separate beings. The Greeks got into a lot
of trouble believing they were all part of Zeus. There must be other implants on the track
too that give them this idea. But it is now proven by this RD that people are individuals,
so are BTs.
The only thing that forms a cluster, is a misapprehension, agreement and shared
experience. They are under the misapprehension that they are one being. What hangs it
together is similarity of identity. This is the A = A that forms a cluster. Because they have
got the same picture, they must be the same person!
Those are the basic philosophical concepts back of the RD, and they have never been
tackled head on before!
For example, a misconception - “I am Mamie Glutz”. How many crazy people in
an institution think they are Napoleon? - some misconception! Sanity is the ability to
recognize differences, similarities and identities - so misconception adds up to insanity.
“Misconception” is the key to any trouble a being gets into. This can be any error
of matter, energy, space, time, form, identity or idea, believed by the individual to be fact.
By untangling this, NED for OTs produces some astonishing results.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
396
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE IV
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 10
C O N F I D E N T I A L
OT III AND DORMANT BTs
OT III ATTEST
The actual fact of the case is those that have been with the guy for quite a while and those that plunged
in on a guy and those that are real tough and real tight and so forth, when you get rid of those, that’s it. That’s
the end of III.
But Planet Earth was a dumping ground to end all dumping grounds. Actually the end of OT III is
when those BTs and clusters which can be gotten into communication easily and can be made to run Incident
IIs and Incident Is are gone. It’s not when all BTs in the whole universe that ever will be are gone.
DORMANT BTs
You can wake up very dormant BTs and clusters that actually you’ve never hit on OT III - never
dreamed they existed.
Many are not visible in PT. These dormant ones are not squarely in the time stream, they’re down
the track a bit. You shift your attention and pull them into PT, or your attention goes a bit out of PT and
there they are. They are not precisely in the time stream. This solves the mystery of how an OT III can see
none, get run on some NED and it kicks them in.
It is like a whole being reviv. Dormant BTs and clusters are stuck down the track in an incident.
Dormant BTs are out of PT in denyer chains (like “not there”, “can’t be there”), so they “don’t exist”, yet
they do exist. If you look down the track, there they are, and if you ball them up with engram running or
bad auditing, you get real trouble, as they recoil against the body.
PRE-OT’S PERCEPTION
Some Pre-OT’s perception is not up to perceiving BTs and clusters and masses. Unless you raised
their perception you would miss on this Rundown. The preliminary action of “NED for OTs” is designed
to raise the Pre-OT’s perception to a point where he can perceive BTs and clusters and other beings’
pictures, and this step is vital to this RD.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
397
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE II
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 11
C O N F I D E N T I A L
THE FIRST STEP OF NED FOR OTs
The first step of NED for OTs consists of repairing past mis-auditing. You check
“Past auditing” first, and if it’s not reading, no pc interest, you skip it. But if later in the
Rundown you run into a bog, TA goes high, or any kind of grind or mess up, you recheck
past auditing, and handle. Repair of engram running is limited to simply indication. You
mustn’t get into continuing to run the engram or you’ll be running engrams on a Clear,
as you aren’t running them on a Clear and aren’t repairing them on a Clear, you are
repairing them on a BT.
THE BUG ON NED FOR OTs
If you get a wrong item on somebody they will now have that item - it persists; e.g.
you run “sore toe” on somebody who doesn’t have one, they’ll end up with a sore toe! If
you now try to handle sore toe with auditing it will worsen. Because it was a wrong item
in the first place. You have to repair the wrong item. A BT could be run on a non-existent
somatic, and to be obliging mocked it up. They can get run on imaginary incidents and
on things that are not their track so what was run could have been false.
If the pc was run on an unreading item, BTs will be activated, but they don’t have
that item either. It’s a false assumption there was something there to run - that’s their
misconception foisted off on them by being given the belief that the item existed or read.
When called on to run something, they will furnish copies, misowned and manufactured
items. You need to check for BTs run on wrong items, unreading items and sort it out.
Some BTs went exterior and were audited past it. Some BTs had already gone Clear
- not just oin the Clearing Course - some went Clear on Objectives. So you don’t just have
Dianetic auditing on somebody after Clear. You also have Dianetic auditing on BTs after
they went Clear! Resulting in invalidation of he State of Clear, the mistake of misowning
others’ pictures, and then misidentification of identity. NED auditing after Clear applies
to BTs as well as Pre-OTs. So there are residual BTs with invalidated erasure, invalidated
Clearing. And the originally overrun thetan may have blown and left copies of the
overrun.
398
Grinding an incident on Dianetics or NED will result in some BTs run past erasure,
so they have to mock it up again to run. Or they never got to basic and erasure because
the auditor never asked for E/Beg or E/Sim, and were left hanging incomplete on the
chain. And other BTs will copy all this obsessively.
Out L & N lists and wrong items will do the same thing, and also can be repaired.
Auditor command flubs, lack of acknowledgement, couldn’t hear the auditor,
session distractions - all these will hand up BTs. Even false dates could be copied - they
can be twice removed from reality. In trying to date something now you could wind up
dating the wrong date, or dating the date that the wrong date was given. And it might not
have been that BT’s or cluster’s incident that was being dated in the first place - the
incident may have been misowned - not their incident.
YOU CAN’T RUN NED FOR OTs ON SOMEBODY WHO HAS BEEN RUN ON
WRONG OR UNREADING ITEMS WITHOUT REPAIRING THEM.
Also beware of getting into over-correction, because what you are correcting on one
BT, can start uncorrecting on another BT.
So you check ”past auditing” for read and "interes" "as the first step. If it reads and
Pre-OT is interested you handle it. If not, skip it, but be alert and if Pre-OT hits a bog you
recheck past auditing. Remember not to run anything, just indicate it.
This doesn’t mean that all previous auditing was bad - far from it! But some auditors
due to poor training, bad metering, or nasty habits will be found to have messed up cases.
So you repair past auditing by auditors - by auditor’s name. (And also see that such
auditors are handled too.)
That’s the bug on NED for OTs - you can collide with BTs and Clusters messed up
in past auditing, and this can recoil heavily and physically upset the Pre-OT. So you keep
the Repair List andy and if you run into a bog, use the Repair List and next session C/S
to take up past auditing, remembering not to continue to run engrams but only indicate.
REPAIRING PAST AUDITING BY AUDITOR’S NAME
Make a list of names of auditors and test these for read. Include self-auditing and
solo auditing too. Those that read, you repair the items run by that auditor, or in selfauditing.
And make provision for occluded auditing. You may think you’ve got it all,
only to find an occluded session or sessions spring to view later.
This is why you must teach FESers to FES and make up FFTs, that include the
auditor’s name.
And that’s why the Advanced Courses Specialist Auditor must know what he’s
doing in training to deliver this Rundown. It’s not a piece of cake.
Do it flawlessly and produce the spectacular results the Rundown is capable of.
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1978 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
399
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE II
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 12
C O N F I D E N T I A L
REPAIRING AND BLOWING BTs AND CLUSTERS
FROM PAST AUDITING OR MISAUDITING
STEPS
1. What was being run?
2. What was the error in running?
3. Indicate.
4. Who was it run on?
(Find BT or cluster by position in the body.)
5. Blow BT or cluster.
6. Copies.
HANDLING PAST DIANETICS, NED, OR R3R
Prior to auditing have the folders and a Full Flow Table (FFT) made up which
contains all Dianetic, NED, XDN, or any other R3R items that have been run, in date
order, including the name of the auditor who ran these. (This includes any somatic or
narrative item that was audited Dianetically.) Dianetic lists as well as L & N lists should
also be available. (N.B. Some old timers may have been audited on secondaries and
engrams prior to folder records having been kept, and there is always the possibility of
false reports and unrecorded items having been run.) This repair action is done by name
400
of auditor, and those auditors who audited the case on engram running after Clear, or who
most grossly misaudited the case, will be found to be charged (reading) and it is their
auditing which most likely will need to be repaired. Auditors whose names come up as
aving grossly misaudited the case in the past should be Crammed or Retreaded or
Retrained or subject of an Ethics action in order to safeguard any other pc in future.
Make up a list of names of auditors from the Full Flow Table and include “Selfauditing”
and “Solo Auditing”. Allow for the possibility of occluded auditing showing
up later as charge is taken off during this repair.
Assess the list of auditor names, including self-auditing and Solo auditing, for read
and note size of read. Start with the largest reading, and repair the items run by that auditor
as follows:
1. Take the Dianetic item that was run, e.g. “Pain in the Zorch”, and test it for read.
(If no read, skip it.).
2. Find the error in running. Such as: “Unreading item”, “Wrong item”, “No such
item ever existed”, “Run past erasure”, etc. (Usually the Pre-OT will be able to get this.
If not the auditor can find out quickly by meter.).
3. Indicate the BPC found. (ONLY indicate, do not start running anything.)
4. “Is the BT or cluster this was run on still around?” (And note whether this reads,
it won’t read if the BT or cluster has already blown.)
Have the Pre-OT find the BT or cluster by position on the body - sometimes the BT
or cluster will blow on inspection on this step alone; if it doesn’t,
5. Blow the BT or cluster.
6. Copies. The auditor asks “Copy?” and if reading has any copies spotted and
blown. Often the BT or cluster who originally ran the item will have blown, leaving BTs
or clusters who copied the auditing or copied the overrun, etc. And don’t nag the Pre-OT
for copies or you’ll start some other BT copying now.
As with any Repair auditing this can very quickly repaired, and the auditor must be
alert for this and not get into overcorrection. You must also be alert for what you are
correcting on one BT or cluster uncorrecting on another BT or cluster; e.g. “Overrun” may
be correct for one, but not correct for another. You can check for this and if so, indicate
that “Overrun” did not apply to the rest.
Step 2 above - Finding the error - may go earlier similar, the same BT or cluster may
ave been mis-audited in an even earlier session or sessions, and these too may need to be
repaired. But only if earlier auditing BPC exists on the BT or cluster you started with or
you’ll jump from one BT or cluster to another.
Handle each reading item run by the assessed (reading) auditor in the sequence these
items were run. Then take next best reading auditor by name or reassess the list of
auditors. Be very alert for this whole repair action EPing well before all auditors or items
have been addressed and when that occurs end it off.
401
STUCK PICTURE REMEDY
1. The stuck picture.
2. What was the error in running?
3. Indicate.
4. Who was it run on, or whose stuck picture is it?
5. Blow BT or cluster.
6. Copies.
AUDITING ITSELF MAKING A CLUSTER
Seriously bad or rough auditing, Code Breaks, overruns, demanding something that
isn’t there, asking for an earlier similar that didn’t exist, continuing to run an incident that
has already erased, grinding incidents, running unreading/uncharged items or wrong
items, will mess up BTs and clusters that were not in restimulation or who were dormant.
When very bad such a session can itself have been a cluster making incident and is the
latest mutual incident for those BTs and clusters stirred up in that session. There will have
been considerable cross-copying. Do not attempt to R3R or R3RA such a session. Handle
it as described above under Repairing Past Auditing. Repeat those steps until all BTs and
clusters have been blown off that session.
PAST MIS-METERING, MIS-DATING OR LOCATING
If the Pre-OT has been mis-metered in the past this may need to be repaired.
Meter evaluation by which is meant the auditor keeps telling the pc that this or that
didn’t read, etc., can be highly evaluative and invalidative, especially when that auditor
was mis-reading the meter. The pc was left hung up in things that did read, but weren’t
taken up, and when things that didn’t read are taken up, it will stir up dormant BTs and
clusters, and misownership and misidentification occurs. Add to that cross-copying of
BT pictures and you get a mess that can recoil very heavily against the Pre-OT’s body,
dangerously so.
Meter evaluation can be repaired by getting off when the pc or Pre-OT was told
something read when it didn’t,and vice versa. And handling “Evaluation?” E/Sim to F/
N.
Mis-dating and partial locating is similarly corrected by getting off any wrong
locations that were given or locations that were wrong for other BTs or clusters.
Note that on Dating and Locating you can get a build up of mass and pressure, even
a protest ridge, due to the date for one BT or cluster being the wrong date for some other
BT or cluster. The mass and pressure will blow on indication that it was a wrong date or
wrong location for them. A technique as powerful as Dating and Locating which will
blow clusters and cumulative clusters when done right, can also mess them up badly when
done wrong.
402
MESSED UP INT RUNDOWNS AND INT REPAIRS
Handle any BT or cluster with out-Int before doing any other action. These are
handled per HCOB 17 Sept 78 OUT-INT, WENT IN, WENT ON.
If a Pre-OT has too much or recurring Int trouble, do the “End of Endless Int Repair”
process (by Recall only). As it is only recall, it will run on and handle BTs or clusters.
LIST ERRORS ON L & N AND WRONG ITEMS
Mis-done L & N lists, especially over-listed lists and wrong items mess up BTs and
cluster. The right item for one BT is wrong item for for another. When overlisted, several
BTs and clusters can be pulled in. The handling is as described in the Steps for Repairing
Past Auditing.
STATE OF CLEAR
If the Pre-OT has charge on having been audited on engrams after he/she went Clear,
you can Date/Locate the point when the Pre-OT went Clear. Then clean up misownership
by asking the Pre-OT “Have you misowned any BT’s or cluster’s pictures as your own?”
As well as the Pre-OT having been audited on engrams after Clear, you may also
encounter BTs who went Clear and were audited on engrams subsequently. Locate and
indicate their BPC of having been audited on engrams after Clear, any misownership, any
invalidation of the State of Clear, and copies of this by other BTs and Clusters.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
403
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE III
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 13
C O N F I D E N T I A L
FESING OF FOLDERS
AND FULL FLOW TABLES
An FES should contain the name of the auditor and name of the C/S, per existing issues.
It now becomes imperative that the name of the auditor be clearly noted on the FFT (Full Flow Table)
as well as the FES. In making up FFTs on any Dianetic or NED auditing clearly note the auditor’s name,
as well as the date and item run by that auditor. Existing FFTs do not need to be re-done - just print in the
name of the auditor, in different coloured ink (to make it very visible) against the items run by that auditor.
On new FFTs add a column on left side of sheet for auditor’s name.
_____________________________
PC’s name
FULL FLOW TABLE
Auditor Date Item Run Fl F2 F3 F4
(name)
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
Some cases have had unreading items, wrong items, run on them; sometimes the auditor changed
the pc’s item or even just decided what to run on a pc. These are grave and can have serious consequences
on a case.
In order to fully handle such a situation it is imperative that all the data above is available to a C/S
or auditor.
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1978 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
404
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE III
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 14
C O N F I D E N T I A L
OUT-INT, “WENT IN”, “WENT ON”
If a Pre-OT can put his attention on a BT and blow it off, without even working too
hard at it, BTs, with their attention must be sort of blindly in-drawn.
“Went in” and “Went on” are two different characteristics of Int. Some think they
can’t go in - because they think they can’t go through solids - so they “Went on”, plastered
on (to something).
Another way to blow them is to scan them back to when they went in - and they blow
out. Like a plus/minus reaction, “Went in” - blow out.
A BT with Out-Int affects its ability to blow - not the Pre-OT’s ability to blow them
off - the BT’s ability to blow. You scan them down a chain of “Went ins” to the first “Went
in” and it will blow.
You could handle a very difficult one by recalling “times they went in” - for very
difficult ones. A fast way to blow them would be to get them to scan back through “Went
ins” - “When did you go in?” - and they blow.
ON-NESS
There’s also “Went on”, “Went onto something”, and a lot are stuck on something.
You scan them back through times when they “Went on”. They went onto something and
couldn’t get off.
Sometimes a BT will blow from inside the body and catch on the outside of the body,
or within 2 - 3 feet of the body. You can get too many restimulated on the surface of the
405
body. You have to blow off these surface ones.
Being stuck on the surface of something would have something to do with the button
“Can’t go in” for a BT, and that button produces blows. BTs who “can’t go in” to
something, “Went on”, and stuck.
“On-ness” is different from Out-Int. They are stuck on, not in.
“On-ness” is handled in the same way as Out-Int but with “Went on” or “Got on”.
The “earlier than” phenomenon applies to “ON”, as one has to first get on something
before he gets off. Trying to persuade a stuck “Went on” BT or mass to get off,can run
into the same phenomenon as Out-Int and he won’t blow. Handle it the same way as
“Went in” but with the difference of “Went on”. One could in theory find a thetan who
was “stuck on”, handle that and then find that the same being had Out-Int.
OUT-INT
Sometimes BTs have Out-Int because they can’t get out or couldn’t get out.They are
in the valence of something that can’t be out, even fatal to be out, e.g. “the inside of body”
or an internal organ. They consider these safe beingnesses, and it’s safe to be in. So you
ask “What couldn’t get out?” and they blow.
If you ask them to point which way is in, they can’t. Getting them to point which
way was in works, and produces blows. Use the past tense,”Which way was in?” and they
will blow.
RECURRING INT TROUBLE
If a Pre-OT on NED for OTs has recurring Int trouble or continues to run into Out-
Int, and you can’t solve it easily, do the End of Endless Int Repair Rundown (assessing
and handling Int buttons by Recall, not R3RA). This Recall technique will run and solve
any Int troubles.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
406
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1978
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses NED for OTs Series 15
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors C O N F I D E N T I A L
ACS C/Ses
THE “SOLIDITY” OF THE BODY
BTs think they’re pinned to the body, when they’re pinned into other BTs, they think they’re
interiorized into the body, when they’re pinned into BTs. How could a being get stuck to a body? There’s
some kind of central core in the body that the being mistakes for the body. The central core sticks to the
body and the thetan sticks to it. Some BTs think they are a body. There are clusters that think they’re a
body and other BTs stick to the cluster and wind up thinking they’re a body. They would have to be stuck
by a postulate: “I am a body”, or “I am a head”, or “I am the brain”, etc.
Someone on OT III can think he’s complete on OT III because he thinks the solidity he perceives
as the body is the body. It is a mistaken apparency of solidity of the body. This apparent solidity of the
body is composed of BTs and clusters and may be the same size and shape as the body when first contacted.
So someone on OT III perceives this and assumes it’s the body and thinks he’s done on OT III. This
“solidity” he perceives as the body is composed of BTs and clusters. The body becomes transparent to
an OT to the degree he clears this up. It is a “body” built of thetans - you have to learn you’re not looking
at the body, but a false body composed of BTs and clusters. A Pre-OT on “NED for OTs” will become
aware of this during the RD (it is not drawn to his attention by the auditor). It’s not the solidity of the body
but the solidity of BTs and clusters formed as a body.
The body acts as a magnifier of perceptions - it collects and magnifies perceptions - some thetans
think they can’t perceive well exterior, as the actual body and objects and walls look pretty flimsy and
transparent to an OT.
The guy gets fooled - he thinks he’s looking at this body and he’s not. He’s looking at a solid mass
of BTs and clusters. The actual body looks transparent to an OT. Unless you get the guy’s perception up,
he won’t be able to perceive this and if he can’t perceive them, he won’t be able to run them. The
preliminary step of “NED for OTs” is to get the Pre-OT’s perception up enough so it can be run. This false
“body” composed of BTs and clusters is blown off piece by piece on the RD.
COMPOSITE MASSES
A composite mass such as the false “body” composed of BTs and clusters needs to be handled or
blown off in pieces. You could make the mistake of trying to blow it all at once instead of piecemeal. You
may also encounter “layered clusters”, which is layers of clusters on top of each other.
Use the “thetan hand” technique to separate ridges and masses, (you can split ridges apart and
separate masses and clusters by passing a “thetan hand” between them). Then blow off the BTs and
clusters spearately. You can look up and down inside a mass, rather than outside it and it starts to go.
There are so many BTs and clusters that the Pre-OT can wonder if he’s pulling in any that weren’t
there before or wonder if all space is full of them-that isn’t so, it only seems that way.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:dm:kjm FOUNDER
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
407
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE II
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 16
C O N F I D E N T I A L
“EXTERIOR” VISION, BT PERCEPTION
You can get a sort of exterior view as they blow - it’s not an actual exterior view, but an
apparency of an exterior view. It’s the BT’s visio feeding back to you while the BT is blowing.
This visio folds up when the BT has blown and your attention is off it. It’s not your own exterior
view, it’s their exterior view as they’re blowing and it fades as they blow and your attention comes
off them.
It’s to do with viewpoints and attention - if you get one of your viewpoints (attention unit)
in one (a BT or cluster), it will carry it and you sort of see through their perception - it’s how you
see their pictures and why you get some of their visio as they blow.
It has also been noted that when you do get a feedback visio from a “BT” as it blows, that
it is actually not a single BT, but two or three and the feedback is coming from another or other
BTs who have not cognited that he is himself. In other words it is an uncleared BT or cluster who
is carrying this visio anchor point away.
Not all exterior perception comes from BTs though. The Pre-OT can also get an exterior
view which is his own actual exterior perception. If the Pre-OT gets a stuck or fixed exterior view,
it is easily handled by having the Pre-OT look the other way, i.e. look in the opposite direction,
and the fixed direction of view, will unfix. It is easy to differentiate between actual exterior
perception of Pre-OT and the phenoomena of the Exterior view of a BT during a blow, by
checking on the meter. If it is the view of a BT partially blown, it will read as such. Partially blown
BTs should be handled to complete blow at which point the relayed BT visio will cease.
There is a positive way to handle this if it hangs up. This is for the Pre-OT to extend his
attention out to the point to which the BT or cluster has blown and ask it again what it is, give
it an ack, and then ask who it is. The untouched or uncleared BT or cluster that is being carried
away goes “poof” and the exterior visio ceases instantly.
There’s also perception by tactile contact, when the BT is attached to the body.
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1978 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
408
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE I
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 17
C O N F I D E N T I A L
PREDICTION FACTORS ON LENGTH AND PROGRESS
THROUGH THE RUNDOWN
The first phenomenon you will encounter is the Pre-OT getting apparent exterior
perception, picking up the BT’s exterior visio as the BT blows.
The second prediction factor is that the amount of restim and pressure remaining at
session end becomes less from one session end to another session end.
During the Rundown, the Pre-OT may wonder if he’s pulling in BTs and clusters
to run, whether all space is filled with BTs, etc. This isn’t so, but may seem this way. The
Pre-OT will get a realization similar to the Straightwire EP that he/she won’t get any
worse”. This isn’t the EP of the Rundown but shows progress is being made.
During the Rundown the Pre-OT will become aware that what has been mistakenly
assumed to be the body, is not the actual body, but the solidity of BTs and clusters in shape
of the body. The Pre-OT may comment that his actual body or walls or objects look flimsy
or transparent and this is actual OT or exterior perception, and become aware that he is
perceiving BTs and clusters where the body looks or feels solid. He is perceiving the
difference between the false “solidity of the body” and the actual body. As this false
“body” is audited out the clusters and masses remaining will swell to greater size, with
less mass and solidity.
Further through the Rundown, there are fewer BTs and clusters remaining, and the
mass expands and gets softer; it’s not under so much pressure. There’s less mass, and what
is left is less dense. And they blow easier and faster, with decreasing TA action.
Toward the end of the Rundown there are less and less BTs and clusters to trap his
attention into the body and his attention goes out onto the physical environment. An OT’s
409
attention can get so exteriorized, that it is very difficult to get his attention onto the body;
his attention is on the walls, room, building, area or planet. The meter will read on “wall”
or “room”, etc., wherever his attention is. You can get a similar phenomenon of the OT
getting perception of a wall or environment, via a blowing BT. Or the BTs can get
perception of physical environment via the OT’s body. This phenomenon is different, the
OT is in direct communication and perception of the physical environment. (Meter read
will establish which it is.)
In earlier research I discovered what we call “leaning on a wall”. The OT “leans”
against an object in PT and feels it, and it can put a TA high; e.g. the being is leaning
against a milk carton and gets a waxy cardboard feeling. Realization of what is going on
handles it. But the phenomenon encountered toward the end of NED for OTs is different.
The OT’s attention becomes so exteriorized that he goes into direct comm with the
environment and finds it hard to put his attention on the body. About this time BTs and
clusters do not read well and the sensitivity has to be turned up high to get reads on BTs,
and you have a pretty constantly F/Ning needle. The auditor needs to be sharp on TA and
needle handling to keep the needle on the dial and detect small reads on a very loose
needle. F/Ning TA becomes more frequent.
Don’t try to push a session past a big win or marked case change; several of these
will occur during the Rundown. It’s the EP for that session - not for the Rundown.
It is possible for the Pre-OT later in the Rundown to blow a distant BT stuck to
somebody else. If the Pre-OT’s attention is drawn to something outside the session
environment, check for a BT or cluster in the area where his attention fixes, and have the
Pre-OT blow it off. This action is effective and permanent.
There are two changes going on during the Rundown:
(a) Pre-OT as a thetan is getting “bigger” and stronger;
(b) There are less BTs and clusters left.
The Pre-OT will get more and more relaxed, less mass, less tension in the body. At
first on the Rundown these masses are very tense and hard, they feel like a tensed muscle,
later the mass gets less and lighter and the body more relaxed.
Toward the end of the Rundown the amount of mass left is so slight that after a fairly
short session it can become unprofitable to audit as there’s so little left, and what can be
found blows so fast and easily.
These last few will blow by inspection and when there are none at all in the Pre-OT
or his environment, then you’ve reached the end of the Rundown. The EP of the Rundown
is when: the Pre-OT has a transparent body and a clear area around it to some distance
(barring perception of other people’s difficulties) and when he realizes he is alive and very
much himself.
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1978 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
410
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 20 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE IV
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors NED for OTs Series 18
ACS C/Ses
C O N F I D E N T I A L
SESSION FACTORS
The probable session planning should be short and frequent, based on the general
datum that early in the session the Pre-OT quite often can blow BTs and clusters by
inspection, while later in the session, restimulation of other BTs and clusters, or possibly
tiredness of the Pre-OT, makes it difficult to blow them.
There is a session factor of cross-restimualation. If the session goes on too long you
can get some too restimulated to blow easily. This can build up pressure and push the TA
up. It relieves on indication of cross-restimulation. BTs go into restim on other BTs’
pictures.
As the sessions are generally short, Tech Services and Tech Pages will have to be
very well organized and effective, so that no auditor time is lost waiting for next pc, or
folder. C/Ses and auditors will have to ensure that Executives in and above Tech Services
know and follow C/S Series 56 and BFO 46 VALUE OF SERVICES DELIVERED,
HOW TO RAISE and cram them on these issues whenever lines or terminals drop out.
The sessions are generally short and frequent. You must not continue a session past
the session EP, usually an F/Ning TA, or a win. You must not go on past the session EP
or get into grinding due to over-restimulation. Show this to your D of P if he tries to push
you.
There’s also a factor of “incomplete blows”. You can meter check for this, but don’t
nag the Pre-OT on it, or you’ll stir more up because all the BTs remaining are sort of
incomplete blows!
As you run “NED for OTs” there’s a certain amount of pressure or somatic
remaining at session end. This becomes less from one session end to another.
You can restimulate more in a session than you blow. This can be checked for on
the meter and handle those restimulated in the session but not blown.
The session is usually started by 2WCing to F/N, or flying Ruds. But the auditor
must realize that charge in restim comes from restimulated BTs and clusters. Shocks or
stress in life restimulate BTs and clusters who then copy the restimulation, and this
411
restimulation is a wrong incident for them as it is only a lock on whatever they are stuck
in. You handle any out-Rud BTs or restimulated BTs at the beginning of session. If the
TA is high, do not try to 2WC it down, or go off Pgm onto a C/S 53, check for and handle
BTs or clusters in restimulation, or if there is evidence of Out-Int, check for and handle
any BT or cluster with Out-Int first. Care must be taken at beginning of session not to ask
for Earlier Similars that don’t exist, nor to restimulate more than is in restim. You’re only
trying to get any out-Ruds or restim out of the way so you can get onto the Body of the
Session.
The Pre-OT probably shouldn’t watch movies or TV during this Rundown, as BTs
tend to make pictures of the movie and hang up in them, requiring handling at beginning
of session. If too much restim occurs due to watching movies or TV, get the Pre-OT to
stop watching them during the Rundown.
I had earlier found that Vitamin Bl would turn off dreams or nightmares and that a
lack of Vitamin Bl would make a pc more susceptible to having dreams or nightmares.
Apparently lack of Bl makes BTs stick to bone structure, more susceptible to restimulation,
and harder to blow. A session done on a Pre-OT who had a Bl deficiency ran very slowly
with great difficulty blowing BTs and clusters. The session was very “gluey”. Taking
Vitamin Bl resolved this and BTs and clusters became easy to blow again. Pre-OTs on
NED for OTs should take 500 Milligrams of Vitamin Bl (Thiamine Hydrochloride) daily,
and if they experience dreams, nightmares, or difficulties blowing BTs and clusters, then
the dosage should be increased.
A right date or location for one BT or cluster can act as a “wrong date” or “wrong
location” for another BT or cluster, as it isn’t correct for their incident, and pressure and
mass can build up on this during a session where Date/Locating is done. Meter check for
“wrong date?”, “wrong location?”. Indication of this when it has occurred will relieve the
pressure and blow the TA down. BTs can also build up a protest ridge on this.
Generally the TA will move in a pumping action, BDing as BTs and clusters blow.
The general session pattern is for the TA range to get higher and higher and then pump
on down to lower range, which is the ideal point for ending session. A session continued
past this resulted in cross-restimulation and difficulty in blowing BTs.
The session must be well ended, as you are ending the session for others (BTs and
clusters) - not just for the Pre-OT. “END OF SESSION” given Tone 40, may have to be
repeated to ensure the session is in fact ended. You will also sometimes encounter “last
call” BTs and clusters. Just as you are about to end the session, some BT or cluster may
pop up to be handled - this will often occur on “Say or ask?” - let the Pre-OT handle any
such “last call” BT or cluster. To handle restimulation accumulated in the session, you
can tell BTs to “Come to present Time” before ending the session. Then end the session
well and thoroughly.
A usual session EP is an F/Ning TA.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:dm:kjm FOUNDER
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
412
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE II
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 19
C O N F I D E N T I A L
TA AND NEEDLE BEHAVIOUR
A reason why “NED for OTs” is an audited action, rather than Solo is because two electrodes (one
can in each hand) gives a greater depth of read than a one hand Solo can. A Pre-OT can run out of reads
on a Solo can to a point where the needle just F/Ns, but on 2 cans reads will show. This is because you
are dealing with dormant BTs and clusters, that are dead - even below unconsciousness and out of PT.
They have to be activated, by Pre-OT’s attention.
During the Rundown the sensitivity may have to be raised as there is getting to be less and less there
to impinge and read on the meter. This does not reflect the Pre-OT’s case state, just the amount left to run.
F/Ns will become more and more frequent.
During a session, the TA works up into a higher range and pumps back down to lower range again
(the usual ending point for a session); e.g. TA at start of sesson = 2.5. During session TA works up to 3.7,
then pumps back down to 2.5 and the session is ended off. Continuing past this point results in overrestimulation
of remaining BTs and clusters.
The TA moves with a “pumping” action, BDing on blows. The BD on a blow is not the impulse
of the BT or cluster leaving, it’s the sudden decrease of resistance as the mass blows. The size of BD is
relative to the size of mass of the BT or cluster. When you put attention on them and start waking them
up, there’s a sudden increase of mass. When they blow, there’s a sudden decrease of mass. This is what
registers on TA and makes the TA pump up and down.
The TA is an indicator of progress through the rundown - you will start getting a floating TA, at
some point, which will become more frequent. Do not continue a session past a sudden large BD to F/Ning
TA, just end off the session.
Sometimes the Pre-OT will experience a continuous blow or continuous flow phenomena. This
happens after the Pre-OT has blown a BT or cluster who was holding others in, then the rest will blow
easily, often in a continuous blow. This shows on the meter as continuous fall or slowly BDing TA. Later
it will show as a “BDing F/N” - the needle F/Ns while the TA falls, and this may go into an F/Ning TA
and that is the EP for that session.
A later prediction factor which shows progress through the RD, is a change of needle pattern. The
LFBD on a blow gets much faster, than before. This is not a bigger BD it is a faster fall and BD. The rises
are faster too, so you have a needle moving at about two or three times the speed it was moving previously,
and this speeding up of the needle can happen quite suddenly in the session, and is very noticeable.
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1978 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
413
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 SEPTEMBER 1978
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 20
C O N F I D E N T I A L
HOW YOU OPERATE A METER
On NED for OTs you have a situation where the F/Ns are getting wider and wider
and often going into an F/Ning TA.
You also have less and less mass or charge left on the case the further through the
Rundown you go.
Therefore the auditor must be an expert at handling the TA, Sensitivity knob and
keeping the needle on the dial when asking a question or assessing. Initial reads are often
small (due to small amount of charge remaining), and the Sensitivity has to be cranked
way up to catch these reads. The way you do this is by handling the TA with index and
second finger, and the Sensitivity knob with the thumb.
Drill operating the TA and Sensitivity knob with E-Meter Drill #11 “Superlative TA
handling”, until you have mastered it.
The total amount of TA action per session at this level is low. Usually around 1.0
- 2.0 divisiions, rarely as high as 6.0 divisions.
It does not compare with TA action at lower levels at all.
An F/Ning TA is often the signal to end the session so how do you handle an F/Ning
TA? You get expert in the two finger and thumb TA technique.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH;dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
414
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE III
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 21
C O N F I D E N T I A L
REVIVIFICATION
During NED for OTs research I discovered that beings do not just reviv in time.
They also reviv in location. You can have a guy totally reviv’d in time, he’s stuck down
the track in an incident which is PT for him. Anything which he views, is viewed from
this point in time. It is when he is.
A being can also be in a reviv in place or location. That is where he is. Everything
he views is viewed from that location, that viewpoint in space. They’re “buttered all over
the universe”. A BT can think of himself as up there, looking down at himself. A total
wrong viewpoint. He’s in a reviv and everything he does is from a stuck viewpoint, so
he’s operating with a stuck spacial point of view. Say the guy is reviv’d in Flanders,
everything he does is from the viewpoint in Flanders - even tries to look at himself (now)
from Flanders. He’s operating in PT from some place down the track.
THOUGHT DISASSOCIATION
Thought disassociation follows a point of view pattern. In a reviv, they’re talking
to you from an altered point of view, so you get disassociated thought. Say he’s in a reviv
of lcoation, in a radar station in space. You ask him “Where are the books?” - he looks
at a radar screen and says “They’re going away”.
I know a case who had an accident. She thought she left the body and went to a
between lives implant and returned to the body. But there has been no between lives
implant in that place for eons! What happened is, she was reviv’d in a between lives
implant. She had the accident and went exterior, she thought she went to this between
lives implant because that’s the location she was reviv’d in.
This is a matter of old fixed viewpoints in spacial locations. You can often cure a
case with the process “Where would you be safe?” He might go through a heavy reviv
415
on the process and he might “do a bunk” - going back to his last point of view, locationwise.
That point of view is still out there. That’s why D/L works. You blow that point
on Locate step. It’s when and where they are, as they’re not in PT.
That is where he is “safe”, that’s Thought Disassociation, and that’s small pictures
- because he’s in a picture, looking at a picture.
These are the mechanics of the Bright Think Rundown (Disassociation process)
which can be run on anybody. Running it is not part of NED for OTs as it is a separate
RD.
OBJECTIVE DUB-IN
This is a different phenomenon from Thought Disassociation and spacial reviv.
He looks at that wall, and because it’s not safe to look at the wall, he makes a picture
of the wall and brings the picture back to him and looks at the picture of the wall. He’s
so far south he can’t confront anything that’s in front of him. You tell him to look at the
window, he sort of reaches out to the window with a beam or something, makes a picture
of it, and pulls the picture back up to him, looks at it and tells you the window has bars
on it. This case requires objectives until it’s safe to look at something and perceive it.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
416
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE IV
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 22
C O N F I D E N T I A L
ANATEN
When a dormant BT wakes up it acquires mass. He’s “not there”, and then when
attention is put on him he acquires mass. He’s in some artificial valence (which produces
mass). When some recognition is granted him, he goes in valence and blows. There’s a
ridge when a thetan feels under attack, or maybe unacked - first reaction is to stop, so he
mocks up mass.
A BT sitting around or on a nerve channel, who is awakened and suddenly mocks
up mass or a ridge, will shut down the nerve and knock the guy anaten - knocks the body
anaten - not the pc. In the head especially, when a cluster suddenly mocks up mass, it shuts
off nerve channels.
Some people who are deaf or blind might simply have a cluster sitting on a nerve,
and it’s gone on so many years the nerve atrophies. Catatonics may be suffering from this
sort of knockout. This explains why a tactile process works - you run tactile on the bed,
etc, after an accident and the guy comes out of it.
Another source of anaten is a being exuding anaten - he can be a piece of anaten -
and he also exudes anaten, and beings around him go anaten. It is a feeling - an
unconsciousness feeling.
Cluster A going into anaten, then influences cluster B, and then cluster B comes up
tone into unconsciousness, and you get anaten. These clusters exist as solidities way
below unconsciousness, and on III don’t respond at all. Both phenomena above produce
anaten.
“SOMETHING THAT ISN’T THERE”
It’s also possible to run into a BT thinking he is “negative mass” and cutting off
perception or sensation in an area.
417
Occasionally you may run into some BTs hanging together in a mocked up vacuum.
Some BTs have a “something that isn’t there”. They were withdrawing from
something, but there was nothing there. It’s either suppressed out of existence or it
happened once and they stuck in the pattern of withdrawing; they can even justify and
think ther’s something they’re withdrawing from. They put something there to withdraw
from - a negative mockup. Or they think another BT is putting something there, that isn’t
there.
SOMATICS
Sometimes they blow and a somatic turns on - two beings crunched together and at
the point of “crunch”, they get a somatic.
It takes a multiple mass to create a somatic. Whether it’s a number of BTs or
clusters, the somatic mechanism is mass versus mass, not cluster versus body, but cluster
vs. cluster, or BT vs. BT, or BTs and clusters vs. BTs and clusters, or cluster vs. cluster
with a BT squashed in the middle. The cluster vs. cluster somatic is more severe than a
somatic in a picture (incident) - unless he were totally revivified in the incident. You can
also postulate a somatic, but that’s different.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
418
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE II
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 23
C O N F I D E N T I A L
REMNANT RIDGES
A BT can blow and leave behind a ridge of energy. There are BTs in the energy ridge
left behind by another BT.
There’s a basic mechanism, some BTs make ridges and masses and other BTs come
and cling to that and get stuck and they think they’re part of it and they maintain it - after
the original BT has blown. You have to look through the ridge and find who’s in it - after
you’ve blown the BT who made the ridge. You not only look for the BTs that made the
ridge, but also the BTs stuck in it, and keeping it there, and the ridge doesn’t fully blow
until both mechanisms are handled.
A BT could mock up a pole trap and another BT come along and stick to it. You
blow the 1st BT and still have the pole trap, which is being kept there by the BT who stuck
in it. So you ask “What are you?”, Ack, “Who are you?” and blow BT who was stuck to
it. The whole body is a trap because it’s BTs getting stuck to BTs.
You blow the thetan mocking it up first and it tends to evaporate, but you then have
to handle the others.
They will actually create anything in sight - low havingness - obsessive havingness
or holding on to the familiar.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
419
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE I
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 24
C O N F I D E N T I A L
NED FOR OTs - REPAIR LIST
This list is to be assessed Method 3 and handled by the auditor if he runs into a bog
in session. Don’t continue this list past the point where the BPC has been repaired as it
is a repair list.
Any line reading on this list could be wrong with many BTs or clusters. That is why
it must be done Method 3, and each reading line must be fully handled before proceeding
on down the list. (E.g. on Q1 “BT or cluster with Out-Int?” - there may be one or many,
and each would have to be handled.) When the line being handled doesn’t read, continue
the list.
1. A BT OR CLUSTER WITH
(a) OUT-INT? _____
(b) A WRONG ITEM? _____
(c) AN OUT-LIST? _____
(d) A WRONG INDICATION? _____
(e) AN OVERRUN? _____
(f) WHAT WAS CORRECT FOR ONE WAS INCORRECT
FOR THE REST? _____
2. RESTIMULATED MORE THAN WERE BLOWN? _____
3. OVER-RESTIMULATION? _____
420
4. COPY? _____
5. AUDITED WHILE HUNGRY? _____
6. AUDITED WHILE TIRED? _____
7. AUDITED OVER PT STRESS? _____
8. PTS CONDITON? _____
9. SESSON WAS TOO LONG? _____
10. AUDITING CONTINUED PAST A MAJOR WIN? _____
11. A BT OR CLUSTER HUNG UP IN A PAST SESSION? _____
12. A BT OR CLUSTER MESSED UP IN AUDITING? _____
13. YOU THOUGHT IT WAS YOUR CHARGE? _____
14. DATING BEING DONE WHILE OTHER BTs WERE
IN RESTIM? _____
15. STARTED DATING A BT OR CLUSTER WHILE
ANOTHER WAS INCOMPLETE? _____
16. TRYING TO DATE A COMPOSITE MASS? _____
17. LEFT ONE BT OR CLUSTER INCOMPLETE AND
STARTEDACTIVATING ANOTHER? _____
18. LEFT AN ACTION INCOMPLETE? _____
19. A CUMULATIVE CLUSTER LEFT INCOMPLETE? _____
20. JAMMED SEVERAL BTs AND CLUSTERS TOGETHER? _____
21. JUMPED FROM ONE BT OR CLUSTER TO ANOTHER? _____
22. FAILED TO IDENTIFY A MASS BEFORE HANDLING IT? _____
23. TOLD SOMETHING READ WHEN IT COULDN’T HAVE? _____
24. TOLD SOMETHING DIDN’T READ WHEN IT SHOULD
HAVE READ? _____
25. CROSS-COPYING? _____
26. WAS BPC MISOWNED? _____
27. A BT OR CLUSTER WHO HAS
AN ARC BREAK? _____
421
A PTP? _____
A W/H? _____
AN OVERT? _____
28. TRYING TO HANDLE SEVERAL BTs OR CLUSTERS
AS ONE INDIVIDUAL? _____
29. A SINGLE BT THINKS HE’S A CLUSTER? _____
30. A CLUSTER THAT THINKS HE’S A SINGLE BT? _____
31. A BT AUDITED PAST CLEAR? _____
33. AN INVALIDATION OF STATE OF CLEAR? _____
34. CROSS-RESTIMULATION? _____
35. BTs RESTIMULATED BUT NOT BLOWN? _____
36. A BT OR CLUSTER PREVENTING OTHERS FROM BLOWING? _____
37. ONE PRINCIPAL CLUSTER? _____
38. PULLING IN BTs? _____
39. RESTIMULATION BETWEEN SESSIONS? _____
40. RESTIMULATION IN SESSION? _____
41. RESISTING CHANGE? _____
42. A BT OR CLUSTER ON SUCCUMB? _____
43. PULLING IN BANK TO EXPLAIN A PHYSIOLOGICAL
CONDITION? _____
44. SOME OTHER MISCONCEPTION? _____
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
422
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE II
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 25
C O N F I D E N T I A L
RESISTANCE TO CHANGE
Some BTs are stuck; they are resisting change. You’re asking them to change
position by trying to blow them. They go more solid because they resist change. Like a
Reactionary. Maybe the only message they receive comm on is an order to change.
Therefore one has the option of as-ising their resistance to change, by getting “not to
change” off.
Ask:
“When did you decide not to change?”
“What began that?”
This way you get off the decision not to change, and the earlier beginning that
preceded it.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
423
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 NOVEMBER 1978R
ISSUE I
REVISED 2 MARCH 1979
(Revisions not in Script)
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 26R
C O N F I D E N T I A L
NED FOR OTs - CHECKLIST - PRE-OT ADVANCE PGM
(Put on left inside cover of folder and
keep it up to date.)
_________________________ _________________ ____________
(Pre-OT’s Name) (Date Started) (Org)
The auditor checks off each step when done. The number after each step is the
relevant NED for OTs HCOB Series number.
PREREQUISITES
Pre-OT is OT III (or above) _____
Pre-OT is not in the middle of another major action _____
Pre-OT is not on a TRs Course _____
Pre-OT has security clearance _____
SET-UPs
D of P interview to get data on Pre-OT’s conditon. _____
Remedy any Vit Bl or Calcium deficiency (NOTs 18, 31) _____
Assess C/S 53 Section A, if valid read on Out-Int do
End of Endless Int Repair Rundown _____
If Pre-OT has had a recent bad session, repair it _____
If ill or injured handle ith an Assist (NOTs 3) _____
Handle any life enturbulation with Ruds or 2WC to F/N _____
CAUTION
Do not be surprised if these steps go out of order, and dont’ force the Pre-OT to
follow this exact order because his case may not be stacked up this way, although in
general it will be found to be this order:
424
ADVANCE PGM
1. Indoctrination Step & clearing words (NOTs 4, 27 #2) _____
2. Perception Step. (Optional) (NOTs 27 #3) _____
3. D/L point when Pre-OT went Clear (NOTs 11, 12, 17 #4A,
43) _____
4. Handle misownership of pictures by Pre-OT (NOTs 11, 12,
27 #4A, 43) _____ *
5. Handle BTs who went Clear (NOTs 11, 12, 27 #4A, 43) _____
6. Handle BTs who went Exterior (NOTs 11, 27, 43) _____
7. Handle BTs audited past erasure (NOTs 11, 12, 27, 43) _____
8. Handle BTs who were overrun, & Copies (NOTs 11, 12, 27,
43) _____ *
9. Repair BTs run on uncharged items (NOTs 11, 12, 39, 43) _____
10. L3RF on messed up Dn chains (NOTs 39) _____ *
11. Repair any goofed D/L on a cluster (NOTs 9, 12, 27 #4G) _____ *
12. Repair of Past Auditing by Name of Auditor (Optional,
only if interested). (NOTs 11, 12, 13, 27 #4F,43) _____ *
13. LDN OT III RB (NOTs 41) _____
14. Repair List for Errors in Running OT III (NOTs 41, 42) _____ *
15. Handle PTSness, if pplicable (NOTs 35) _____ *
16. Handle R/Ses (if Pre-OT has R/Sed) (NOTs 36) _____ *
17. Handle Mass Mistaken for Mass of Body (NOTs 15, 27 #5) _____ *
18. Handle BTs/clusters Being Body Parts (NOTs 27 #6) _____ *
19. Handle BTs On or Around the Body (NOTs 14, 27 #7) _____ *
20. Generally Spotting and Blowing BTs/clusters
(NOTs 27 #8) _____ *
21. Remnant Ridges (& partial blows) (NOTs 23, 27 #9, 45) _____ *
22. Flow Assessment Recall Process (NOTs 27 #10, 28) _____ *
23. Generally Addressing the Body (NOTs 27 #11) _____ *
24. Specifically Addressing Chronic Somatics (NOTs 27 #12,
32) _____ *
25. Mass That Kicks in when Pre-OT Looks into Body
(NOTs 27 #13) _____ *
26. Perimeter Masses (NOTs 33) _____ *
27. BTs with Mis-U words Rundown (NOTs 46) _____ *
28. Cleaning the Body of BT/cluster Masses (NOTs 27 #14) _____ *
29. Verify whether Pre-OT has achieved the full EP of
NED for OTs as described in NOTs 27, pages 8 & 11.
If so Declare. _____
If not, locate the unflat/incomplete Pgm step(s)
and handle. (The NOTs Repair List - NOTs 24 - can be
used here, or any point on Pgm when there are unresolved
BTs or PBC.)
DO NOT DECLARE UNTIL PRE-OT HAS THE FULL EP.
* Shows where on Pgm Rest Points may be taken (ref: NOTS 29).
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1978, 1979 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
425
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 NOVEMBER 1978
ISSUE II
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 27
C O N F I D E N T I A L
“NED FOR OTs” - CHECKLIST
The basic biological structure of the body is transparent to a thetan. The Pre-OT’s
perception hangs up on BTS and clusters. These BTs and clusters have the ability to
change and control a thetan’s perception whereas Mest won’t. BTs and clusters are too
close to a thetan’s wavelength and can therefore exert control. A primary target for NED
for OTs is: “things that are not part of the biological machine (body), but think they are
and get in the way.” This is what you want to handle. The Pre-OT’s sight hangs up on
these BT/cluster masses. The successive steps of the Rundown have to do with the parts
of the body he can see, the phenomena encountered and the processes you handle these
with. The actual criterion the auditor uses is What is the Pre-OT looking at? What can
he see? and Can he blow it?
The ideal scene: “A transparent body which does not interfere with the sight of the
thetan and is free from unwanted sensations, pains, or pressures.” The primary error a
thetan makes is mistaking these BT/cluster masses for the body or mistaking another’s
pictures as his own. The procedure has a cyclic pattern of getting rid of the obvious ones,
then dead or unresponsive ones, then obvious ones, over and over. You are liable to run
into any of these manifestations at any time and need to know the processes which handle.
1. HANDLING WHAT THE PRE-OT’S ATTENTION IS ON
(Establish this by folder or by D of P interview or both. You should also check
on what his attention is avoiding.)
1A. Repair using LDN OT IIIRB, if needed.
1B. Repair of any recent bad session.
1C. Any needed Assist.
426
1D. Remedy of any vitamin or mineral deficiency (especially Vitamin Bl or
Calcium).
1E. End of Endless Int Repair, if needed.
(All the above are optional steps, and depend on the current state of the Pre-
OT. Mainly determined by the question, What is the Pre-OT’s attention on?
and, What is his attention avoiding? - care must be used with the later, not to
throw the Pre-OT in over his head.)
2. INDOCTRINATION STEP
This consists of clearing definitions of MisUs in OT III materials, clearing
definitions of terms used in NED for OTs, reading the basic theory issues of
NED for OTs, and indoctrination in the basic technique of the Rundown. It is
a mandatory step.
3. PERCEPTION STEP
This is an optional step, done if the Pre-OT’s perception is not up to perceiving
mental masses, an ability necessary to this Rundown. It could be tested as
simply as asking the Pre-OT to close his eyes and tell you if he can see through
the head or the body. It is only done in order to get him able to perceive mental
masses(BTs and clusters), which is the EP of this step.
4. PAST AUDITING
(This step is done if “Past Auditing” reads and Pre-OT is interested. If not,
don’t take it up. If not taken up at this point be alert for Pre-OT colliding with
BTs and clusters hung up in past auditing at a later point during the Rundown
and if there is a bog check for and handle past auditing.)
4A. D/L the point when Pre-OT went Clear, and handle mis ownership of pictures
by Pre-OT.
4B. Handle BTs who went Clear and were audited on engrams, mistaking other’s
pictures as their own and resulting in invalidation of their State of Clear.
4C. BTs who went Exterior and were prevented from blowing or audited past
Exterior.
4D. BTs audited past erasure resulting in invalidation of erasure.
4E. Copies of any of the above, including the situation where the original BT has
blown leaving behind a BT who copied the overrun, etc.
4F. Repair of Past Auditing by Assessment of Names of Auditors, including Solo
auditing and self-auditing.
427
4G. Repair of Wrong Dates, Wrong Locations, including any partially or wrongly
dated or located cluster. (Note that a right date or location for one, will be
wrong for those remaining.)
(NB: Do not overdo this step as auditing is late on the track, and is not the
basic for BTs and clusters. Past Auditing has to be repaired to the degree that
it gets in the way of doing anything else on NED for OTs. If you tried to handle
all the auditing there had ever been on the case you could go on forever. You
may run into some BT who’s been misaudited when doing later steps, but
Repair of Past Auditing is done to a point where Pre-OT is happy with it, and
it isn’t getting in the road of NED for OTs. The danger of handling too much
past auditing is cross-restimulation.)
Phenomena you are likely to encounter on Past Auditing step:
* Dormant BTs woken up by Dianetic or NED auditing.
* A Shell BT.
* Body itself being a “magnet” for BTs/clusters due to a dietary or
mineral or vitamin deficiency.
* Misownership of pictures and of incidents.
* BTs in valences.
* Copying of current or recent stress or shocks,between session
restimulation.
* BTs with Out-Int.
* BTs who are stuck ON
* BTs/clusters stuck down the track or out of PT.
* BTs/clusters jammed together by rough auditing or misdating
* BTs/clusters with an intention or goal opposed to auditing.
* Over-correction, i.e. what is being corrected on one is “uncorrecting”
on another.
Cognitions or EPs encountered on Past Auditing step:
* Realization that pictures are BTs’ or clusters’ and not the Pre-OT’s,
with a confirmation of Pre-OT’s State of Clear, and the clearing up of
attendant mysteries.
* Relief from BPC and somatics.
* Realization like the S/W EP of “I’m not going to get any worse”.
428
5. MASS MISTAKEN FOR THE MASS OF THE BODY
(The primary error a Pre-OT makes is in thinking that the mass or solidity or
sensation he/she experiences is the body.)
The action taken on this step is to have the Pre-OT look at his body and spot
masses that are not the body and blow these either by inspection, or by the
various techniques.
Phenomena You are Likely to Encounter on this step:
* Facsimiles of a body or bodies superimposed over the body.
* An impaction of pictures.
* A BT with an overt on other BTs or cluster, e.g. having made them into
a cluster.
* Getting misdirected by the picture or mass the BT puts up - the Pre-OT
needs to be taught to shift attention from the picture or mass to the BT
or cluster.
* BTs or clusters stuck on the surface, i.e. BTs who WENT ON.
* BTs who think they are a body or think they are necessary to the running
of a body.
* Central core of BTs/clusters that other BTs and clusters are sticking to.
Cognitions or EPs Encountered on “False” Body step:
* Realization that the body is transparent or translucent to an OT and that
the mass perceived is not the body.
* Somatic relief and lessening mass.
* False exterior perception caused by the Pre-OT’s attention being pulled
out by BTs as they aredeparting.
* Realization that BTs think they are pinned to the body, but are actually
pinned to other BTs and clusters.
* Body getting less tense and mass expanding and getting less rigid.
6. BTs/CLUSTERS BEING BODY PARTS
This step directly addresses BTs or clusters who are being body parts such as
“a hand”, “a foot”, etc. The Pre-OT should be asked to look at a part of his
body and see if it is solid and then blow the solidity by inspection or by various
techniques. Body parts can be called off by the auditor and, those that read,
handled.
429
Phenomena You are Likely to Encounter on this step:
* BTs and clusters being “a hand”, “a brain”, etc.
* BTs and clusters who think they can’t leave as they think they are
indispensible to the functioning of the body.
* BTs and clusters being “negative” mass, invisible,being “model forms”,
in the valence of body parts (i.e. terminals) and BTs/clusters being body
conditions (i.e. unconsciousness, or a “broken leg”).
* BTs/clusters sitting on a nerve channel and shutting off perception or
causing anaten, and BTs/clusters exuding anaten.
* Composite masses that need to be split up by using the “thetan hand”
technique and then blown piece by piece.
* BTs/clusters being “a no hand” or “a no leg”.
* BTs/clusters holding other BTs and clusters in.
* Somatics caused by BTs and clusters locked together i.e. BT vs BT or
cluster vs cluster.
* BTs/clusters being in the valence of anything.
* BTs/clusters going into the valence of a person in PT.
* BTs/clusters holding other BTs/clusters in front as a shield.
* PTS BTs who have had one SP in common - over several lifetimes.
* BTs/clusters transferred from another person to Pre-OT’s body, e.g.
BTs from his grandmother, etc.
* BTs/clusters being an illness or aberration or an accident (Pneumonia,
wound, car wreck, etc. - they are also in the valence of a picture of it).
* BTs/clusters being significances (tired, anemesis, etc.).
* BTs/clusters being ideas or identities that are ideas (a Christian Scientist,
insanity, “go to town”, etc.).
* Plural identity (an “us”).
* One that thinks it’s many, and many who think they’re one.
Cognitions or EPs Encountered on “Body Parts” step:
* Less pressure and restimulation, becoming more noticeable at session
end and from one session end to another.
* Blows getting easier and faster.
430
* Looks like the number is infinite and you’ll never get rid of them as they
just keep popping up but realizing that it isn’t really this way and that
progress is being made.
* A case change of Extroverted Attention, i.e. Pre-OT’s attention extroverted
and on the environment.
7. BTs/CLUSTERS ON OR AROUND THE BODY
This step is run generally with the Pre-OT finding and blowing BTs and
clusters as he encounters them. This includes BTs and clusters that are on the
body, inches from the body, feet from the body, yards from the body, or way
off - all of these in which the auditor is interested are connected to and are
influencing the body. One is not interested in other people’s BTs or clusters
but only those directly influencing the Pre-OT’s body. Because the Pre-OT’s
“attention distance” has increased by the time you get to this step, this is
relatively easy to do. The auditor of course is not interested in using this one
Pre-OT to clear the planet but should not object too strenuously if the Pre-OT
engages in some side actions that do not directly concern him, but realize that
this is not this step or any other step. Care must be taken to ensure that only
one mass or area or category is restimulated and fully handled before
activating another. The caution from OT III pack about not using too wide
an attention span applies here.
Phenomena You are Likely to Encounter on this step:
* Misidentified BTs and clusters who have copied each others’ incidents
and implants.
* BTs/clusters switched in time (misconception).
* BTs/clusters switched in location (misconception).
* Remote BTs, i.e. stuck on another person or in another location where
Pre-OT’s attention is fixed or drawn to.
* BTs/clusters with “something that isn’t there”.
* Multiple masses creating somatics.
* Invisible, Secret, and Hiding BTs and clusters.
* Hypnotized BTs and somnolent BTs and clusters.
* BTs mocking up things they think they area.
* Old Between Lives areas, remote implant stations of the past.
* BTs/clusters who, being stuck in the past and look-forward, think they
are looking at the future.
Cognitions or EPs Encountered on this step:
431
* Body getting lighter, more relaxed and more in control. Much less mass
around.
* Realization that BTs/clusters were causing body shape distortions and
that body is “moving back into position”.
8. GENERALLY SPOTTING AND BLOWING BTs AND CLUSTERS
This step consists of having Pre-OT locate and blow any BT or clusters that
are visible or perceivable, including handling any BTs or clusters restimulated.
This is based on the old maxim that “If you get enough charge off . . . or if you
keep on getting charge off, you will make case gain and an entrance to the case
will show up”.
You are likely to encounter any of the phenomena or manifestations of BTs
and clusters. There is a general cyclic pattern of encountering BTs/clusters
that are hard to blow or that are holding other BTs/clusters,followed by a
series of easy blows, then the same pattern repeats over and over.
9. REMNANT RIDGES (PARTIALLY BLOWN RIDGES, CLUSTERS)
There is a mechanism of a BT or cluster making a ridge,then another BT or
cluster comes along and sticks to the ridge. You blow the BT or cluster who
made the ridge first, then a remnant of the ridge remains containing BTs who
stuck in it and are now keeping it there and you have to blow these off too -
they generally blow easily. Another example of this is a BT being a pole trap.
Another BT comes along and sticks to the pole trap. You first blow the BT
being the pole trap and then you have to blow the BT who stuck to it.
The auditor has the Pre-OT look for old ridges, remnants of ridges and
masses, and completes handling these to fully blown.
Phenomena You are Likely to Encounter on this Step:
* BTs/clusters left stuck in the ridge or picture that was mocked up by
another BT or cluster.
* BTs/clusters being objects in another BT’s or cluster’s pictures. Such
a picture is hard to blow unless you recognize that the picture is
composed of BTs being the parts of the picture.
* “Hard core” BTs and clusters that are very hard to blow.
* BTs/clusters with Out-Int.
* BTs/clusters with stuck flows.
* BTs stuck on the inside of a ridge who tried to blow but get caught by
the ridge. When you blow the ridge you find a lot of BTs blowing out
from under the ridge.
432
* BTs and clusters being ridges.
* Apparent inert masses that behave like ridges and have to be brought
to life with a “Hello - OK” technique.
* Two BTs pushing so hard against each other that each one thinks that
it’s blocked by a ridge and to blow the ridge you have to blow the two
BTs.
Cognitions or EPs Encountered on this step:
* Body distortions clearing up.
* Cognition of “I am well”.
10. FLOW ASSESSMENT RECALL PROCESS
This process handles BTs and clusters with very stuck flows. It is run per the
HCOB on it, to its EP.
Phenomena You are Likely to Encounter on this step:
* BTs/clusters unable to move on the time track because time itself
becomes a stuck flow forward to them.
* BTs/clusters who dive down the time track on a time stuck flow basis.
* BTs/clusters who suddenly pop into view as they were in Revivs down
the time track and weren’t even in sight (which is what gives the Pre-
OT theidea that it’s endless).
* BTs/clusters (masses) who appear to be in PT (whose pressures are in
PT) but who are really way down the track and who need only a small
jerk, given by the Pre-OT, to unstick them from the track.
* The erroneous idea of the Pre-OT that he is in the past because he is
being influenced by BTs and clusters that actually are in the past.
* Fear of the future which is really a protest bringing about the apparency
of being stuck on he time track and that the time flow can actually stick
someone.
11. GENERALLY ADDRESSING THE BODY WITH NED FOR OTs
The auditor now has the Pre-OT look at the body and in particular any somatic
area or area of chronic somatics.
Phenomena You are Likely to Encounter on this step:
* False body parts, i.e. a false leg (BT or cluster being a false leg).
* BTs/clusters transferred from another person who had such a physical
433
condition, or BTs or clusters who copied such a condition.
* BTs/clusters stuck in drugs or painkillers or anaesthetics used or taken
in the body area.
* Very small BTs that come up to tremendous size before blowing, some
with concept of “negative” space.
* Heavy mass, unresponsive or inert BTs/clusters.
* BTs stuck in body beingnesses, both body parts and body conditions.
* BTs/clusters who are “making a body”.
* Identityless BTs/clusters.
* BTs/clusters that are Dead, that think they’re Mest, that think they are
molecules or planets.
* A cluster causing a dislocated bone or trying to break a bone or spine,
plus, the BTs or clusters being the damaged body part and holding onto
the damage or copying it.
* BTs/clusters who are being broken legs, misformed arms, cancer,
damaged brains, or other non-optimum body parts or conditions.
* BTs or clusters operating on a refusal to make pictures - the negative
of obsessively mocking up.
Cognitions or EPs Encountered on this step:
* Extroversion EP for Session and F/Ning TA.
* Awareness that anything perceived as mass or somatic in the body is
not the body, but comes from BTs/clusters.
* Cognition re mocking up pictures due to loss of memory.
* Actual Exterior perception of Pre-OT increasing.
* Case change of reaching into body and finding nothing there (i.e. in an
area of body), and it being clean for the first time.
* A cognition of personal identity - much more intense than previously.
12. SPECIFICALLY ADDRESSING CHRONIC SOMATIC AREAS OF BODY
This is a more specific address to any area of chronic or recurring somatic.
Some chronic somatics depart very fast and don’t return. These are almost
miracle in nature. Other chronic somatics gradually lessen and can disappear
in the course of the whole Rundown. So don’t despair if you don’t get an
instant alleviation of the chronic somatic but just keep on with the Rundown
and don’t specialize in chronic somatics. Also be very cheered up when you
434
hit an instant disappearance of one. Both conditions can exist in the same Pre-
OT on different chronic somatics.
Phenomena You are Likely to Encounter on this step:
* An Aura - which is a whole package of BTs and clusters formed into the
shape of a body and aura with other BTs and clusters stuck in it.
* Very heavy anaten holding clusters glued together.
* BTs and clusters in other parts of the body affecting the somatic area.
* BTs and clusters in a very suppressed or compressed state that blow up
to huge size and mass and surround and go through the whole body.
** BTs and clusters behind, or on the other side_of, or inside , bones or
organs, or on the other side of a ridge - these are very likely to be missed
as one wouldn’t think to look there.
* Nulls or unresponsive BTs/clusters that are totally out of communication
and need to be put into Comm by running “Hellos and OKs” on
them.
* A BT or cluster believing he is his own picture - or someone else’s.
* BTs or clusters being “negatives” - i.e. a “no ___________” like a “no
stomach”, etc., these come about from intentions to obliterate and
probably are the root of sickness.
* The manifestation of Pre-OT trying to look at or into a body part or area
and a mass or ridge kicking in, between the Pre-OT and the area.
Cognitions or EPs Encountered on this step:
* Cognition “I can do anything any other being can do”.
* Lot of somatic blows, and the first real gain on the somatic area.
13. MASS THAT KICKS IN WHEN PRE-OT TRIES TO LOOK TOWARD OR
INTO AN AREA OF THE BODY
Such a mass can be quite severe and can knock the Pre-OT anaten. As it is
BT or cluster mass and prevents perception, it must be handled in order for
the Pre-OT to be able to see or reach into the body. The auditor gets the Pre-
OT to look and then handles the mass that kicks in until it is fully cleared up,
then has the Pre-OT look or reach into his body again, and then clears up the
next mass that kicks in, and so on, until he can reach into the area of the body.
Then you clean up that area of the body fully, and the Pre-OT will be able to
reach further into the body. As each successive area of the body is cleaned
up and becomes transparent his reach is further extended toward the ideal
scene of a body that is transparent to the OT and does not impede his
perception or control.
435
Phenomena You are Likely to Encounter on this step:
* Any or all of the previous phenomena.
* BTs outside of and at a distance from the body putting mass on the body.
* BTs and clusters that are so inert that they have to be thrown off
physically - plus you also have to throw away the “arms” you threw
them off with.
(NB: This difficulty in blowing off BTs has also been caused by a
deficiency of Vit Bl and/or insufficient rest.)
* BTs/clusters who apparently had Out-Int but didn’t,they had copied
other BTs who had had Out- Int.
* BTs and clusters who supposed they were being pulled in but weren’t,
they had just concluded that they were.
* BTs being a damaged body part and because they were being damaged
couldn’t do anything about it.
Cognitions or EPs Encountered on this step:
* Ability to look cleanly into areas of the body that couldn’t be reached
into cleanly before.
14. CLEANING THE BODY OF BT/CLUSTER MASSES
The Pre-OT now works on cleaning up the body of BT/cluster masses, one
area at a time, until each is clean andtransparent to his perception. Each of
the various techniques given in the materials are used as needed to blow these
BT/cluster masses. You may in some instances have to have the Pre-OT
handle BTs Dianetically running them back through a chain of incidents. This
can be complex with 3 or 4 BTs and chains crossed.
It is very dicey to run engrams on BTs as, although they may have one mutual
one, each one has an earlier chain for it that is different than that of the others
in the cluster, so you limit the action to the mutual incident they have in
common. Scn Grades O-IV can be run on a BT but this would not be usual
as the BTs we’re dealing with in NED for OTs are below that.
When the Pre-OT has a transparent body and a clear area around it to some
distance (barring perception of other people’s difficulties) and when he
realized he is alive and very much himself the EP of NED for OTs has been
reached.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH: dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
436
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 OCTOBER 1978
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 28
C O N F I D E N T I A L
STUCK FLOWS, THE GENUS OF A BT
You’ll get a lot of blows early on the Rundown when the Pre-OT realizes it’s not
his body he’s looking at, but ridges composed of BTs and clusters, in the shape of his body.
Then you get into more hard core ones, they’re on such a stuck flow they can’t blow.
Out-Int could be the genus of a BT and Out-Int would have to precede a cluster. If
Int were out each BT would start identifying into each other’s pictures. When a flow is
run too long in one direction it will jam up and stick, then it can snap back the other way,
e.g. he gets overrun on “going out of things”, the flow jams and he snaps back “in”, and
stays in. There are actually two stages of Int:
(a) Overrun “get out of”;
(b) The stage of “go in” before “go out”.
Of course this is a misconception too, as how can a thetan be in anyway.
What forces him to do it is the vector flow line. The flow of “going out” gets overrun,
sticks, then flips back on itself and he “goes in”, (and stays in). It’s the overrun flow
reversing on him that jams him in. His think on it is like “I’m so tired of going out, so I’ll
stay in”. That’s his think, but what sticks him in is the overrun flow of “going out”, the
flow jams and reverses.
There’s also a misconception of someone being told he’s out when he’s in and being
told he’s in when he’s out. And there’s having pictures of being out when in and pictures
of being in when out. A misconception that they are where their picture is.
What you have run into is a hard core of BTs with Int so badly out you have a hard
437
time blowing them. Finding the earliest time they “went in” works mechanically, but it
must be based on some postulate or idea that what comes later is made by the earlier. The
mechanism of an overrun flow sticking and then snapping back in reverse is based on
agreement with some set of physical universe laws which are misconceptions.
HYPNOTISM
Maybe Out-Int and a hypnotic condition align. An overrun flow eventually winds
up with unconsciousness, and that would wind up to hypnotism. Hypnotism is the state
of being under the duress of another’s command. BTs are so suggestible and mock up
things, they’d have to be hypnotized. It’s an artificial state brought about by drugs, shock
or being under the misconception that they are hypnotized. How do you wake them up?
One way is to count 4, 3, 2, 1 and snap your fingers. A short cut is simply to tell them to
“wake up”. Or you can ask him “How do you wake up?” - BT answers, you do it,and BT
wakes up and blows. One of the techniques from hypnotism is to ask the person how to
wake them up, e.g. “How do you wake up?”, BT says “Snore”, so you make a snoring
noise, BT wakes up. This works on people or BTs in a hypnotic state. They can be
hypnotized by a shock or explosion and then stay in a somnolent state. Part of the anaten
you encounter is their state of unconsciousness.
STUCK FLOWS
Out-Int is prior to a cluster. They identify into each other’s pictures and “become
one”. So you have Out-Int as a condition for BTs and clusters.
The first condition would be making pictures in the first place. The Book One
reason for pictures is that they are a safe way to live without thinking - you don’t have to
think, just act on reaction. It’s putting an ability onto a machine. (Maybe what started
the current wave of disassociation is that these people are living in a TV (stuck flow) and
computer age - even kids at schools have electronic calculators.) Why they make pictures
is basically loss. There are large periods on the track when there was no universe or
environment and pictures are havingness. Some verse or environment and pictures are
havingness. Some thetans think “No pictures” equates to “no memory”. Mocking up
pictures is inability to recall - when they lose memories, they then mock up pictures.
Somebody mocking up pictures is identityless, so they’re more likely to becoming BTs
or becoming part of a cluster. They become identityless and then go into false identities.
Destruction of memory is actually caused by misownership of experience.
On NED for OTs you get lots of blows, then you run into these hard core BTs that
are hard to blow. They have stuck flows, and it’s a matter of how to unstick a flow. One
way to unstick a flow is to reverse the flow. These BTs are hung up on stuck flows of “out”
and “in”. They think they’re up against another thetan and actually it’s their own stuck
flows that stick them. Flows can stick both ways, you’d only be able to run a process one
direction for a short while before it would stick.
One way of destimulating is to tell them “Come up to present time!” There’s a stuck
flow of moving along the time track with time. It becomes a stuck flow of moving forward
on the time track and one day they move backwards and stick on the track - the stuck flow
reversed. That might be why NED works - it moves them back down the track, reversing
the stuck flow of time. Moving back on the track is something they haven’t done and it’s
438
undoing the stuck flow. More than anything we are dealing with stuck flow phenomena,
not pictures or anything else.
Another stuck flow phenomenon is reduced awareness, they go anaten and into a
hypnotic trance state - maybe out-Int and hypnotic condition align.
A stuck flow is what you’re up against in NED for OTs. And that is the genus of
a BT, and that’s what a BT is, a stuck flow. So any NED for OTs auditor is going to run
into stuck flows. The impact or explosion that forms a cluster is the precipitation - the
stuck flow is the predisposition . These BTs already had stuck flows and are predisposed
to becoming a cluster, the sudden shock or impact precipitates it and they become a
cluster.
There’s a special trick of blowing BTs by doing an effort-postulate action - go a little
bit earlier and they blow through later. All you have to do is give them a little jerk down
the time track and they will spring up the time track, as you have unlocked the stuck time
flow. A Pre-OT doing this will find it very handy.
It has now been proven by the Flow Assessment Recall process that Int is stuck
flows, and it is the prior stuck-flow.
They can try to outflow against an inflow, but that’s what a ridge is. The Flow
Assessment Recall process will tear up ridges that couldn’t blow, it handles BTs that are
so stuck they can’t blow. It is run by outflow, inflow and “no flow” on Quad flows. You
have to run “no flow” as that’s the way a lot of BT’s are. And the past is a no flow - the
past doesn’t flow, and they’re stuck in the past.
STEPS OF FLOW ASSESSMENT RECALL PROCESS
1. Clear the word “flow” and clear each of the Quad flows (F1, F2,F3, F0) and ensure
that Pre-OT understands the direction of each flow.
2. Clear inflow, outflow and no flow .
3. Clear the flows on the Assessment Sheet.
4. This is targetted with the attention directed at one cluster, with a very narrow
attention beam otherwise you will have every BT in the body going batty. It’s very
narrow atten tion at one small part of the body. It doesn’t take very long if your
attention beam is narrow. If the attention beam is too wide he will go mad. For
example, “the face”,”the chest”. This assessment has got to be directed at the same
area and don’t shift the area until you get a BD and F/N.
5. Assessment.
As you are dealing with BTs, you will get better meter reads if the Pre-OT calls the
assessment lines. The auditor notes the reads. Put the name of the body part being
addressed on the Assessment Sheet. The word “Recall” is not used in the
assessment. Just the flow.
6. Take the largest reading line and have the Pre-OT run “Recall ( assessed item ), on
439
BTs telepathically. This will produce reads and an sBD or BD and F/N. It is not
run past the first sBD or BD or it will overrun and start jumping into another flow.
At first sBD or BD F/N, you cease running the process and indicate the F/N.
7. Reassess the Assessment Sheet and run the next largest reading line by Recall
process. Continue to reassess and run the largest reading line. Over and over and
over. It will eventually go into an F/Ning assessment.
NOTES ON PROCESS
If you get an sBD or BD during the assessment take that line and run it by “Recall
- do not continue through the assessment as you have a BDing item.
If you get a BD F/N on assessment, don’t run that line by “Recall____________”
as it will just overrun. There was a blow on that line. Indicate the F/N, then continue
assessing for next line to run.
Later in the assessment the Sensitivity will have to be raised way up to pick up reads.
And you run any slightest read even if only a Tick or Stop.
If during assessment or during the process the TA suddenly drops (BDs) into an F/
Ning TA, you don’t continue that session. Don’t continue to assess, or ask another
auditing question. Just simply indicate the F/Ning TA and end off the session. Take up
the assessment tomorrow - it may just F/N, or you may get further reads to run. But do
not continue the assessment or process past a sudden BD to F/Ning TA.
The EP is when you can’t get any more reads with Sensitivity cranked up and you
just get an F/Ning assessment.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
440
HCOB 4.10.78
Attachment
FLOW ASSESSMENT SHEET
_______________
(Body Part)
________________________ _______________
(Pre-OT name) (Date)
_____________________________________________________________________
F0 INFLOW
_____________________________________________________________________
F0 OUTFLOW
_____________________________________________________________________
F1 OUTFLOW
_____________________________________________________________________
F1 INFLOW
_____________________________________________________________________
F2 INFLOW
_____________________________________________________________________
F2 OUTFLOW
_____________________________________________________________________
F3 INFLOW
_____________________________________________________________________
F3 OUTFLOW
_____________________________________________________________________
NO FLOW ON F0
_____________________________________________________________________
NO FLOW ON F1
_____________________________________________________________________
NO FLOW ON F2
_____________________________________________________________________
NO FLOW ON F3
_____________________________________________________________________
NO FLOW ON F2
_____________________________________________________________________
NO FLOW ON F3
_____________________________________________________________________
441
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 5 OCTOBER 1978
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 29
C O N F I D E N T I A L
REST POINTS
While it is not desirable to end off any major RD or pgm before it is completed, for
practical purposes when public are getting audited at an AO or Flag, they may not be able
to complete the whole of NED for OTs RD due to economic reasons or time available. In
such an instance their auditing can be safely ended on any rest point on the Pgm or
Checklist; such as one of the minor EPs of the RD, on any major win for the Pre-OT, or
on completion of a Checklist (Pgm) Step.
Such a Pre-OT must be told that the full NED for OTs RD is not complete, and told
not to receive other auditing. And a return date set up for when the Pre-OT will return to
the Org to complete the RD.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
442
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE II
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors NED for OTs Series 30
ACS C/Ses
C O N F I D E N T I A L
PROGRAM DEPARTURES
As with any major grade or RD, there should not be any departures from the Pgm. This
is especially true on any powerful RD such as this one. It would be completely forbidden to go
off Pgm on NED for OTs and run something else. By something else is meant grades, or part of
another RD, or some other type of auditing. This hasn’t been done but the consequences would
be disastrous. This is mentioned to ensure that no one ever does this. There is the exception of
a Touch Assist or a Contact Assist but never a Dianetic Assist for sure.
Q AND A
You can start handling a somatic and make the mistake of leaving it incomplete. You can
also make a mistake on mass One and it goes over into mass Two. This gives a general rule:
NEVER GET MORE THAN ONE MASS OR CATEGORY ACTIVE, AND ALWAYS
COMPLETE TO AN EP THE MASS OR CATEGORY STARTED BEFORE GOING ON TO
ANOTHER MASS OR CATEGORY.
HAVINGNESS
Don’t run Havingness during the RD, it beefs BTs up and makes them tougher to blow.
BTs and clusters are packed in tight in a total non-confront. What a guy can’t confront,
he is either obsessively having, or the opposite - he has a Can’t Have on it. BTs are in Can’t Have,
Waste, or below, they don’t respond to HAVE, they mostly respond to BE.
Allergies are based on Can’t Have and Waste, and BTs are in a total Can’t Have, so NED
for OTs properly run will probably cure some allergies.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
443
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 16 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE III
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 31
C O N F I D E N T I A L
THE THETAN HAND TECHNIQUE
There’s another process of getting rid of BTs and clusters. It is not always that magnificient but
it is sometimes functional.
What you do is mock up a “thetan hand” and using the edge of it as a sort of knife, you pass it
between the body and black masses and sever them off. These masses are attached to the body by strings
or lines or suction cups or beams. You sever the line or string holding them to the body. Sometimes
the mocked up hand departs with them, because after all it was mocked up and it would of course vanish.
COMPOSITE MASSES AND LAYERED CLUSTERS
You use this technique - the “thetan hand” - to separate ridges and masses, or to split up opposite
masses. Two or more ridges may be jammed together into a mass, sometimes there are layers upon layers
of clusters. Pass the “thetan hand” between them, between two ridges, or masses or layer of clusters to
sever the connection and split them up into separate pieces, which can then be blown, one piece at a time.
COMPLETELY UNRESPONSIVE MASSES
Sometimes you will encounter a mass that is so inert that it won’t even come into communication
with “Hello and OK”. Such masses may have to be thrown off physically, using a mocked up hand. The
Pre-OT simply takes the mass and physically throws it off. And then throws away the mocked up hand
too - so there is no connection or line back to the body. This has been referred to as the “yo-heave”
technique, and while it isn’t particularly of benefit to BTs and clusters, it is a way of getting rid of a
completely unresponsive mass when all else fails. Such unresponsive masses are not that common.
Most commonly, any difficulties in blowing BTs and clusters come from (a) over-restimulaton due to
too long a session, (b) overrun session EP (F/N TA), (c) lack of sleep or tiredness of the Pre-OT, or (d)
a deficiency of Calcium or Vitamin B1. Those are the most common reasons for difficulty and are easily
remedied.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
444
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 OCTOBER 1978
ISSUE II
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 32
C O N F I D E N T I A L
CHRONIC SOMATICS, MISSED BTs
If a chronic somatic doesn’t resolve there are missed BTs and clusters causing it. There
are several ways in which BTs and clusters can be missed or overlooked. First of all is by the
Pre-OT thinking that the mass he perceives is the body when it actually is the mass of BTs and
clusters.
Next there is the BT or cluster producing a somatic in another part of the body, or
influencing another part of the body. Have the Pre-OT trace back from the picture or somatic to
the BT or cluster. The Pre-OT can do this even though the BTs and clusters are generally
confused about whose picture is whose. As the Pre-OT looks for where the BT or cluster is the
meter will read and the auditor can steer the Pre-OT and help him find the position in the body
of that BT or cluster.
Some BTs and clusters are hiding, secretive, being invisible, hidden or withdrawn. Ask
the Pre-OT to look for BTs and clusters in each of these categories and blow them. Be sure to
complete handling one category before taking up another category or you’ll get over-restimulation
and a beef up.
Then there is the BT or cluster holding other BTs and clusters in or one BT or cluster
holding other BTs or clusters compressed or suppressed. Handle the BT or cluster doing this first,
then the others will blow off easily. When a very small mass is activated it will increase insize
before blowing - there can be a thousand or two BTs in such a mass and sometimes these explode
apart as they blow. Although the mass becomes very heavy when it is activated, it’s not a big BT,
it’s a lot of little BTs, under suppression.
You can run into a cluster causing damage to the body, and after blowing this cluster, you
then look for and handle other BTs and clusters who were copying it, or stuck in pictures of the
damaged area and held in it or holding onto it.
There are BTs and clusters who are refusing to make pictures, as well as BTs and clusters
obsessively making pictures. These need to be looked for and handled.
Some BTs and clusters are being inert masses and don’t seem to respond until put into
communication and could be missed unless the Pre-OT were asked to look for BTs and clusters
being inert masses; BTs and clusters being dead or who think they are dead; being MEST; being
molecules.
The Pre-OT may think he/she has an aura. An aura actually is a collection of BTs and
445
clusters mocking up the aura - and sticking in it - as it is a highly electronic mock up. It is being
mocked up by BTs and clusters and has BTs and clusters sticking in it. You may encounter
something like a whole person - body and BTs and clusters that were suppressed down to nothing
- you contact it as a very small mass and it increases in size to a whole body and aura, complete
with BTs and clusters mocking it up and sticking in it. But that’s what an aura is - a collection
of BTs and clusters and that’s all it is.
Very small dense masses. These when activated can increase to huge size and mass
knocking the Pre-OT anaten, sometimes for quite a long period of time. As the anaten comes off,
the mass will start to disintegrate. The anaten is the “glue” that holds them together and when
the anaten runs out, the BTs and clusters will blow off easily.
The Pre-OT can work on cleaning out a body part or area of BTs and clusters and get the
area looking clean. Then you have the Pre-OT look inside or behind or on the other side of bones
or organs or ridges in the area to find BTs and clusters. Unless you have the Pre-OT look inside
or behind or on the other side ,these would be missed or overlooked. In one instance a somatic
didn’t start to resolve until this action was done.
BTs and clusters can be conditions (as different from being a terminal) - conditions that
they associate with the body - whatever the body can do, e.g. a being who was being
“unconsciousness”. So have the Pre-OT look for BTs or clusters being body conditions.
A BT or cluster can believe that he is his own picture - or somebody else’s picture for that
matter. A picture that is hard to blow is probably composed of BTs and clusters being the objects
in the picture, e.g. a picture of a field with a tree and a cow in it. The tree is a being being a tree,
there’s a being being a cow and a being being a field. Together these beings compose the picture.
Or you could have one being being a pole trap and another thetan who came along and stuck to
the pole trap. So if a picture is hard to blow, check for BTs and clusters being the objects of which
the picture is composed. And when you have blown the original beings also blow off any who
stuck to it.
Phrases such as “a man of my kidney”, “got no spine”, “got to have spine”, “no stomach
for it”, confuse BTs and clusters in those body parts and play a role in pinning them in. You may
run into such phrases or cliches when asking the What? Who? questions. Just acknowledge and
repeat the What? Who? question.
Probably the root of sickness or psychosomatics is in negative beingnesses. BTs and
clusters being the negative of a body part, such as “a no hand” or “a no stomach”, “a no body”,
etc. When you ask the What? Who? questions you’ll run into answers such as “no hand”, then
it will flip to the positive “hand”, before blowing. These negatives come about from intentions
to obliterate - so they become a “no ________”. They tend to act as a negative terminal to a
positive terminal and thus keep things pinned down. After you’ve cleaned up a somatic area of
all BTs and clusters in it and being it and hidden “behind”, have the Pre-OT look for these
negative beingnesses.
Some chronic somatics depart very fast and don’t return. These are almost miracle in
nature. Other chronic somatics gradually lessen and can disappear in the course of the whole
Rundown. So don’t despair if you don’t get an instant alleviation of the chronic somatic but just
keep on with the Rundown and don’t specialize in chronic somatics. Also be very cheered up
when you hit an instant disappearance of one. Both conditions can exist in the same Pre-OT on
different chronic somatics.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:dm:kjm FOUNDER
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
446
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 NOVEMBER 1978
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 33
C O N F I D E N T I A L
PERIMETER MASSES
Later on the NED for OTs Rundown you will run into a phenomenon where the Pre-
OT has been limiting his attention to masses on or in the body, and not putting his attention
out on the perimeter.
The Pre-OT in shifting his wavelength of attention down to the wavelength of BTs
and clusters, will end up getting a wavelength shift down to theirs.
ATTRACTION OF ATTENTION
By putting attention on them, you activate them. But this will wind up with the Pre-
OT being pulled down to their wavelength. The trick is to put your attention on the outer
perimeter, and find something inside it, not put your attention on the something. You try
to put your attention on the perimeter and your attention gets pulled into a somatic area
- it’s BTs and clusters pulling your attention into them.
They are invisible and are trying to get attention. They have an impossible problem
of trying to get attention, but can’t get attention. Only their mass, or their creating a
somatic would get attention. It’s almost as if pictures are a trick to get attention. This
factor of trying to get attention is why a thetan goes into mass. This is an explanation for
life, and why a thetan picks up a body. The reason why acknowledgement works is
because an acknowledgement is attention.
This is attraction of attention. You try to put your attention on Point A - it is pulled
back to a BT or cluster. It’s a contest of trying to put your attention on the actual body,
and their magnetic pull of attention onto themselves.
There is also a factor of “negative attention” - they don’t want attention on them and
knock you unconscious if you put attention on them.
447
A way to handle is to move such BTs and cluster back to the first time they wanted
attention and they blow.
PUTTING ATTENTION OUT TO PERIMETER
Have the Pre-OT put his attention outward to the perimeter, or “look” toward the
outer perimeter and the Pre-OT will find something inside the perimeter and you have the
Pre-OT blow it off. You will by doing this encounter black mass and you can start quite
a mass commotion. Have the Pre-OT look further than the perimeter of the body and he
will find masses out there pushing in on the body. Handle these masses with the “What
are you?”, ack, “Who are you?” technique and they blow.
Practically all somatics respond this way - the BT or cluster out there is keeping a
bone or the body in a state of distortion.
BTs or clusters can turn on a kind of “fluid” which is painful when it touches the
body, it’s not that they are in an incident that has that somatic, they exude this “fluid” and
when it hits the body it’s painful.
If you lift your attention beam and put it out, they’ll tend to follow your attention
beam, and sometimes come halfway out. If the Pre-OT’s body is up against a solid object,
the BTs and clusters can get stuck in the object (suck as a chair).
The idea is to have the Pre-OT look out to the perimeter, or past the perimeter and
contact masses out there, that are pushing in on the body. blow these off with the “What
are you?”, ack, “Who are you?” technique.
It is really remarkable how well this works!
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
448
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 NOVEMBER 1978
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 34
C O N F I D E N T I A L
THE SEQUENCE FOR HANDLING A PHYSICAL CONDITION
There is a definite sequence for handling a physical condition. All steps must be
done in this sequence to fully handle the condition:
1. The item
2. The body part
3. Illness (of the body part)
4. Cures for illness
5. Protest of cures for the illness
6. The body part(again)
7. The item(again)
8. The period of illness on it (Cluster-making incident)
Step One - The Item
The item producing the physical condition. This could be “dust” as an irritant. Or
“poison”, “bad food”, “paint fumes”, etc.
The item is handled by finding and blowing off BTs and clusters who are:
(a) being the item
(b) resisting the item
449
The item will then cease to read.
Step Two - The Body Part
The body part affected by the item. E.g. for the item “dust” the body part was
“lungs”. For “poison” or “bad food” the body part could be “stomach”.
On this step you handle BTs being the body part, i.e. being “lungs”. This includes
the negative of BTs being “a no body part” such as “no lungs”. And BTs and clusters stuck
in and on the body part, or area of the body, or affecting the body part or area. When all
such BTs and clusters are handled, the body part will no longer read.
Step Three - Illness
The next action is to handle illnesses of the body part(i.e. BTs and clusters being
“sick lungs” or being a condition of an illness or disease or the body part.) “Illness of body
part” will cease to read.
Step Four - Cures for Illness
You will now find BTs and clusters being cures for illnesses of the body part. Handle
all such BTs and clusters by blowing them off. “Cures for Illness” will then cease to read.
Step Five - Protest of Cures for the Illness
You will now find BTs and clusters protesting cures for the illness. Blow all these
off and “Protest of cures for the Illness” will cease to read.
Step Six - Body Part
You will find that the original body part will now be reading again. You handle all
BTs and clusters, on or in or being the body part, until they’re all handled and the body
part just F/Ns.
Step Seven - Item
Now the original item (from Step One) will be reading again and so you blow off
all BTs and clusters on the item. This includes BTs and clusters with engrams on the item,
BTs and clusters who have been run on the item when they didn’t have that item (i.e.
wrong item for them), and BTs and clusters who copied it. You may even encounter BTs
who went Clear, and thought they had engrams on it when they didn’t.
Step Eight - Illness On It
There are periods of time when the person had the physical condition, sometimes
years of illness, (which due to mutual shared experience of the illness), made a cluster.
This is the period of the illness or physical condition as a cluster-making incident. These
are BTs and clusters who were not actually connected with the item, or illness themselves,
but were made into a cluster and added on, due to the period of illness which they
experienced.
The above are the full steps and sequence for handling a physical condition or
450
illness. If not done fully or omitted, the condition will recur. So all steps must be fully done
in that sequence.
On each step of this sequence the BTs and clusters are handled with the various
techniques given for blowing them - the Valence Technique is the most usual and
effective method.
The item for Step One is found by asking the PreOT for what caused or produced
the condition. It will most likely be the first item given by the PreOT. Be alert for getting
into listing or getting an out-list. If so the most likely error is that it was the first item on
the list, and this item was invalidated by going past it, or by over-listing past it, or the item
was found and audited previously but not fully handled resulting in the item being
suppressed or invalidated.
The steps are repeated here in short form for auditor use:
1. The item
2. The body part
3. Illness (of the body part)
4. Cures for Illness
5. Protest of cures for the illness
6. The body part (again)
7. The item (again)
8. The period of illness on it (Cluster-making incident)
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
451
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 OCTOBER 1978
ISSUE III
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 35
C O N F I D E N T I A L
NOTES ON PTS
There are BTs who were PTS to successive persons; they went from one person to another,
e.g. BT went from Pre-OT’s grandfather, to Pre-PT’s mother, to Pre-OT. So the Pre-OT now has
BTs who were PTS to mother and grandfather. And the Pre-OT was in contact with these BTs
when they were on mother, and earlier in the Pre-OT’s life when the BTs were on grandfather.
This transfer of BTs to successive family members causes a genetic misidentification - it
convinces BTs that they are genetic.
There are also BTs who went PTS to a person that they were PTS to in an earlier life or lives.
They run into the same person in this lifetime and go into restim.
When a person gets sick there is usually a PTS terminal to be found at the bottom of it. But
the PTSness may be that of a BT or cluster which then hits the pc.
Now if you went on listing this BT or cluster you would find one for sure. But it is not the
PTS terminal for all of the BTs in the custer so when you finish you will have indicated the wrong
PTS terminal and will have hung the remainder of the cluster with a wrong item which they will
then dramatize. So don’t list a BT or cluster by L & N. What you do is ask them who or what
they are PTS to at which time you will probably get a blow of some of them. Then you indicate
to those that didn’t blow that it is a wrong item for the rest of them. You will either get the cluster
blown with these two steps or the rest of them will blow by other NED for OTs processes.
When running NED for OTs you will sometimes encounter the phenomenon of Pre-OT’s
attention fixed on or drawn to a remote point, and the Pre-OT can blow off the BT or cluster in
that remote location that is drawing his attention. If the remote point is a person the Pre-OT is
PTS to, you could expect an amazing change of the remote person where he or she now tries to
restore communication with the Pre-OT or ends the conflict or problem. This is the phenomenon
of the SP now making things right with the PTS person being handled, and is the same EP as is
encountered on the New Vitality Rundown and on PTS-Problems handling when it is done fully
to EP. It’s not that you are trying to handle PTSness with NED for OTs, but in such an instance
as described above you can expect the same EP to occur.
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1978 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
452
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE I
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 36
C O N F I D E N T I A L
ROCKSLAMS
An R/S means there’s an Ev Purp per HCOB 10 Aug 76 ROCKSLAMS, WHAT
THEY MEAN. On a Clear or above, any R/S comes from an R/Sing BT or cluster, who
has and is dramatizing an Ev Purp. The handling is to locate the BT or cluster and blow
it off. An R/S will probably go right down to the basic of a cumulative cluster. You would
locate the offending cluster and Date/Locate down to the basic and blow the clusters and
BTs off. Clusters can be pretty vicious and you get an R/Ser at the bottom of the cluster.
I’ve even encountered a cluster that made a profession out of killing patients in hospitals
- the doctors would wonder why a patient was fine and then all of a sudden take a turn for
the worse and die.
Full “NED for OTs” is essential for the terminated handling of R/Ses on a Clear or
above.
Very few BTs and clusters are vicious or vengeful, most are benign, but an R/S will
go down to the basic incident of a cluster dramatizing or being an Ev Purp. These will
usually be wildly out of valence and have horrendous overts and crimes down the track.
To handle R/Ses, you take the statement originally reported to be R/Sing and find
the position in the body of the BT or cluster connected with that R/S statement. You’ll turn
it back on again if you locate the position where that thing was - the R/S will come on.
It’s a combination of position (in the body) and the statement. Having found the BT or
cluster or cumulative cluster who R/Sed, you handle it right on down to fully blown. And
handle andy copies. Do this for eadh R/S statement.
A major case change will occur on blowing off R/Sing BTs and clusters who have
been ruining the Pre-OT’s life and the lives of those around him.
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1978 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
453
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 OCTOBER 1978
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 37
C O N F I D E N T I A L
COLLECTIVE IDENTITIES
By Collective Identity is meant an identity as a plural or generality; e.g. “I’m the
army” or “I’m us”. There is no personal identity.
Christian Science asserts that “All is mind, infinite mind” - that’s a collective
identity and will make a BT or cluster being a Christian Scientist very hard to blow.
This is the reason a cluster doesn’t blow, a cluster has the wrong item “us”, without
personal identity. So the technique of “What are you?”,”Who are you?” runs into trouble
when you get a totally general zealot identity of “I’m the army”, or “I’m Christian
Scientist”, “I’m us”, and you don’t get a blow. If you keep asking “Who?” you just get
a repeat answer “us”, and these collective identities won’t give a blow.
There’s an implant on the track on the subject of “We are all one”, “All is one”.
Someone stuck in this actually goes from the generality of “All is one” and then
individuates from that! That’s actually the basic definition of individuation (as different
from individuality).
A thetan who is “dead” acts like a cluster - there’s nobody running the show - and
his manifestations are those of a cluster. This is the Socialist, everyone belongs to “The
State”, individualism is negated, it’s all “The People”.
TV, Drugs and Socialism are the factors that are bringing about the current
deterioration of society, and with these three you can predict a super break up. You get
NCG cases, or subtle NCG cases (these make only minor gain), they are a collective mass.
The speed of effect of auditing would go up after an Ethics Repair List and Criminality
Rundown because on the Criminality Rundown you’ll get a “de-mutualization”. If you
have a TV and Drug culture and enter in a Welfare State you’ll get this. In Communism
a peron is severely punished if he shows any individuality.
454
There are crime waves after waves which are due to a super association with Death.
Then guys have seen so much Death, they consider themselves dead. It isn’t that they’re
taught to kill, it’s that by association with Death, they have become “dead” and
irresponsible.
Therefore as a rule, while engaging in any collective, social or organizational
activity, you have to foster individuality.
The collective identity as an answer from a BT or cluster will not produce a blow,
because it is a wrong item.
WRONG ITEMS
You can always get a read on “Wrong item?” because all items are wrong - any name
or identity (except “me”) is a wrong item.
When you’ve just corrected a list and you want to make sure you’ve got the right
item, you ask if it’s the correct item and it will be. If you then ask if it’s and incorrect item,
it will read! Because all items (except “me”) will read as wrong items. This explains how
the What? Who? technique works. You ask “What?” and the answer they give you is the
wrong item, you ask “Who?” and they give you the right item (“me”) and blow. They go
Clear on getting the right item!
REPEATING ANSWER
When you encounter a repeating answer from a BT or cluster on “What?”, “Who?”
they won’t blow, as they keep giving a wrong item. One way to handle would be using
the “Yo-heave” technique of resorting to throwing them off physically. That is a “when
all else fails”.
There is a mechanism which works whereby you can handle the repeating answer.
Instead of acking “Who?” again, you ask “What were you before you became that?” - they
say “me” - and blow.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
455
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 7 NOVEMBER 1978
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 38
C O N F I D E N T I A L
BASIC FEAR
There are two fundamental things that all beings have in common.
One is that they are sure they will become worse, go down scale. That is the one
thing thetans are really certain of.
The other is there are two things they are afraid they will become (and are certain
they will become), cells and molecules.
You will encounter the above in handling BTs and clusters on NED for OTs.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
456
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 OCTOBER 1978
ISSUE I
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 39
C O N F I D E N T I A L
MORE ON DIANETIC CHAIN ERRORS
BTs and clusters who have been run on Dianetic chains, may have to be taken apart
by assessing and handling an L3RF. But you only indicate the line that reads, and must
not engage in running engrams. Sometimes there will be three or four different chains all
tangled up and you have to sort these out. You can also get a kind of linear chain or “time
track” composed of a wrong item that was run and jumped from one BT to another and
formed them into a sort of false “linear track”.
Handle the L3RF Method 3, as you will find there are often more than one BT or
cluster who have what the L3RF line states, wrong with them.
Another reason for BTs run Dianetically failing to blow, is when they were run on
what appeared to be a motivator chain, it was really an overt chain, and when this is
straightened out and handled as an overt chain, they blow.
Because you after all are handling several BTs when you handle a cluster, Dianetics
may have operated differently on the different BTs in the cluster. Therefore it may be
necessary to run the L3RF several times on the same auditing session as they will have
different reasons why they got hung up.
You could also do a C/S 53RL on a BT.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
457
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 NOVEMBER 1978
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 40
C O N F I D E N T I A L
AUDITOR ROLE
The auditor is there to help the PreOT blow BTs and clusters. On OT III repairs the
PreOT when audited is usually a relay point from the auditor to the BT. On NED for OTs
the PreOT is becoming more and more OT and actually does most of the auditing of BTs
and clusters. The auditor should only act in the session to keep the PreOT working on
blowing BTs and clusters. And should not act in the session when the PreOT is working.
Done right this is the easiest auditing there is. Only if the PreOT runs into a difficult BT
or cluster does the auditor act and then only as needed to get it sorted out.
The auditor needs to keep a sharp eye on the meter and must be proficient at handling
a very loose needle at high Sensitivity, as he will need to do this to get reads, especially
later in the Rundown.
During the Rundown F/Ns become more frequent to a point where the needle is F/
Ning most of the time, reads and BDs to F/N when the PreOT blows a BT or cluster. As
these are often several blows in succession the auditor shouldn’t interrupt the PreOT with
questions or F/N indications. (It would be impossible to indicate all the F/Ns anyway,
especially later in the Rundown.) What’s more important is indicating where the charge
is, sometimes steering the PreOT by meter read to where the BT is located in the body or
sorting out whether it’s a single BT, a cluster, a cumulative cluster, etc.
The auditor should inform the PreOT of what is reading and use the meter reads to
help PreOT identify and find masses. Never let the PreOT try to answer an unreading
question or to look for a BT or cluster that isn’t reading. Tell him when the TA is F/Ning
or he may overrun. The F/N is unimportant and should not be indicated unless you’re
running ruds.
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1978 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
458
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 DECEMBER 1978
ISSUE I
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 41
C O N F I D E N T I A L
HANDLING BTs MESSED UP ON OT III
On OT III the PreOT is Clear but running engrams, and where he made a mistake
on one of these, he’d get messsed up. In some instances the rule of “no engram running
on a clear” is violated on OT III.
If BTs and clusters who were messed up on running OT III are not repaired, the
PreOT on NED for OTs can run into despair, mystery and get into an on and on and on
grind on it. This has to be repaired at the beginning of NED for OTs and may have to be
returned to later in the Pgm.
Unblown BTs or clusters, or BTs and clusters messsed up on OT III, are sometimes
at a distance of 6 - 8 - 10 feet out from the body. This is a perimeter you wouldn’t normally
think to handle. They blew out to this perimeter and stuck there.
Up until now PreOTs on Solo OT III didn’t have the data on “earlier Incident I”, and
“earlier universe” and you will find misses on this which will be picked up by doing an
LDN OT IIIRB.
There will also be engram errors made in Solo OT III, which are repaired by
assessing an L3RF on the BT or cluster and indicating the reading line.
EXAMPLES OF ERRORS
A BT who had no incident (Inc II or Inc I) and tried to run someone else’s;
A BT who tried to run someone else’s and didn’t run his own;
A BT who thinks he is an Inc I;
A BT who thinks he is an Inc II;
459
A BT who thinks he is a picture; (some BTs will mock up or become whatever is
suggested - hence you get a recurrency of picture due to copying).
A BT who didn’t have any engram and tried to run someone else’s;
A BT who went Clear and tried to run other people’s incidents;
A BT with an earlier Inc I (or Inc Is);
A BT with an earlier universe(s);
The incident was erased and was run more, mocked up by those who didn’t have it,
and were told to go earlier, resulting in misownership;
A later similar incident mistaken for the same incident;
A wrong indication such as thinking or indicating it’s a cluster when it’s really a BT
- causing it to go black;
BTs or clusters who tried to blow but hung up against other BTs or clusters or ridges
or bones.
A cumulative cluster for which the original (basic) incident was never found.
HANDLING
The above are to be handled in Step 4 of the Rundown (HCOB 1 Nov 78, Issue II,
NED for OTs Series 27) as additional steps, given below, or at any later point in the
Rundown when encountered. A special list has been made up of the above which may
be used. The danger of using the list is that you may get several in restim. So if you get
a read on the list handle it, and handle the right one.
Addition to Step 4:
Step 4h) LDN OT IIIRB
Step 4i) “A BT or cluster messed up in running OT III?”
If this reads, locate the BT or cluster and assess the NED for OTs “Repair List for
Errors in Running OT III”, and find what the error was. And blow the BT or cluster,if he
doesn’t blow on indication, by completing the OT III action. Also NED for OTs
techniques may be used if this does not seem to resolve it.
After handling many of these you will get a sudden series of blows as the barrier
holding them has been removed.
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1978 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
460
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 DECEMBER 1978
ISSUE II
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 42
C O N F I D E N T I A L
REPAIR LIST FOR ERRORS IN OT III
This list is used to repair and blow BTs or clusters messed up in running OT III. The
danger of using this list is that you may get several in restim. So if you get a read on the
list handle it, and handle the right one.
______________
INSTRUCTIONS
A. “A BT or cluster messed up in running OT III?” (If this reads do B below. If no read,
check “Suppressed?” and “Invalidated?”)
B. Pre-OT finds the BT or cluster by position in, on or around (outside) the body.
(Same BT or cluster that read in A above and same meter read.)
C. Assess down this list with Pre-OT’s attention on that BT or cluster, until you get a
read, and indicate the reading line.
D. If no blow on indication, complete the OT III action, to blow of the BT or cluster.
E. If no blow on D above, or you can’t complete the OT III action on that same BT or
cluster, continue to assess down this Repair List to next reading line, as therecould
have been more than one error. Handle per Steps C and D. (NB: You should check
“Suppressed?” and “Invalidated?” on “Earlier Inc I” and “Earlier Universe?” if no
read on either.)
F. When BT or cluster blown, return to Step A and handle per Steps B - E. Repeat this
sequence A - E until Step A no longer reads and just F/Ns on the question.
461
CAUTIONS
After handling a BT or cluster do not recheck or repeat the Repair list line, as doing
so would invalidate the fact that you have handled it, and would restimulate others, cause
others to mock up (copy) what was just handled. Only question A is rechecked.
Be sure to handle fully to blow the same BT or cluster you started with, and do not
restimulate others, or jump from one BT or cluster to another.
You could use other NED for OTs techniques, (such as “What? Who?’ or “Jolting
the BT a bit earlier”), if the above Steps A - E do not resolve it. You will find that most
blow either on indication of the error or on completing the OT III action. “Earlier Inc I”
(sometimes several earlier) or “Earlier Universe” most commonly are the reason and
produce blows.
REPAIR LIST FOR ERRORS IN RUNNING OT III
1. AN EARLIER INC I? __________
2. AN EARLIER UNIVERSE? __________
3. A BT WHO HAD NO INCIDENT II AND TRIED TO RUN
SOMEONE ELSE’S? __________
4. A BT WHO HAD NO INCIDENT I AND TRIED TO RUN
SOMEONE ELSE’S? __________
5. A BT WHO TRIED TO RUN SOMEONE ELSE’S AND
DIDN’T RUN HIS OWN? __________
6. A BT WHO THINKS HE IS AN INC I? __________
7. A BT WHO THINKS HE IS AN INC II? __________
8. A BT WHO THINKS HE IS A PICTURE? __________
9. A BT WHO DIDN’T HAVE ANY ENGRAM AND TRIED
TO RUN SOMEONE ELSE’S? __________
10. A BT WHO WENT CLEAR AND TRIED TO RUN OTHER
PEOPLE’S INCIDENTS? __________
11. THE INCIDENTS WAS ERASED AND WAS RUN MORE
AND MOCKED UP BY THOSE WHO DIDN’T HAVE IT? __________
12. THE INCIDENT WAS ERASED AND TOLD TO GO
EARLIER WHEN THERE WAS NONE? __________
13. MISOWNERSHIP OF INCIDENT? __________
14. A LATER SIMILAR INCIDENT MISTAKEN FOR THE
SAME INCIDENT? __________
462
15. SOMETHING LATER MISTAKEN FOR SOMETHING
EARLIER __________
16. DIDN’T GO BACK FAR ENOUGH AND JUST MOCKED
IT UP TO RUN? __________
17. DIDN’T GET THE RIGHT INCIDENT? __________
18. STUCK IN AN IMAGINED INCIDENT OR PICTURE? __________
19. DELUSION? __________
20. SAW SOMEBODY ELSE’S INCIDENT OR PICTURE AND
DIDN’T RUN HIS OWN? __________
21. NEVER RAN HIS OWN INC II? __________
22. NEVER RAN HIS OWN INC I? __________
23. NEVER HAD AN INC II? __________
24. NEVER HAD AN INC I? __________
25. INTERRUPTED WHILE RUNNING INC II? __________
26. INTERRUPTED WHILE RUNNING INC I? __________
27. DIDN’T ERASE THE INCIDENT AND STILL TRYING
TO RUN IT? __________
28. AN UNRUN INC II THAT WAS IN RESTIM? __________
29. AN UNRUN INC I THAT WAS IN RESTIM? __________
30. DIDN’T HAVE AN INC I, AND INC II DIDN’T ERASE
BECAUSE INC II HAS AN EARLIER SIMILAR INCIDENT __________
31. JUST WATCHED OTHERS RUN INC I AND INC II AND
DIDN’T RUN OWN? __________
32. WENT CLEAR AND TRIED TO RUN OTHERS’
INCIDENTS? __________
33. JUMPED BTs? __________
34. INCIDENT II WAS LEFT UNFLAT? __________
35. INCIDENT I WAS LEFT UNFLAT? __________
36. INCIDENT II WASN’T RUN? __________
37. INCIDENT I WASN’T RUN? __________
463
38. A WRONG INDICATION OF THINKING OR INDICATING
IT’S A CLUSTER WHEN IT’S REALLY A BT? __________
39. A WRONG INDICATION OF THINKING OR INDICATING
IT’S A BT WHEN IT’S REALLY A CLUSTER? __________
40. SOME OTHER WRONG INDICATION? __________
41. TOLD SOMETHING DIDN’T READ? __________
42. A BT OR CLUSTER WHO TRIED TO BLOW BUT HIT
A BONE AND STUCK? __________
43. A BT OR CLUSTER WHO TRIED TO BLOW BUT HIT
A RIDGE AND STUCK? __________
44. A BT OR CLUSTER WHO TRIED TO BLOW BUT HIT
AN UNHANDLED BT OR CLUSTER? __________
45. NO PLACE TO GO? __________
46. CAN’T GO? __________
47. MUST GO? __________
48. A CUMULATIVE CLUSTER FOR WHICH THE ORIGINAL
(BASIC) INCIDENT WAS NEVER FOUND? __________
49. AN EARLIER INC I SUPPRESSED? __________
50. AN EARLIER INCIDENT I INVALIDATED __________
51. EARLIER UNIVERSE SUPPRESSED? __________
52. EARLIER UNIVERSE INVALIDATED? __________
53. RAN INTO AN IMPLANT THAT SAID THERE WAS
MORE EARLIER UNIVERSES THAN THERE WERE? __________
54. A BT OR CLUSTER WITH A WRONG ITEM OR
OUT-LIST? (L4BRA) __________
55. A BT OR CLUSTER WITH SOMETHING ELSE WRONG?
(C/S 53 on that BT or cluster.) __________
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
464
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 31 JANUARY 1979
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 43
C O N F I D E N T I A L
(Amends and clarifies
NED for OTs Series 27
Ref: NED for OTs Series 41,42
Step 4 of the NED for OTs Rundown (Series 27) is subdivided into 9 actions (4A, 4B, 4C, 4D, 4E,
4F, 4G, 4H, 4I). The instruction to check interest only applies to Step 4F, (Repair of Past Auditing). All
the other steps, (4A - 4E, 4F - 4I) are done without checking interest.
The usual rules of not running anything that doesn’t read, and checking for false read or protest if
the pc is not interested or protesty, apply to all steps.
ADDITIONAL ACTION
After running or handling any category, one should check whether this acted as a wrong item (or
wrong indication) to other BTs to whom it did not apply, but only if there seems to be trouble.
Example 1: Auditor completes handling “BTs who went Clear and were audited on engrams”.
Auditor can then check “Did ‘went Clear and then audited on engrams’, act as a wrong
item for other BTs to whom it did not apply?” and if reading indicates this was a wrong
item to the others.
Example 2: Auditor completes handling “BTs audited past erasure”. Then auditor can check “Did
‘audited past erasure’ act as a wrong item to other BTs?” And if reading, indicate.
If discomfort or lack of GIs seems to indicate trouble has occurred be sure to check if it has acted
as a wrong item, however you can also use the Repair List (NED for OTs Series 24).
This pheonmenon of other BTs taking on a wrong item by copying what is run on other BTs tends
to happen on any category or button being run. It happens to a far greater degree if an Overrun occurs,
i.e. one goes on trying to handle the same category or button after it has been handled, and starts in on a
new area of the body or new category using the same category or button that has just been handled.
Sometimes when using a category or button, a series of automatic blows will occur, you will get
a floating TA, and this is the EP for that action and the EP for the session. Hence the rule of short sessioning
on NED for OTs and ending off on a floating TA.
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1978 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
465
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 9 FEBRUARY 1979
ISSUE II
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 44
C O N F I D E N T I A L
WRONG ITEMS
(Refer HCOB 19 Nov 79)
The reason why a wrong item (L & N error) produces such a violent reaction is
because it can key-in practically every BT in the body.
They’re all sitting on a wrong item already - what they are being - and if you find
a wrong item on an L & N list, it can give them all another wrong item on top of the wrong
item each is being.
The L & N error is a wrong item for a very large number of BTs, hence the very heavy
and violent reaction.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
466
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 FEBRUARY 1979
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 45
C O N F I D E N T I A L
PARTIALLY BLOWN BTs
(Ref: NED for OTs Series 16)
In HCOB 17 Sep 78, Issue II, NED for OTs Series 16, the phenomenon of partially
blown BTs causing “Exterior visio” is described and the handling is given.
In addition to sometimes causing an apparency of exterior perception, partially
blown BTs can cause a physical reaction of discomfort. Not having fully blown they react
back against the body with energy or mass.
The reason why they only partially blow is because they are still mixed up in a mass
with untouched, unaudited BTs that stick them. By having the Pre-OT reach out in front
of the partially blown BTs with a question “Who are you?”, the uncleared BT or BTs get
handled. This may have to be repeated as the group of BTs may blow further out and hang
up again. Simply keep putting the question “Who are you?” out in front of the BTs each
time they hang up until they blow apart and clear fully and completely.
It is interesting that the mass sometimes flies apart like sparks way out there. It is
at that moment the Pre-OT experiences a feeling of relaxation.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
467
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 22 FEBRUARY 1979
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 46
C O N F I D E N T I A L
BTs WITH MISUNDERSTOOD WORDS
I have discovered that BTs can have misunderstood words too!
The body’s ear might hear one thing and the BT might hear something else entirely, direct.
This results in Mis-U sounds and oral words. The BTs don’t know what the person is saying, nor
do they know what is being said to the person, due to these Mis-Us. And the person gets caught
in the middle of this flow channel, experiencing the reaction to the BT’s Mis-U. The usual
reaction of the BTs is just to withdraw.
BTs can get Mis-Us from reading matter, foreign languages, and I have found BTs that
don’t speak English. Where it really goes wild is in auditing, where the BT has a Mis-U on the
auditing command or question. They would then answer the auditing question wrong to
themselves, causing a case hang up right there.
There is also a basic consideration that the Dead would not understand anything anyway.
This phenomenon of BT’s Mis-Us explains why some try to communicate with pictures.
Since this can cause a case to hang fire in auditing you need to know about this and to check
for a Mis-U in the auditing command or question, remembering that it could be a BT’s Mis-U
and not necessarily the Pre-OT’s Mis-U. So auditors and C/Ses are alerted to this as a possible
reason for a case to hang fire. The remedy is to repair the situation, by checking for Mis-Us in
the commands or auditing questions, and handling BTs hung up in these.
As a rundown you would take these up by categories and fully handle them as follows. But
this as a rundown comes later on in NED for OTs.
1. Clear with the Pre-OT the idea of communicating with BTs by concept, not with words.
The Pre-OT may have to learn this trick of communicating conceptually. Clear the words
“concept”, “idea”, “thought”, “spoken words”, “written words”, “picture”. Then clear
theidea of communicating conceptually. You may have to do a little drill with the person
by getting him/her to think a simple thought, such as “It’s a nice day”, without verbalizing
it or thinking in words or pictures. You could have the person think the thought
conceptually, then think it with words, then conceptually, then with words.
468
Or even think the thought while saying different words or gobble-dy-gook. Don’t overdo
this, it is just to get the Pre-OT to a point where he can communicate to a BT conceptually.
2. Assess through these categories until you get a read:
“A BT with a Mis-U..........
in auditing commands?
in auditing questions?
in spoken words?
in reading matter?
in entertainment?
in study?
in English?
in foreign languages?
symbol?
sound?
3. Have the Pre-OT locate where the BT is in relationship to the body.
4. Blow the BT by usual NED for OTs techniques (What? Who?), remembering that the Pre-
OT must ask these questions (and receive the answers to them) conceptually, so as to avoid
Mis-U words in this communication.
5. Check for any other BT within this category and handle as above, until there are no more
BTs with Mis-Us in this category.
6. Continue down the assessment in #2 above until you get a read and handle as above, and
so on.
7. When you have completed the categories given above, make a final check for any other BT
with a Mis-U, and handle before leaving this Rundown.
This discovery shows the importance of clearing words used in auditing questions and
commands, and the importance of clearing Mis-U words in general. And of course the fact that
these Mis-Us may be a BT’s Mis-Us rather than the person’s own Mis-Us, will dispel any mystery
about why one can run into Mis-U word phenomena when one knows the word himself. But don’t
let this make you any less alert for words the Pre-OT may have misunderstood in auditing
questions or commands, and be sure to clear these.
These BTs with Mis-Us are easily handled by use of the trick of communicating with them
conceptually, rather than with words.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
469
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 OCTOBER 1979
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 47
C O N F I D E N T I A L
VALENCE TECHNIQUE ADDITION
References:
HCOB 17 SEP 78 I NOTs Series 7, VALENCES
HCOB 19 NOV 78 L & N LISTS - THE ITEM “ME”
HCOB 9 FEB 79 II NOTs Series 44, WRONG ITEMS
HCOB 1 AUG 68 THE LAWS OF LISTING AND NULLING
HCOB 17 MAR 74 TWC, USING WRONG QUESTIONS
HCOB 11 APR 77 LIST ERRORS, CORRECTION OF
LISTING FOR THE ITEM
(Warning: All HCOBs and material on Listing Errors
apply to this procedure.)
Step One of the NOTs Valence Technique, “What are you?”, is a listing question.
It is asked to find the valence the BT or cluster is stuck in (obsessively being), thereby
shifting the BT or cluster out of that valence.
Sometimes a BT or cluster will answer at first with a wrong item or items. Then there
won’t be any valence shift, nor will there be any blow. Finding the correct item (the
valence the BT or cluster is obsessively being), will shift the BT or cluster out of that
valence, and remaining steps of acknowledging the item, and asking “Who are you?” will
produce the cognition: “I’m me”, and it will blow.
The correct item in answer to the question: “What are you?” will read. If there is no
read on the first item, one has to list from the BT or cluster to get a reading item. It is often
a 6 or 10 item list (but could be shorter, including the first item on the list). The following
examples are given to show what such a list could look like. The items in these examples
and the size of reads shown, are not for reference but are purely by way of illustration.
470
Example 1:
“ What are you?”
A leaf
A tree
A tree trunk
A branch
A twig
A broken limb LF - F/N (The item)
Example 2:
“ What are you?”
A sword
An arena
A crowd
A wild animal
A lion
Dust
Blood
A dying man
A gladiator F - F/N (The item)
Example 3:
“ What are you?”
A brain LFBD - F/N (The item)
Example 4:
“ What are you?”
There is no answer from the BT
or cluster.
The technique used here is to run
“Hello and Okay” (See HCOB 17 SEP 78
Issue I NOTs Series 7, page 4) on the
BT or cluster.
When it is answering up, then proceed
as above in other examples. (Note:
BTs or clusters occasionally blow on
“Hello and Okay”.)
AFTER GETTING THE ITEM, ALWAYS ACKNOWLEDGE IT.
Sometimes it is necessary to acknowledge the item in order to get an F/N, sometimes the
acknowledgement broadens the F/N, but the acknowledgement step must not be omitted.
RELAY OF COMMANDS AND ANSWERS
The auditor has to indoctrinate the PreOT to relay the auditing question to the BT or cluster,
and to relay the answer from the BT or cluster to the auditor. (Otherwise the auditor wouldn’t
know what item the BT gave in answer to”What are you?”, nor would the auditor know whether
it was a reading item.) The auditor is responsible for the communication in the session and for
control of the session.
471
VALENCE LISTING TECHNIQUE STEPS
1. “ Where is the BT (or cluster)? “
The auditor has the PreOT locate where the BT or cluster is by position in relation to the
body. The auditor notes the area named by the PreOT and whether it reads. Do not let the PreOT
go looking for additional new areas until the reading area is fully handled.
2. “ What are you? “
The auditor has the PreOT ask the BT or cluster the question, and relay the answer(s) to
the auditor. The auditor writes these down and notes any read. If the first item does not read the
auditor has the PreOT continue to ask the question and relay the items to the auditor, until there
is a reading item, and must not go past it.
3. Acknowledgement
The PreOT acknowledges it.
4. “ Who are you? “
The PreOT asks the BT “Who are you?”, it cognites “I’m me” and blows.
(But if there is no blow, or if there are BTs, at once suspect that a wrong item was found,
and correct it to the right item. Complete the steps to a blow.)
WARNING
There is a danger here of finding a wrong item, underlisting or overlisting. Wrong items
and list errors recoil heavily on a case. BTs and clusters in their lowered awareness are very
susceptible to suggestion, and tend to copy obsessively. Thus it is very essential that one does not
leave any BT or cluster with a wrong item or out-list.
Auditors and C/Ses are alerted to watch for any sudden decline of the case when this listing
action has been done, and to at once suspect and handle any out-list/wrong item.
Despite the danger of listing errors, it will be necessary to use this technique of listing for
the item, at some point on any case being audited on NED for OTs, since BTs and clusters often
begin by giving wrong items in answer to the question: “What are you?”. However, a good auditor
can be trained to L & N successfully and get the right item. The indicators of a wrong item (see
Laws of L & N) are very obvious, both to the auditor and C/S, and bring about a dramatic case
resurgence when spotted and corrected.
HANDLING A WRONG ITEM
Immediately when the PreOTs GIs go out or BIs appear in the session the auditor must
check for”A wrong item?”,”An out-list?”, and handle. Find where the BT or cluster with the
wrong item or out-list is by position in relation to the body, and find and correct the wrong item/
out-list on that BT or cluster. After locating and indicating the wrong item or list BPC,\always\follow
through and find the right item, and continue the steps of the Valence Technique until the BT or
cluster blows. There may be more than one BT or cluster with a wrong item or out-list, so it is
essential to locate the BT or cluster by position in relation to the body.
After handling the BT or cluster to a blow, check your original question (“Wrong item?”,
“List error?”) again to ensure there are no more BTs or clusters with a wrong item. Don’t go on
trying to repair wrong items when the question”Wrong item?”ceases to read or F/Ns, or you will
start messing up BTs and clusters who did not have that wrong with them.
472
If difficulty is encountered in repairing a list error, it could be sitting on an earlier out-list
or wrong item on that BT or cluster.
An L4BRA can be used to repair a wrong item or out-list on a BT or cluster, but if so the
list must be used Method 3, and care used to find the BT or cluster by position, and to handle each
BT or cluster encountered to blow.
POSSIBLE ERRORS
Errors that could possibly be made and could be anticipated on this technique are:
(a) The auditor missing the read on the first item and causing overlisting,
(b) Listing past the first reading item (overlisting),
(c) Leaving a BT or cluster with a wrong item,
(d) Leaving a BT or cluster not blown or only partially blown,
(e) Going past an F/N on listing (bypassing the item),
(f) Leaving the list incomplete,
(g) Jumping from one BT or cluster to another without completing the first one started,
(h) Overworking the question”Wrong item?”and trying to repair other BTs who didn’t have
that wrong with them.
(Remember that all items are wrong to some degree, as the only really right item is”Me”.)
These possible errors could even be assessed if need be.
OK TO AUDIT OR C/S
It is called to attention that the March 66 HCO PLs on High Crime Policy apply to this issue
and its references, which must be High Crimed by any auditor or C/S before using them.
FLUB, CRAM, RETREAD SYSTEM
The materials of L & N are covered on Class IV, so there is no excuse for an auditor to flub
L & N, nor to be ignorant of the Laws of L & N.
The Flub, Cram, Retread System means that on the first auditor flub he goes to Cramming
on the materials flubbed, one more flub on these materials and he goes to Retread. It is a system
put in at Flag to ensure that there were no failures on FCCIs with new internes auditing in the HGC.
It is a proven workable system. It is imperative, mandatory, that the Flub, Cram, Retread System
be used on this listing technique on NED for OTs, and no C/S, Cramming Officer, nor Tech/Qual
executive may get reasonable about this, nor allow any persuasion or pressure to undermine or
counter this system.
Despite the liability to the pc if flubbed, actions such as L & N, L & N Repair, and Dating/
Locating, are actually easy to do correctly, produce spectacular results when done right, and are
sometimes necessary auditing techniques. So don’t get reasonable about demanding that these
actions be done correctly. Their success depends on the auditor’s TRs, metering, no misunderstoods
and thorough grasp of the materials.
473
IT IS THEREFORE MADE A COMM EV OFFENCE NOT TO USE THE FLUB, CRAM,
RETREAD SYSTEM ON THIS NOTs LISTING TECHNIQUE, AND IT IS ALSO COMM EVABLE
TO DECRY OR COUNTER THIS SYSTEM.
Should an auditor flub again after Retread he or she goes to full Retrain from the bottom
up per C/S Series 84.
Most auditors are keen to audit well, and learn their materials and produce miracles as a
matter of course. If they do not, then their MUs, False Data must be cleaned up, and the materials
thoroughly restudied so that they will get the expected excellent results from standard application
of the Tech.
Another factor on flubby auditors is that sometimes an auditor (or C/S) will dramatize the
same out-tech on pcs that exists on his/her own case. Therefore the attention of the C/S or Senior
C/S is called to this point, and the case of a flubbing Tech/Qual person should be checked for
out-tech and if there is any get it corrected in addition to the Cramming or Retread action. (Lest
this paragraph be misconstrued it does not change policy in any way, and”case on post”is\not\an
extenuating circumstance in any Justice action, nor may it be used as an excuse for any failure
to know and apply the Tech; besides, to plead”case”as an excuse would be beneath contempt for
any professional auditor, C/S, supervisor, etc.)
Then in addition to cleaning up any out-tech found on that person’s case, handle the auditor
and C/S who flubbed and didn’t handle it, too.
If despite the above handlings the same person persists in repeating the same errors, then
you are up against a case situation described in HCOB 8 MAR 62 THE BAD”AUDITOR”, and
HCOB 15 MAR 62 SUPPRESSORS, and such a person must be removed from Tech/Qual lines
for the sake of others. This label should not be assigned lightly, and the supervisors of such a
student and their seniors must be named as Interested Parties to the Comm Ev which would look
into WIAC PL outnesses, graduating an overt product, failure to use Study Tech and Student
Corrective Actions.
SUMMARY
Very often, especially early on the NOTs program, BTs and clusters will blow on
inspection, or on finding where the BT or cluster is, or before the steps of the Valence Technique
have been done. One must mot seek to carry on auditing a BT after it has blown, as this would
result in other BTs and clusters copying and misidentifying themselves with the blown BT.
Many BTs blow very easily. Sometimes after handling one BT or cluster, you will get a
series of easy rapid blows, or even a repetitive or automatic blow. These points are covered in
earlier NED for OTs issues, and are not changed by anything in this issue.
This refinement in the Valence Technique will enable you to handle and blow BTs and
clusters with more accuracy and rapidity. And there are some BTs that wouldn’t have blown
otherwise, that this listing step will handle.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
474
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 DECEMBER 1980
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 49
C O N F I D E N T I A L
ACKNOWLEDGING THE “ME” ANSWER
(Ref: NOTs Series 7, VALENCES
NOTs Series 47, VALENCE TECHNIQUE
ADDITION)
The HCOB gives an additional step to the NOTs Valence Technique, and a further
clarification of each of the steps of this technique.
The new step consists of “acknowledging the “me” answer”. Doing so can
guarantee a blow.
A lot of the time there is nothing there to acknowledge because it has already blown.
Most of the time this isn’t needed, but when used it does prevent a hang-up when the BT
hasn’t gone. So its actual value is the fact that it can guarantee a blow.
(By the way, you can call one back and acknowledge it, but don’t get into that. This
is mentioned simply because it is possible to call them back.)
THE FULL STEPS OF THE VALENCE TECHNIQUE
0. Identifying what you are going to handle.
Although this is strictly speaking not part of the Valence Technique, one has to start
475
off by finding a BT or cluster that you are going to blow with the NOTs Valence
Technique. This zero step then consists of whatever action one is on, such as Rudiments,
a NOTs Program Step, Repair List or whatever, that uncovers a reading charge that one
identifies as a BT or cluster. Having found a reading charge one has to identify what that
charge is coming from, i.e. a BT or a cluster (and less commonly, “a BT that thinks it’s
a cluster”, or “a cluster that thinks it’s a BT”).
This step varies depending on what Program step or category you are working on.
E.g. on Program Step #17, “Mass Mistaken For the Mass of the Body”, you ask the Pre-
OT to “Look over the body and tell me if there is any mass.” or “...any massy body part
or area?”, or “...any area of the body that is solid?”. When you get a reading area of mass,
you then need to identify what this is, i.e. “Is it a BT?”, “Is it a cluster?”.
On Step #18, “BTs Being Body Parts”, you have the Pre-OT look over the various
parts of the body until you get a reading body part. Or, you call off various parts, i.e.
“Head?”, “Face?”, “Neck?”, “Inside?”, “Outside?”, etc. until you get a read. In this
instance you have the position or area of the body where the BT or cluster is, but still need
to identify it by asking: a BT?, a Cluster? (But note that in this instance as in the paragraph
above, you have also found where the BT or Cluster is in relation to the body).
But if you are flying ruds, or handling a preparesd list, to start with all you have is
a reading question. You then find\whose\charge it is, (per HCOB 20 Dec 79 AUDITING
SOMEBODY UNDER CONSTANT AND CONTINUOUS PT STRESS and HCOB 22
Dec 79 FLYING RUDS AT OT III AND ABOVE) by asking: “Is it yours?”, “a BT’s?,
“a cluster’s?” or , “Is it also __________’s?”. This action identifies what you have found
and are now going to handle.
This is really a preliminary step to the Valence Technique in which you are (a)
finding something to run, and (b) identifying what you have found. You are establishing
whether it is “a BT”, “a cluster”, maybe “several BTs”, or even “more than one cluster”,
(in the case of a plural, the Pre-OT would need to be told to limit his attention to one of
these, so you can handle one at a time.)
Having found a charge and identified what it is, you now can move into the Valence
Technique to blow that BT or cluster (unless it has already blown by this point, which is
quite often so, many blow by inspection, especially if the Pre-OT is running cleanly and
rapidly).
1. “Where is the BT (or cluster)?”
The auditor has the Pre-OT locate where the BT or cluster is by position in relation
to the body. The auditor notes the area named by the Pre-OT and whether it reads. When
the Pre-OT names the correct place it will read. Do not let the Pre-OT go on looking for
additional new areas until the reading area is fully handled.
(As noted above under Step 0, you may have already located where the BT is, in
which case you wouldn’t then ask the Pre-OT to find where t is.)
The location of a BT or cluster is not always in the body, they can also be on the body,
outside the body, even at some distance from the body.
Steps 0 and 1 are not rote. These steps are done to then enable the Pre-OT to limit
476
his attention span to the specific BT or cluster while asking the auditing question.
Otherwise you could jump from BT to BT, restimulating other areas than that being
worked on.
2. “What are you?”
(Note that any and all listing done follows the HCOB 1 Aug 68 THE LAWS OF
LISTING AND NULLING. These have not changed just because they are being used in
a different process. An auditor who does not know these should not attempt this step, and
should master this HCOB before attemtping this step.)
The auditor has the Pre-OT ask the BT or cluster the question, and relay the answer
to the auditor, who writes the answer down and notes whether it read. Only if the first item
does not read, do you list further items. Very often the first answer reads and that is the
item.
If the first item did not read, you’ve now got to ask him for another answer, and you
have got to make sure that it comes from that exact spot or area. You have got to make
sure that he isn’t shifting his attention all over his “left side”, or you’d get the whole bank
in that area alive. You could say: “Now, from that same spot, is there another answer?
another? another?”. And this is done only to the first reading item. You might have to
verify it: “Is that (answer) from the same spot?”.
This is why you establish where the BT or cluster is located in Step 1, as you can
then ensure that the Pre-OT limits his attention to, and directs the auditing question to, that
exact spot. E.g. “Put your attention on the top of your left ear and ask “What are you?”
The auditor indicates the first reading item. (Don’t forget that the PreOT can’t see
the meter, and the auditor must say what read, and must not let the Pre-OT overlist.) You
indicate the item by saying “Pc wording of the first reading item”) is the item”. Don’t get
sloppy and say “That’s the item”, as how does he know what you mean by “that”? If
“catfish” was the item say, “Catfish is the item”.
Normally, but not always, you will get an F/N on finding and indicating the item,
but if you do not get an F/N here, you will on the next step.
(Warning: On this step remember that you may have already received the answer
in Step 0 or Step 1. BTs and clusters may not be aware of the fact that they are living beings
and may not release any charge at all on “BT” or “cluster”. But when you ask where they
are, you may have gotten an answer to what they are being, simply by asking for body
locations. This is not common, but not uncommon either: you asked if the BT was on
his foot and you got a big read. In this What step you might have trouble getting a reading
item and might miss the fact that you already had the reading item for his What step in
“foot”. The BT was being a foot and you discovered it by accident without recognizing
it, so if you have any trouble with the What step, one of the first things to check is whether
or not a “What” already read on asking for the “Where” on Step 0 or Step 1. If you suspect
this, put the named body part that read on the list and check it out as part of the list. You
won’t have to do this often, but you better know about it.)
3. Acknowledgement
The auditor has the Pre-OT acknowledge the item. This is very important (see
477
NOTs Series 7).
Even if you got an F/N on the previous step, you still acknowledge and you will
broaden the F/N. And if you didn’t get an F/N previously, you will on acknowledging the
item. And you’ll quite often get a blow on this step.
4. “Who are you?”
Now we have to remember that it is the same spot again and we ask, “Who are you?”,
and we don’t feed them the answer. They sometimes comm lag (don’t get impatient with
the comm lag), sometimes it’s a few seconds comm lag, and then you get the answer. You
may have to repeat the question. The “Me” answer will normally LFBD, and if that LFBD
isn’t very marked, you make sure you do the next step of acknowledging the “Me” answer.
In any event you could still acknowledge, but if the LFBD was pronouned the probability
is that he’s gone.
Now there is a special condition you can run into on the “Who are you?” question
if the BT answers with a significance or identity answer. This is covered in NOTs Series
7. But if this continues, suspect that you may have gotten a wrong item on the “What are
you?” question, or that the Pre-OT has used too broad an attention span or let his attention
wander to other areas and he is getting answers from other BTs or Clusters.
5. Acknowledgement
The auditor has the PreOT acknowledge the BT’s “Me”answer. This action can
guarantee a blow.
Now if this acknowledgement produces another read then we know it guaranteed
a blow. Sometimes you get another LFBD on the acknowledgement step, and sometimes
you get a broadening of the F/N.
And that completes the steps of the NOTs Valence Technique.
CAUTIONS
Sometimes, quite often in fact, this short-circuits. You ask: “What are you?” and
the guy says “Me” and blows. And sometimes you are patiently trying to go through all
these steps and you get a series of blows. A blow or a series of blows can occur at any
time during NOTs. You don’t then continue the steps of this Technique, as that BT or
cluster has gone! Sometimes a series of blows or an automatic blow will go into a
Persistent F/N or a Floating Tone Arm and in either instance you would end off the
session.
Also you can get repetitive blows if a case is running pretty clean, and you can get
blows without BDs. There isn’t much left on the charge and it isn’t registering on the
meter to amount to anything.
There is also the case of a “partial blow” and the description and handling for this
is given in NOTs Series 45, HCOB 10 Feb 79 PARTIALLY BLOWN BTS.
On “Hello and OK” you sometimes get a blow. The BT or cluster doesn’t answer
up and you run “Hellos and OKs” repetitively to get it into comm. Rarely, it will suddenly
478
blow, and it would then be senseless to go on trying to run “Hello and OK” or anything
else, as that one has gone.
Some auditors have been known to ask a pc if it blew, during the Valence Technique
steps. Even nag the PreOT, “Did it blow?”, “Has it gone?”, “Still around?”. This could
be due to the auditor’s unfamiliarity with his meter, and not recognizing a blow when he
sees it occur on the meter. Or, possibly some may have confused another technique, Date/
Locate, with this technique. You of course always Date to blow, and Locate to blow, and
the auditor could get the idea that he should carry over Date/Locate technique into the
Valence Technique.
It is very poor practice to ask the PreOT if it blew during NOTs Valence Technique.
You could cause the BT or cluster to submerge or be suppressed, or you could invalidate
a blow that did occur.
This doesn’t mean that you can’t ever ask if it blew. You could ask if it is “still
around?” and a read would confirm that it is. But this type of question is asking for a
missingness. It’s no longer there. There’s a large number of pcs that never see the blow,
and it isn’t something to see, because it’s a missingness. This type of question can be
difficult for the PreOT to answer, as there is now nothing there for him to perceive as it
has gone. If the meter BD’d and F/Ned on the “Me” step, it would be idiocy to then ask
if it blew, of course it did! But if your meter didn’t tell you it blew, you could be in a
quandary and have to solve that problem. But you wouldn’t interrupt the Valence
Technique to ask if it blew, and you wouldn’t get into nagging the PreOT. You just follow
on through your steps, and particularly if you had the PreOT ack the “Me” answer, then
you got your blow alright. So this concern about whether the BT blew is misplaced.
These points are stated so that the auditor will understand what he is doing, why he
is doing it, and what manifestation he can expect to occur, because these manifestations
will occur. This technique is a very positive series of steps, and they go in that sequence.
If these steps are done as given, you will get the result, and if departed from or if there is
an error, you can definitely expect to get that manifestation too, i.e. too broad an attention
span and you will get restim.
It is necessary that the auditor and C/S understand these points as this is not a
technique that can be done rotely or robotically.
OT III TECHNIQUES
Sometimes you will need to use OT III techniques, especially when you run into a
cluster. And it is effective, just like it always was. You sometimes get into a situation
where you have an inert mass. You run some “Hellos and OKs” and it actually becomes
less inert, but it is still a cluster. That condition can exist but it usually isn’t untied with
“Hello & OK”. It’s a cluster and it reads on cluster. Then it’s your assessment for mutual
incident, “Accident?, Illness?, Impact?, Injury?, etc.”, you do the assessment of what is
this thing. You get your mutual incident. Sometimes the cluster will explode apart or
break up on the assessment alone. You found what was holding it together. Then you
wouldn’t try to Date/Locate it. You’d have the PreOT pick off individuals and run them
on the Valence Technique. But if there was no disintegration of the cluster on finding the
mutual incident, you’d carry right on and Date/Locate, Inc II and Inc Is (or NOTs Valence
Technique).
479
Now there’s a variation on mutual incidents. You can get a mutual incident that is
current, contemporary, like he went PTS or something. Had a big ARC break or
something. But it isn’t as strenuous as a cluster-making incident. It’s a sort of a lock. It
isn’t a mutual incident like an impact, injury, illness, accident, shock, etc. But a guy can
run into a recent heavy upset or general charge of some kind, heavy stress, and you get
the reaction described in HCOB 20 Dec 79 NOTs Series 48, under “Routine A”. There
you had a general total restim - it is actually a mutual incident as it happened to all of them
- it’s near PT though and they all copy it, and when you hit it you get a sudden BD and
a relief. But you are not going to blow any BTs to amount to anything as it isn’t a clustermaking
incident. So you have to be able to differentiate between these two types of mutual
incidents, the recent this life lock, and the heavy impact, injury, explosion type of mutual
incident that forms a cluster. The cluster will resolve with the OT III, mutual incident,
Date/Locate, Inc II and Inc Is routine. And that’s why you start off on the NOTs course
with a re-study and clear up any MUs on the OT III materials. I wouldn’t do much date/
locating on NOTs, and usually the cluster will break up into individuals on finding the
mutual incident pinning them together. Very often you can blow a cluster with the NOTs
Valence Technique, but you still have the assessment for what is holding the cluster
together, and it is very useful.
The one that gives the most trouble is the cluster impacted with a cluster, impacted
with a cluster - a Cumulative Cluster. You also have the handling for that in HCOB 25
Oct 69R CLUSTER FORMATION, CUMULATIVE. But some of these clusters can be
pretty horrifying in character. I don’t think this would give any trouble in NOTs though,
and I think by the time he’s gotten through OT III, handled all the individuals and available
BTs and clusters he’s got, that he may have blown these by then.
Regarding the insane, the probability is that a cluster is really dominated by one
thetan who has “contaged” the rest of the cluster with some wild ideas - evil intentions.
That’s when you run into the R/Ser on NOTs. And you may get the intention come off,
if so note it in the worksheets. I wouldn’t do more with it than that. You’re taking the
cluster down to basic mutual incident and blowing it, so then it is gone anyway. But you
may have to get off the evil intention if it doesn’t just come flying off. The cluster could
be held together by a mutual idea or evil intention received during an implant or heavy
engram. In one instance an R/Sing cluster was listed for its evil intention, which
successfully blew the cluster apart, and this could be done, but usually won’t have to be
resorted to. More commonly when handling a cluster, an R/Sing cluster, you can run into
the phenomenon of evil intentions coming off voluntarily, and you will see a list starting
up in the worksheets. This is called to your attention, so that you will recognize it if it
occurs and take the list to its BD F/N item. That can happen, and an auditor should be able
to recognize when a pc is listing and handle it as a list. XDN actually applies. The bulk
of Rock Slammers are probably clusters, and probably it’s one main BT in the cluster
affecting the rest by wishing off his evil intention on them.
COPIES
Handling copies can be necessary, especially when you’ve taken apart a cluster. Or
when you don’t get a clean blow and suspect that some other BT is copying what you just
ran or handled. But checking for copies can be easily over-worked, and as BTs are very
suggestible, you could by nagging the PreOT on the subject of copies, start some BT or
BTs copying. You certainly don’t ask for copies after every BT you blow, or as a routine
step in the Valence Technique. Some auditors have tended to do this, probably by
480
carrying Date/Locating technique over into the Valence Technique. In any case you only
handle copies when indicated, and not as a rote every time question.
SOMATICS
The original research on somatics was done in the late ‘50’s in Washington, and I
found how a somatic comes about. It’s based on the fact that one being by himself couldn’t
have a somatic. You have to have two beings to have a somatic. A cluster can have a
somatic. You wouldn’t ask a question for a BT with a somatic, that would be a wrong
question and is based on a false datum, and is an out-tech question. You could have two
or more BTs smashed together somehow producing a somatic, but you would have to take
up each of these BTs individually to blow them.
But usually about the only time you will run into a somatic in NOTs is when there
has been an error. A wrong item, or something of that sort. It may be that a somatic in
NOTs is always an indicator of an error. It seems to be so. And the wise auditor on NOTs
should be alerted to the probability of an error of some kind if the Pre-OT does turn on
a somatic. You can easily and quickly check for an error in what you have just been
running in the session, or use a NOTs Repair List to locate and handle the BPC.
UNDERSTANDING
It is very essential that NOTs auditors and C/Ses understand the NOTs materials,
and don’t try to insist on a rote set of questions or steps, as NOTs doesn’t run well as a
rote or robotic rundown. There are very exact steps and manifestations and sequences and
you will get these everytime. Anytime there have been flubbed cases on NOTs these have
traced to MU’s on the part of the auditor and/or C/S. The NOTs course checksheet was
specificially designed to prevent this with Supervisor meter checks for MU words
frequently throughout the checksheet. But there was an instance of a student who
“skipped” the MU word check by the Supervisor, which is a sure route to catastrophe. Any
trouble on NOTs has traced back to failure to clear words misunderstood in either the OT
III materials or in the NOTs materials. This gives the solution to any auditor or C/S
troubles with NOTs. Clear the MU words, and re-study the materials so that you do
understand and can apply them. It will certainly make your life as an auditor or C/S much
easier, and will enable you to get the rave results that NOTs is known for routinely.
SOCIOLOGICAL IMPACT
Have you considered the sociological impact that you are having by auditing NOTs?
You are turning free beings loose in torrents. This is bound to have an effect on society,
especially when these start picking up bodies and turn up to join the team at their local org!
You are not just auditing one pc at this level, you are churning out cleared beings in
volume, and we will start seeing the results sooner or later on society in general. Maybe
you have thought about this too, it’s nice to recognize the good effects you are creating!
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1980 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
481
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 30 JANUARY 1980
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
NOTs Auditors &
C/Ses ONLY
NED for OTs Series 50
C O N F I D E N T I A L
NOTs OT DRUG RUNDOWN
(Ref: HCOB 29 Jan 80 THE OT DRUG RUNDOWN
WHICH MUST BE STUDIED PRIOR TO STUDYING
THIS HCOB.)
This issue adds to the OT III HCOB referenced above, and gives additional data and
handlings which are limited to NOTs auditors and C/Ses, and which are for use on cases
being audited on NOTs. (The OT III handlings of drugs can also be used on NOTs cases.)
As you know from NOTs data, BTs can be being anything. They can be being a
particular drug, or being a drug picture or incident, or even an “acid trip” for example.
The way you would handle a NOTs case on drugs is similar in that you would first
of all get the person through the Purification Rundown. A case already started on NOTs
can be put onto the Purification RD without having been completed on NOTs, in fact, you
may not be able to complete some cases without it. You do not have to take the case to
a Rest Point. Just ensure that the case is not left incomplete (or messed up) on a specific
action or category before starting the Purification RD. Then do not attempt to combine
NOTs auditing with the Purification RD until it is completed.
Do not attempt to run Objective processes on a case during NOTs.
The caution of not asking for Drugs or Drug incidents generally also applies to
NOTs auditing as such a question would result in a total restim.
What you can do is to add “Drugs” and “a BT being a drug”, “a BT affected by
drugs”, “a BT being a drug trip”, “a BT being a drug picture”, into a prepared assessment
or list.
You can check for a read on drugs on a specific BT or cluster, and then handle that
482
BT or cluster to a blow.
All of the data published on the subject of drugs and their effect in preventing case
gain applies to BT’s and cluster’s cases.
Most commonly drugs have shown up on NOTs cases as either cluster-making
incidents, or on individual BTs being the drug or affected by the drug, or copying other
BT or cluster pictures of drugs.
Several cases who were stalled on NOTs or who were making minimal gain on
NOTs have been resolved by handling drugs as described in this issue.
CASE HISTORIES
The following case histories (reported by FSO C/Ses), of case handlings done on
NOTs Pre-OTs on drugs are limited to this issue as they contain NOTs techniques and
data. These are additional case histories to those given in HCOB 29 Jan 80, THE OT
DRUG RUNDOWN, (those cases were also piloted by NOTs auditors and C/Ses, but do
not contain confidential NOTs data).
Case 1:
“Institutional case who had Sodium Pentathol as an anaethetic just prior to ‘going
nuts’ and then being put in an institution”.
“Running NOTs techniques on this drug, BTs stuck in this drug, BTs being this
drug, BTs affected by this drug, turned the case sane.”
Case 2:
“LSD some 200 times. Had so far refused any standard Sweat Out program. Case
gain totally hung fire on his attempts to get the perception he had when he took LSD.”
“From a GF 40 Expanded, drugs read heavily and his first gains from NOTs were
acheived in handling cluster-making incidents from LSD trips, BTs/clusters stuck in
LSD, being LSD, etc. This was run for approximately one intensive with Pre-OT interest.
It didn’t crack the case but some headway was made.”
(The next action for this case is to get him onto and through the Purification RD, then
the full NOTs OT Drug RD.)
Case 3:
“LSD 220 to 250 times, and alcohol and other heavy street drugs. He was at a point
where he could hardly walk or articulate”.
“Many cluster-making incidents on drugs, LSD, alcohol, were handled through the
Rundown. Many were Reviv’d in past locations and some stuck there (i.e. physically)”.
“He cognited and BD’d on disturbing a pocket of acid held down by a BT. BTs/
clusters restimulated by that were handled, then BTs/clusters stuck in drug trips and
483
copies of drug trips”.
“He started recovering physically. Articulation handled and walking improved”.
“On NOTs Series 34 handling of illness, alcohol was the item. His speech went back
to normal after this - Pre-OT felt tremendous”.
“Lots of charge blown on BTs/clusters stuck in hospital drug (ACTH). Result of less
numb, more sensation”.
“Later a NOTs Series 43 handling was done on alcohol, plus Date/Locate of a
cumulative cluster on drugs. His responsibility increased and he was off on a persistent
win for almost 2 weeks experiencing automatic/continuous blow phenomena in life”.
“Lots of ‘stuckness’ on the case was tied up in drugs and alcohol. Case is currently
doing very well on the Purification RD”.
(Although the Purification RD would normally precede such drug handling in
NOTs, this case was unable to walk or to talk due to paralysis and was considered
incurable by the medicos.)
___________
“There are also a number of Pre-OTs who have had NOTs Series 12 handlings on
Drug RDs and some on drugs.”
___________
NOTs OT DRUG RD PGM
The NOTs OT Drug RD Program is the same program as the OT Drug RD (HCOB
29 Jan 80 THE OT DRUG RUNDOWN). It begins with the Purification RD, it has the
same Steps #1 - 5. But the method of handling is by NOTs Valence Technique, rather than
Inc II, Inc I. Assessment for mutal incident is the same, but individuals from a broken up
cluster would be handled with NOTs Valence Technique.
The categories of: “a BT or cluster being (reading drug)”, “a BT or cluster affected
by (reading drug)”, “a BT being a drug trip”, “a BT being a drug picture”, “a BT or cluster
being (mis-emotion)”, “a BT or cluster being (negative item)”, should also be checked
for on each reading drug taken up, and these categories may be assessed as part of a
prepared list, and should be so assessed at the end of Step 5.
Step 6 is different and would consist of a NOTs Series 24 Repair List assessed and
handled, to clean up any loose ends and polish off the case, before returning to the NOTs
Advance Program.
ADMINISTRATION AND DELIVERY
The OT Drug Rd may not be audited on Pre-0Ts who have had any NOTs auditing,
484
these may only be run on the NOTs OT Drug RD.
Although the NOTs OT Drug RD is done by a NOTs auditor and NOTs C/S, these
must be specially trained on the NOTs OT Drug RD and only interested, graduated NOTs
auditors and C/Ses may be so trained. (These issues are not added to the ACS Courses,
nor given to green NOTs auditors or C/Ses.)
The NOTs OT drug Rundown is not mixed in with the NOTs Advance Program, nor
is it to be bit and pieced with NOTs, nor given as a blur along with NOTs. It is its own
special RD and must be delivered as its own RD, and as its own package. This does not
mean that you cannot use the item “drugs” in an assessment for a mutual incident during
NOTs, nor that you couldn’t handle a BT hung up in a drug during NOTs. But if drugs
or drug items are coming up during NOTs, then the case is on the wrong program and
should be shifted over to the Purification RD, followed by the NOTs OT Drug RD. Then
after these are done, you would resume the NOTs Advance Program. (As well as not
mixing the hours on the NOTs OT Drug RD with NOTs hours, there is an important
Technical reason for only handling one subject at a time and completing each action and
program before starting another. (ref: C/S Series 38, C/S Series 47, & NOTs Series 30.)
One would not interrupt a Pre-OT who is running well on NOTs with good TA
action and who is getting rapid blows, but would flatten the action before making a change
to the Purification RD and the NOTs OT Drug RD. These Rundowns can be done at any
point during the NOTs Advance Program, but ideally they would be entered after the “Past
Auditing Repair” steps, or after step 14, after step 15, or at any point thereafter. If drugs
are heavily charged and getting in the way, then you would have no choice but to shift
programs to handle.
Ideally the NOTs OT Drug RD should be delivered by a specialist team of NOTs
auditors and C/S, operating as a unit, who then feed completed cases back to regular and
interning NOTs auditors.
The NOTs OT Drug Rundown should help you with cases who hung fire or were
resistive previously as well as speeding gains and results on all cases.
The pilot results are excellent, and show what sort of gains can be attained.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
As assisted by
Senior C/S Int
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1980
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
485
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 31 JANUARY 1980
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 51
C O N F I D E N T I A L
AUDIT BTs CONCEPTUALLY
(References:
HCOB 26 Sep 78 I WORD CLEARING AND INFORMATION
FOR PRE-OTS ON NED FOR OTs
HCOB 12 Jan 80 ACKNOWLEDGING THE “ME” ANSWER
HCOB 27 Oct 79 VALENCE TECHNIQUE ADDITION
HCOB 17 Sep 78 I VALENCES.)
__________
(This HCOB adds to HCOB 26 Sep 78, Issue I, WORD CLEARING AND INFORMATION
FOR PRE-OTs ON NED FOR OTs, and is to be used in the indoctrination of Pre-
OTs on NED for OTs.)
__________
When a Pre-OT looks at a BT and gets too laggardly,the BT often turns on a picture.
The NOTs Pre-OT could think this picture was the What. It never is. The What BT is
simply making a picture. Answers come through as concepts, not pictures.
The rule is: THE PRE-OT IGNORES THE PICTURE AND DOES THE ACTION
IN CONCEPTS.
In NOTs one is not dealing with pictures, one is dealing with the basic of pictures.
Pictures are a red herring - wrong target.
LRH:dm:kjm L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1980 FOUNDER
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
486
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 MAY 1980
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
ACS AUDITORS
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 52
C O N F I D E N T I A L
URGENT - IMPORTANT
NOTs WHAT/WHO L & N STEP
(References:
HCOB 27 Oct 79, NOTs Series 47, VALENCE TECHNIQUE ADDITION
HCOB 12 Jan 80, NOTs Series 49, ACKNOWLEDGING THE ME ANSWER.)
(This HCOB contains important revisions and additional
instructions regarding the NOTS What/
Who L & N Step, and modifies NOTs Series 47 and
49. It does not otherwise cancel or change the rest
of the NOTs Valence Technique, nor does it change
the rest of the NOTs procedures or Rundown. This
issue must be thoroughly word cleared and starrated
along with the referenced issues by NOTs
auditors and C/Ses to qualify them to use the NOTs
What/Who L & N Step.)
THE RIGHT ITEM, ON THE WHAT L & N STEP
In NOTs Series 47 and 49 it is stated that you take “the first reading item” (regardless of
its read). In experience I have found this not always to be true. One can get some small falls on
several items before the real item is hit. Sometimes it requires an ack to get an F/N, but the real
item always F/Ns.
(E-meter Note: If one were to use other than an operational Mark VI, one could be mislead
by the meter. I have noticed that what is a small fall (sF) on an operational Mark VI, is a fall (F)
on another meter. This is not good, as the auditor seeing a fall (F), could think he has the item,
when it is really a small fall. The exaggerated read makes one think wrong items have read when
these only gave a small fall. Also, the Mark V tends to just F/N, and gives on the problem of trying
to read through an F/N. The Mark V is not sensitive enough. Thus it is essential that an
operational Mark VI is used. The sizes of reads referred to here are at the correct Sensitivity
setting of one third dial drop on can squeeze per EM-5R.
487
The Sensitivity must not be higher than this during the What/Who L & N Steps.)
The statements in NOTs Series 47 and 49 under Step 3 (Acknowledgement) are correct and
the only change here is in the statement that you take “the first reading item”, plus a clarification
of size of read.
The right What? L & N Step reads are a lot of small falls preceding the right item. THE
REAL ITEM ALWAYS F/Ns (even if it sometimes requires an ack to get it to F/N).
THE “WHO” STEP
(Early in the NOTs Rundown, and sometimes later in the Rundown, the being blows easily.
Often before all the Valence Technique steps have been done, frequently blowing on inspection.
There is the phenomenon (described in earlier NOTs issues) of the cyclic aspect of handling more
difficult-to-blow BTs and clusters, followed by a series of easy/rapid blows. Later in the
Rundown, after the more available and easier-to-blow BTs and clusters have gone, those
remaining tend to be in worse shape as beings. You are then more frequently going to encounter
the following phenomenon.)
The being seldom gets much of a read and seldom a blow on the first right answer to the
Who? question. It gives an answer, the right answer (“Me”), in many cases and there’s no real
read. What one does then is ack encouragingly and asks it to repeat the answer (“Me”). Thus
encouraged, a BD F/N and blow on the repeated answer occurs.
PIN-POINTING ATTENTION
It is essential that the NOTs PreOT limits his/her attention to the BT/cluster being
addressed. You can get a mish-mash if their attention goes onto something else. I have developed
TR 8-Q (HCOB 22 Apr 80) which is an exercise in pin-pointing attention as well as asking a
question. Requiring a NOTs PreOT to do TR 8-Q will remedy this.
REPAIR LISTS FOR L & N
There are two repair lists for L & N errors that are shorter than the L4BRA, and both of these
can be used in NOTs. They are: HCOB 23 Sep 68 “Violation of the Laws of Listing and Nulling”,
and HCOB 29 Sep 68 “List Correction” (Tech Vol XI, pages 44, 45), and either of these may be
used, resorting to the longer L4BRA when necessary. The usual thing to do though would be to
recognize what was wrong from the reads noted in W/Ss (or lack of F/N on the What? item), and
handle accordingly and as given in earlier NOTs issues.
FES-ING
FESers and C/Ses must know the materials given in NOTs Series 47, 49 and this issue and
must inspect worksheets to see whether correct (or wrong) items have been found, and whether
the BT or cluster was blown. C/Ses must do this on every session, and FESers when they are
looking for errors on a case. Any previous instances of failure to get the right item, or failure to
handle a being to a blow can then be taken up in subsequent sessions and properly handled as
described in this issue. If the BT/cluster is still around it will read when the PreOT’s attention
is directed to that position (area) and oriented to the item given in that session. (Remember that
it now may be Suppressed or Invalidated, and that the being probably has a Wrong Item and an
Incomplete List.) If the error can be found and corrected immediately, do so (such as simply
completing the list to correct item, and completing the steps on that being to blow), or, do one
of the L & N Repair assessments to find what is wrong and then correct it and handle the being to blow.
488
AUDITOR AND C/S QUALIFICATIONS
The requirements for an auditor or C/S to use this NOTs L & N technique as given in NOTs
Series 47 and 49 are very important and it is a High Crime to violate these. ONLY auditors and
C/Ses who can L & N successfully may be permitted to use this technique, and then only after
they have completed the stated requirements in NOTs 47, 49, the referenced materials and this
issue. Until then, they may only use the other NOTs techniques, but not the L & N Step.
PROGRAMMING THE WHAT/WHO L & N STEP
Note that in NOTs Series 47, page 3, under “Warning” it is stated: “...it will be necessary
to use this technique of listing for the item, at some point on any case being audited on NED for
OTs,...”. PreOTs being started on NOTs should not be put onto this technique at the beginning
of the NOTs Advance Program, nor until the PreOT is well advanced through the Program. The
other NOTs techniques are fully adequate and very successful and most of the NOTs 26R
Program can be done before resorting to the NOTs L & N technique.
Only shift to the L & N procedure when the PreOT is well advanced through the Program
and encounters the phenomenon described in NOTs 47, page 1. Early in the NOTs Program the
case is fat with charge that will slough off easily and with the use of NOTs techniques other than
the listing technique given in NOTs Series 47. On a case that has been prematurely started on
the L & N Step, prefer to use the earlier NOTs techniques and do not overwork the L & N Step
until the case is ready for it, (this doesn’t mean that one would stop the L & N technique altogether
on such a case).
When the case is ready for the NOTs What/Who L & N Step, and provided the auditor and
C/S are qualified to run it, then the case is indoctrinated on the procedure and begun (per NOTs
47, 49 and this issue). If all the NOTs auditors and C/Ses are not fully qualified, then the PreOT
could be reassigned when ready for the L & N Step.
In general most cases will follow the steps as laid out on NOTs 26R and 27, as this is the
research/developmental sequence of NOTs and most cases will follow the same sequence and
pattern and phenomena.
NOTs trainees should also follow this same sequence and only train on the later techniques
after they have had experience and wins on auditing the earlier NOTs Program steps with the
earlier techniques. Those are very easy to do, very rewarding and will enable the new NOTs
auditor to gain familiarity and confidence.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
as assisted by
Senior C/S Int
Accepted by the
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY
OF CALIFORNIA
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
489
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 14 FEBRUARY 1981
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 54
C O N F I D E N T I A L
CLARIFICATION ON ACKNOWLEDGING IN THE
VALENCE TECHNIQUE
(Ref: NOTS Series 7, VALENCES)
It is very important that you have the Pre-OT acknowledge the answer the BT or cluster
gives to the “What are you?” question (see NOTs Series 7). Even if you got an F/N on the
answer, you still acknowledge and you will broaden the F/N.
We ask “Who are you?” to the same spot and we don’t feed them the answer. They
sometimes comm lag, (don’t get impatient with the comm lag), sometimes it’s a few seconds
comm lag, and then you get the answer. You may have to repeat the question (see NOTs Series
7). The “Me” answer will normally LFBD, and if that LFBD isn’t very marked, you make sure
you do the next step of acknowledging the “Me” answer. In any event you could still
acknowledge, but if the LFBD was pronounced the probability is that he’s gone. The auditor
having the Pre-OT acknowledge the “Me” answer can guarantee a blow. Now is this
acknowledgement produces another read then we know it guaranteed a blow. Sometimes you
get another LFBD on the acknowledgement step, and sometimes you get a broadening of the
F/N.
CAUTIONS
Sometimes, quite often in fact, this short-circuits. You ask: “What are you?” and the guy
says “Me” and blows. And sometimes you are patiently trying to go through all these steps and
you get a series of blows. A blow or a series of blows can occur at any ime during NOTs. You
don’t then continue the steps of this Technique, as that BT or cluster has gone! Sometimes a
series of blows or an automatic blow will go into a Persistant F/N or a Floating Tone Arm and
in either instance you would end off the session.
Also you can get repetitive blows if a case is running pretty clean, and you can get blows
withou BDs. There isn’t much left on the charge and it isn’t registering on the meter to amount
to anything.
490
On “Hello and OK” you sometimes get a blow. The BT or cluster doesn’t answer up and
run “Hellos and OKs” repetitively to get it into comm. Rarely, it will suddenly blow, and it
would then be senseless to go on trying to run “Hello and OK”, or anything else, as that one has
gone.
Some auditors have been known to ask a pc if it blew, during the Valence Technique steps.
Even nag the Pre-OT, “Did it blow?”, “Has it gone?”, “Still around?”. This could be due to the
auditor’s unfamiliarity with his meter, and not recognizing a blow when he sees it occur on the
meter. Or, possibly some may have confused another technique, Date/Locate, with this
technique. You of course always Date to blow, and Locate to blow, and the auditor could get
the idea that he should carry over Date/Locate technique into Valence Technique.
It is very poor practice to ask the Pre-OT if it blew during NOTs Valence Technique. You
could cause the BT or cluster to submerge or be suppressed, or you could invalidate a blow that
did occur.
This doesn’t mean that you can’t ever ask if it blew. You could ask if it is “still around?”
and a read would confirm that it is. But this type of question is asking for a missingness. It is
no longer there. There’s a large percentage of pcs that never see the blow, and it isn’t something
to see, because it’s a missingness. This type of question can be difficult for the Pre-OT to
answer, as there is now nothing there for him to perceive as it has gone. If the meter BD’d and
F/Ned on the “Me” step, it would be idiocy to then ask if it blew, of course it did! But if your
meter didn’t tell you it blew, you could be in a quandary and have to solve that problem. But
you wouldn’t interrupt the Valence Technique to ask if it blew, and you wouldn’t get into
nagging the Pre-OT. You just follow on through with your steps, and particularly if you had
the Pre-OT ack the “Me” answer, then you got your blow alright. So this concern about whether
the BT blew is misplaced.
These points are stated so that the auditor will understand what he is doing, why he is
doing it, and what manifestations he can expect to occur, because these manifestations will
occur. This technique is a very positive series of steps, and they go in that sequence. If these
steps are done as given, you will get the result, and if departed from or if there is an error, you
can definitely expect to get that manifestation too, i.e. too broad an attention span and you will
get restim.
It is necessary that the auditor and C/S understand these points as this is not a technique
that can be done rotely or robotically.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
Assisted by
Snr C/S Int Assistant
Accepted by the
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY
OF CALIFORNIA
BDCS:LRH:MM:kjm
Copyright (c) 1981
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
491
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 JANUARY 1982
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 55
C O N F I D E N T I A L
VARYING THE AREAS
Session by session and item by item, when spotting something to list, it is best to work a
different area than the last item.
This is true when there still seem to be more in the last area worked.
Example: one session, top of head; next session, even though head is slightly massy
although one has blown, work, let’s say, an area in the back where one is spotted. Then, that listed,
handled and blown, one can go back to the head.
The operating rule that seems best is not to work the same area twice in succession.
One also must be sure to work behind as well as in front and from different angles from
in front and behind. By continuing to work from the front only, on and on, builds up an imbalance
that can increase duress.
One also must remember to not always work close in: from time to time check out areas
that are as much as many feet from the body.
When one has worked one, two or three areas, one is likely to get a persistent F/N, very
wide, and that is the time to lay off for now, end session and begin again later - in a few hours
or next day. If you keep plugging on after a good win, you are actually overrunning a persistent
F/N and it clears up by simply indicating that.
Forcing forward past a good win can give you a temporary pack up; so you actually make
less progress than you would have if you short-sessioned as you are supposed to.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:rdk
Copyright (c) 1980
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
492
ADVANCED NOTs PROCEDURE
This is a debrief of a revision to the Church of Scientology’s NOTs procedure which
was released in 1985. I have not been able to evaluate the correctness of the procedure as
I have not received any other debriefs at this time. I provide it for purposes of historical
interest.
1. To locate the next being to run ask: “Where is the next being?”
You will get a read ( sf, F, LF, LFBD ) and you should get a telepathic “Here!”
If there is NO read ask:
HIDING?
HOLDING ON?
ATTACKING?
AFRAID?
One of these should read.
2. Locate WHERE.
3. Ask “What are you?”
List to a F, LF, LFBD by asking: “Is there another answer from the same spot?”
Acknowledge answer.
4. Then say: “When I ask you the question - ‘Who are you?’, what are you going to
say?”
The being may say “George Washington”
Then you say: “That was ONE identity you had. Who are you REALLY?”
If the being says “A blood clot”, you say: “Well that’s a FALSE identity - Who are
you REALLY?”
5. When the being replies “ME” you say: “ME is correct.”
Then you say: “Now when I give you the question again, you give me the same
answer and leave.”
“WHO ARE YOU?”
If he doesn’t go, ask him if he has a problem and handle until he blows.
493
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 JULY 1979
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
NED for OTs
Auditors
AO Review Auditors,
OT III
ACS Checksheet
Class XII
C O N F I D E N T I A L
HANDLING CORRECTION LISTS ON OTs
When you get a read on a correction list on an individual who is on OT III or above,
you should find out from what area it is reading; i.e. find the postition in relation to the
body, of the BT or cluster on whom that correction list question read.
Otherwise, the reading correction list line gets assigned to all areas, when it only
applied to one. This creates BPC as it gives the rest a wrong item or wrong indication,
and it makes the reading queston appear to be a generality, when in fact it only applied
to one BT or cluster.
By finding the BT or cluster that the read applied to, the auditor then clears the read
on that BT or cluster. And then the auditor takes any additional steps to get it to blow and
blows it.
The above does not apply to cases below OT III and must never be mentioned to such
a case.
There is a tendency of an auditor trained on general correction lists to simply clear
the read without finding where it is coming from, and as this omission can jam up a case
who is on OT III or on NOTs; such auditors when doing NOTs or actions on individuals
OT III or above must learn to handle correction lists in this way. It can mean the difference
between failure and success.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:DM:kjm
Copyright (c) 1979
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
494
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 11 JANUARY 1980
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
OT III & above only
NED for OTs Auditors
AO Review Auditors
ACS Checksheet
Class XII
OT III Cramming
Officers
OT III C/Ses
Qual Corrective Actions on OTs Series 3
C O N F I D E N T I A L
QUAL CORRECTIVE ACTIONS ON OTs
(Ref: C/S Series 107 AUDITOR ASSIGNMENT POLICIES,
CRAMMING ASSIGNMENT POLICIES
HCOB 22 Dec 79 FLYING RUDS AT OT III AND ABOVE)
The reason why it is necessary to have OT versions of the various Qual corrective
actions is that an OT’s case can be messed up if mis-audited or mis-crammed, and the purpose
of Qual corrective actions is to improve or correct the staff member.
The major cause of trouble in seeking to correct OTs has been violations of the auditor
assignment policy, whereby a person of lower case level than the OT was trying to audit or
cram the OT. Not only does this put the OT on a withhold of confidential data, but a person
of lower case level has no reality on the materials of the case level of the OT and can easily
stir up aspects of the case that should have been left alone, or, if taken up handled fully.
Additionally if the OT did get messed up, then he could only be repaired by using Repair
actions appropriate to his case level. A non-OT III Cramming Officer or auditor could not
possibly repair BPC on an OT III.
Where Cramming Officers have limited their actions to simply word clearing the
materials that the person had gone past misunderstoods on, it has worked out OK. But if the
action being done led into the person’s case then there is a liability of messed up case and
ineffective staff member.
Some of the Qual corrective actions such as False Data Stripping and some of the
questions on the Product Debug Checklist are not directed toward the person’s post alone but
are directed towards the person’s case by asking about intentions or reactions or considerations
or directing the person to recall past events. The statement: “I’m not auditing you.”,
doesn’t prevent a case action from occurring if one then proceeds to ask auditing questions.
495
The worst repercussions of all have stemmed from offline case actions done as some
sort of squirrelly “2WC” which wasn’t a valid part of the cramming action anyway.
When subjective questions are asked one invariably is into a case action. Definition of
“Subjective”: “Consultation with the preclear’s own universe, with his mock ups, and with
his own thoughts and considerations.” (Book THE CREATION OF HUMAN ABILITY, p.
167.) “Recall, think, remember or return on the time track processes are subjective.” (HCOB
2 Nov 57RA.)
Subjective actions, especially when metered, lead into the person’s case. If mis-done,
particularly if mis-metered, these can ball the case up.
OTs when correctly handled with the corrrect tech appropriate to their case level,
handle very quickly and easily. So it is important to know what to do and what not to do.
The solution to this is in having specialized lists for OTs, and forbidding the use of non-
OT actions on OTs, and forbidding non-OTs from seeking to audit or cram OTs.
REPAIR OF OTs MESSED UP IN CRAMMING
The most frequent cause of BPC encountered is:
(a) Misownership,
(b) Mismetering (false reads, missed reads and missed F/Ns),
(c) Invalidation of state of case.
There are two types of action which are most likely to lead into an OT’s case and cause
BPC:
(i) Asking subjective questions,
(ii) Asking “earlier similar?” (which sends the Pre-OT down the track, or down different
tracks.)
There are ways to detect and isolate what happened in a mis-done cramming:
- The person crammed has “any” BIs about the cramming action;
- The person continues to goof in the same area or subject;
- The person Reg Tags on the cramming or within three days after the cramming action;
- The person gets sick, misemotional on the subject of the cram, or turns on somatics,
within three days after the cramming action;
- The person is introverted on the subject of the cram;
- The person comes to next session after the cram with TA or needle behavior worsened
from what it was prior to the cram, (such as TA used to be in normal range and now is
high or low, or Sens setting for 1/3rd dial drop on can squeeze is now higher due to
tighter needle, an unusual needle patern has now appeared, etc.).
496
A sharp C/S can usually spot a mis-done cram from the worksheets of the cramming
action and must insist that these are legible and accurate (ref: HCOB C/S Series 98
AUDITING FOLDERS, OMISSIONS IN COMPLETENESS).
When encountering any of the above, the C/S should make up a prepared assessment
to cover points of possible error in the cramming action. Here is a sample assessment which
can be used or added to:
1. R Factor: “I’m going to assess a list of possible
errors which may have occurred in the
(cramming action), to locate any BPC.”
2. Assess:
“Was there any misownership of charge?”
“Were significances or reads misowned?”
“Was there any mismetering?”
“Was a false read taken up?”
“Was there any cleaned clean?”
“Was a read missed?”
“Was an F/N missed?”
“Was there any invalidation of state of case?”
“Were subjective questions asked?”
“Were earlier similars asked for when these did not exist?”
“Were there any out-ruds?”
“Was there no help?”
(The above is a sample assessment which contains the most common items you are
likely to find on mis-done cramming actions, especially on OTs, and the assessment above
is designed for use on cases who are OT III or above only as it contains “misownership”, but
a similar prepared assessment could be made up for a lower level case.)
3. Handle reads on the above assessment in accordance with HCOB 4 July 79 HANDLING
CORRECTION LISTS ON OTs and HCOB 22 Dec 79 FLYING RUDS AT OT III
AND ABOVE. This action alone may completely handle all the BPC, sometimes very rapidly
and spectacularly.
4. If not fully handled with the above, assess and handle the appropriate correction list for
the action that was messed up (i.e. WCCL - Word Clearing Correction List, for messed up
word clearing, or L4BRA, etc.), handling the reads in accordance with HCOB 4 Jul 79
HANDLING CORRECTION LISTS ON OTs and HCOB 22 Dec 79 FLYING RUDS AT OT
III Repair List (or if the person has been audited on NOTs, a NOTs Repair List).
497
ACTIONS THAT CAN BE DONE
There are actions that are OK to do in Cramming and will not get into the person’s case.
These relate to his post or study and are objective.
Definition of “Objective”: “Of or having to do with a material object as distinguished
from a mental concept, idea or belief” (Dictionary). “Means here and now objects in PT as
opposed to ‘subjective’.” (HCOB 2 Nov 57RA.)
Questions or actions by the Cramming Officer which are objective and pertain to the
person’s post, the materials which cover his post, the materials he is studying, clearing words
misunderstood, hatting actions and post or product debugs (provided subjective questions are
not asked on OTs) are all OK.
The most usual and successful cramming action is simply to take the materials or text
that covers the subject of the cramming order and word clear and cram those materials. This
is always safe and OK to do. (The only other caution is not to give verbal data, nor to evaluate
or invalidate or throw the person’s ruds out while doing the cram!)
Word Clearing Methods 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 are OK to do on OTs (but not Method
One, which asks for “earlier similar?”).
Finding and clearing Crashing Misunderstood Wrods is OK.
Demonstrating meanings or words and terms and principles either with a demo kit or
on Clay Table are OK.
Starrate checkouts on materials are OK.
Product Debug Tech is OK to do on OTs (provided the subjective questions on the
assessments are omitted).
All of the actions given in this section can and should be used in Cramming, and these
have no liability.
OTs when handled correctly in Cramming (or in auditing) are very fast and easy to
handle, and correct very readily.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
As assisted by
Snr C/S Int
Accepted by the
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
of the
CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY
OF CALIFORNIA
LRH:DM:kjm
Copyright (c) 1980
By L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
498
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 10 NOVEMBER 1981
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
OT III & above
ONLY
AO C/Ses
AO Solo C/Ses
NOTs C/Ses
AO Review
Auditors
C O N F I D E N T I A L
OT III AND OT III ATTEST
This issue changes the current handling of OT III and OT III attests and the next step
after OT III. We want to end off “endless IIIs”. Starting now, AO C/Ses are to handle
PreOTs on OT III as follows.
Let the person audit on OT III as long as he wishes. But at the first slackening or
abandonment or EP or if he is just going on and on into“endless III”, look for a nice win
and tell him that’s it and shunt him over to Audited NOTs.
An AO Review may be necessary before sending the person to attest. On an“endless
III”or some of these people who have been incomplete on OT III or who have been on and
off OT III for a long time, a Review would be necessary. The Review could be as short
as an LDN OT III and Rehab their best win on OT III or as long as a C/S 53 to F/Ning list
followed by an LDN OT III and then Rehab their best win on OT III. On some you might
only need to find a nice win they had on OT III and indicate that that was it, or get it
rehabbed in session (this would mainly apply to persons currently on OT III).
Some of this termination of III would depend on auditor availability for Audited
NOTs , but if this is a situation the solution is to train up more NOTs auditors.
The whole intention here is to take PreOTs who have“completed”OT III per the
above qualification and shunt them over to Audited NOTs.
Let’s start making OTs in VOLUME.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1981
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
499
500
501
ORIGINAL
OT 7
502
503
OT VII
The purpose of OT VII is the rehabilitation of ability to project intention.
The Pre OT should be set up for this rundown with all ruds flown or GF to F/N.
I. Basic Processes Setup
OT 7 - 1
What are you willing to cause?
What are you willing to be the effect of?
Run alternately
OT 7 - 2
Decide something.
Repeat to Cog, F/N, VGIs.
OT 7 - 3
Clear intention. (Very thoroughly) Have client use word in at least six sentences. (if
needed)
OT 7 - 4
1. What is a clear intention
2. Give me an example
3. What isn’t a clear intention
4. Give me an example.
OT 7 - 5
2W/C — the subject of intention.
OT 7 - 6
Recall an intention.
OT 7 - 7
Invent (mockup) some intentions.
OT 7 - 8
F-1. Tell me a thought/intention you would be willing to receive from another.
F-2. Tell me a thought/intention another would be willing to receive from you.
F-3. Tell me a thought/intention others would be willing to receive from others.
F-0. Tell me a thought/intention you’d be willing to receive from yourself.
504
OT 7 - 9
F-1. What intention of yours has another helped?
What intention of yours has another not helped?
F-2. What intention of another’s have you helped?
What intention of another’s have you not helped?
F-3. What intention of another’s have others helped?
What intention of another’s have others not helped?
F-0. What intention of yours have you helped?
What intention of yours have you not helped?
OT 7 - 10
F-1. What intention of another’s could you confront?
What intention of another’s would you rather not confront?
F-2. What intention of yours could another confront?
What intention of yours would another rather not confront?
F-3. What intention of another’s could others confront?
What intention of another’s would others rather not confront?
F-0. What intention of yours could you confront?
What intention of yours would you rather not confront?
OT 7 - 11
F-1. What intention of yours could another be responsible for?
F-2. What intention of another’s could you be responsible for?
F-3. What intention of another’s could others be responsible for?
F-0. What intention of yours could you be responsible for?
OT 7 - 13
Give me an unknown datum.
OT 7 - 14
Tell me some orders you wouldn’t mind receiving.
Tell me something that would obey you.
OT 7 - 15
Get the idea I can place an intention.
Get the idea I cannot place an intention.
505
II. L&N Intention Process
OT 7 - 16
Has an intention been — Suppressed
Invalidated
Blunted
Abandoned
Denied
Enforced
Desired
Decided
Forgotten
Hidden
Avoided
Altered
Twisted
Changed
Compteted
Made Wrong
On biggest reading item L & N —
What intention has been ____________ ?
R-3-R Quad if evil intention.
III. Placing thoughts and intentions (inside auditing room)
OT 7 - 17
A. Spot an object
B. Locate an object from which you are separate
Locate an object which is separate from you.
OT 7 - 18
Think a thought.
Place that thought in/on that. (indicated object)
Get that (indicated object) thinking that thought.
Have that (indicated object) continue thinking that thought.
Have that (indicated object) cease thinking that thought.
OT 7 - 19
Clear intention.
Mock up (invent) an intention.
Get the idea of placing (or place) that intention in that (indicated object).
OT 7 - 20
From (indicated point) make a choice between (indicated positions or objects).
OT 7 - 21
Putting the decision on (in) that (indicated object) make a decision about it.
OT 7 - 22
Decide something.
506
IV. Outside Processes with an Auditor (objects).
OT 7 - 23
Spot an object.
OT 7 - 24
Locate an object from which you are separate.
Locate an object which is separate from you.
OT 7 - 25
Think a thought in (on) that (object or position)
or
Do you see that (object)?
Think a thought in (on) it.
Did the thought appear where it is?
OT 7 - 26
From (indicated point) make a choice between (indicated positions or objects)
507
V. Outside Processes with an Auditor (people)
OT 7 - 28
Spot an acceptable energy source.
OT 7 - 29
Spot a person.
OT 7 -30
Locate a person from whom you are separate.
Locate a person who is separate from you.
OT 7 - 31
Point out a difference between that persons body and yours.
OT 7 - 32
Tell me something you really know about that person.
What would you permit that person to know about you?
OT 7 - 33
Postulate perfection into that person.
Now postulate perfection into that one.
OT 7 - 34
Tell me something you wouldn’t mind not-knowing about that person.
Tell me something you wouldn’t mind that person not-knowing about you.
OT 7 - 35
Think a Thought in (on) that person
or
Do you see that person?
Think a thought in (on) him/her.
Did the thought appear where it is?
OT 7 - 36
From that person make a choice between (indicated positions or objects).
OT 7 - 37
Putting the decision on (in) that person, make a decision about him/her.
508
OT 7 Solo Section
VI. Inside Processes Solo
(on the meter)
OT 7 - 39
Spot an object.
OT 7 - 40
Mock-up a confusion. Unmock it.
or
What confusion could you create?
OT 7 - 41
Mock-up a communication terminal.
Mock-up another communication terminal.
Dispose of these mock-ups
OT 7 - 42
What wouldn’t you mind communicating with.
OT 7 - 43
Mock-up your (father, wife, mother, husband).
Mock him (her) up again.
Dispose of these mock-ups.
OT 7 - 44
Now could you appreciate another as a human being.
Now could another appreciate you as a human being.
Now could you appreciate yourself as a human being.
Now could another appreciate themselves as a human being.
Now could another appreciate another as a human being.
OT 7 - 45
Find and run a havingness process on yourself.
509
VIII. Outside Processes Solo
(off the meter)
OT 7 - 46
Spot a person
or
Spot a thetan.
OT 7 - 47
1. Go to a place with lots of people
2. Spot them one at a time
3. As you spot each person, do the following:
A. Perceive the individual as a Life Source (Thetan).
B. Know something about that person.
C. Be willing to not-know something about that person.
D. Grant beingness to that person (by cognizing the way they are).
E. Having that person grant beingness to you.
OT 7 - 48
1. Find some plants, trees, etc., and communicate to them individually until you
know they received your communication.
2. Go to a zoo or a place with many types of life and communicate with each of
them untit you know the communication is received and, if possible, returned.
OT 7 - 49
Go out to a park, train station or other busy area. Practice placing an intentfon into
individuals until you can successfully and easily place an intention into or on a being
and/or a body.
ATTEST TO OT 7
510
511
NEW
OT 7
512
513
INSTRUCTIONS
The Pre-OT now works solo on cleaning up the body of BT/cluster masses, one area
at a time, until each is clean and transparent to his perception. Each of the various
techniques given in the materials are used as needed to blow these BT/cluster masses.
You may in some instances have to have the Pre-OT handle BTs Dianetically
running them back through a chain of incidents. This can be complex with 3 or 4 BTs and
chains crossed.
It is very dicey to run engrams on BTs as, although they may have one mutual one,
each one has an earlier chain for it that is different than that of the others in the cluster,
so you limit the action to the mutual incident they have in common. Scn Grades O-IV can
be run on a BT but this would not be usual as the BTs we’re dealing with in NED for OTs
are below that.
When the Pre-OT has a transparent body and a clear area around it to some distance
(barring perception of other people’s difficulties) and when he realized he is alive and
very much himself the EP of NED for OTs has been reached.
When this EP is reached then one will have achieved “CAUSE OVER LIFE”.
514
515
ORIGINAL
OT 8
516
517
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 OCTOBER 1969
OT VIII
SECRET
WHY THETANS MOCK UP
This question has been the most plaguing one in Dianetics and Scientology.
This question has been the most plaguing one in history of Clearing.
The ONLY way a thetan ever gets into trouble, the ONLY way he can get trapped or
become part of a cluster is by mocking up and making pictures of bad experiences.
And why record all bad experiences? This too is not good sense.
One can explain it by saying that thetans become bored and have “a yearning for event or
excitement” or that thetans mock up pictures as an aberrated form of “havingness.” Other ways
can be invented to explain why thetans compulsively mock up bad pictures, but these do not
factually lead to a total solution to the compulsion.
The real reason stems from a basic characteristic of thetans and that is “a thetan never
totally gives up.”
There is, seemingly, a streak of resistance or resentment that makes a thetan wish to persist
in the same place or location. If he cannot, he will do so covertly.
The definition of “power” is “the ability to hold a position in space.” All power comes from
the ability to occupy a point. In an electrical generator the base that separates two terminals must
be firm or there will be no exchange of energy or power generated.
The effort to weaken a thetan is to make him relinquish his point in space. Covertly or
overtly a thetan seeks to assert his position in space. If he cannot do so overtly, he does so covertly
or mentally.
When a thetan is moved unwillingly from a point or position he even then refuses to give
up that point and begins MOCKS IT UP mentally. He also mocks up the events of his departure
as a part of the action of mocking up the point he is leaving. This, unwittingly, gives him a picture,
an engram.
Now let us see if this theory holds true in practice.
A. Just ahead of any engram there must be an effort to retain a position and there must
be a point or location thetan mocked up.
This is true. You can blow an engram without running it by spotting its first point
in space and time. In a secondary, “where did you first hear of the loss?” is a vital question.
B. In a contact assist getting a person to touch again the point where he was hurt with
what was hurt will blow the engram.
C. Getting a person to locate areas (locations) that are not safe produce blows of
engrams without running them.
518
D. Exact and accurate dating sometimes blows an engram. Those times when it does
not, it should blow when the location is exactly spotted.
E. Implants and traps were done mainly to keep Thetans out of an area. The Thetan,
resenting and resisting, mocks up the place anyway and so implants himself.
A thetan too easily substitutes a mental mock up for a point in the real universe.
One could also say that a thetan, by mocking up, warns himself against certain points in
space or areas in the physical universe.
Anxiety is solely not thetan able to be certain places and not thetan able to be where one
is, either.
Making people leave is the most unpopular action unless one also frees them to be
anywhere.
Transferring people is a degrading thing to do to them.
Jail denies a thetan all spaces except where he has been placed; note that thetans are made
very miserable in jail. Jailing is a sure way to make confirmed criminals and also to make them
crazy as well.
Any thetan, stuck in an engram, is asserting the effort to be at and hold the point where he
was hit at the beginning of that engram.
An engram therefore is a refusal to leave a place at which force was exerted to drive one
away.
Reversely, one can refuse to be held at a place where one does not wish to be but this is a
negation of a place, a not-is of it and its time.
Power of choice over where one is and where one is not is thus a key to engrams.
Finally - a thetan mocks up because he covertly refuses to abandon a location under duress
and not-ises the place where he does not wish to be but must.
Using these facts one can blow engrams without running them.
Some sample questions:
“What point (location) is unsafe?”
“What location could you have held absolutely?”
“Where did you first get an intimation of danger?”
“What place would you rather not be in?”
“What effort would it take to hold (that) (a) location?”
Working with this you will see a door open to a higher level than Dianetic R3R. But realize
that it is only for a high level thetan.
LRH: rs L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (c) 1969 FOUNDER
By L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
519
520
521
NEW
OT 8
522
523
NEW OT VIII
STUDY AND PROCEDURE
DEBRIEF
1991
From recall this is a record of the full OT VIII procedure of the Church of
Scientology given on the Free Winds ship as delivered in 1991. Security there is very tight
with detectors at the doors so that no original data can be removed. This debrief is
something the Independent Field/Free Zone Scientology has been waiting many years to
see. It is not the original nor is it a perfect record but it is accurate and will get the result
if followed by a competent solo auditor who is flat on all earlier levels with all overts off.
The wording of the processes are exact to the best of my recall and the procedures are exact
for sure. Any differences are extremely minor (if at all). I spent several weeks reconstructing
all this from memory (needless to say I have an excellent memory as a result of the
rundown). I am breaking security as I disagree that this should only be released to an elite
in Scientology. I do, however, ask it not be released to psyches or “squirrels” or anyone
who will break the Independent Security Network and allow it to get back to the Church
of Scientology. It would be best if they do not find out that we have it. Please treat this
data responsibly. It is the key to the only truth possible.
The whole secret involves what truly is the relationship of the Supreme Being to
each individual thetan. To simply say it’s “me” is oversimplified to tears but has some
truth to it. The real key is the perception and ability to have full certainty and, therefore,
perception on all confusions and distortions of MEST and form and life units as well as
the ability to perceive exact identity and its full relationship to its true source and history
from its origin as the theta body, the true 8th Dynamic In order to truly view this as a
present time beingness one has to clean up, once and for all, his own confusions regarding
these points. The key is being flat on all earlier levels and being honest with self as to the
truth on each step of the rundown.
In doing this procedure one has to acknowledge the lie of time and persistance and
the lie of the illusion that MEST is solid and unchangable. Another key given is the fact
that a being can exist independent of time and present time and can choose any point on
the track as his present time. The PT body can confuse this, as attention to some degree
is always hung up on the PT body. This fixes the thetan into one present time and one time
stream when in fact there are many as you will discover.
Do not attempt this rundown if you are incomplete on any earlier level, incomplete
on or in need of “sec checks,” involved in any out ethics, PTS or involved in any pressing
PT situations that call your attention back to this present time. If you are in need of review
on any point above, get it before starting the rundown or it will miss and be meaningless
or wasted.
If your attention is in any way governed by OT 7 (NOTS) or earlier materials on OT
levels, this rundown will miss and be wasted. This also goes for out int. If int/ext is a
concern at all, get reviewed and flattened on OT 1 to 7 before attempting this rundown.
The techniques involve simple spotting techniques as in R2 processes or straightwire
references.
524
Step One: Read and word clear Handbook for Preclears cover to cover.
Step Two: Do all steps and exercises in the above book and note reads on any
terminals or items [presumably these are used in review or higher levels
later]. Keep the ruds in.
Step Three: Listen to the History of Man tapes and star rate M4 the concepts in them
(The Time Track of Theta).
Step Four: Clear the definition of “truth” and clay demo it [Tech Dictionary].
Step Five: Clay demo the concept of the theta line branching out toward PT from the
“theta body” and how this inhibits exteriorization, ability, power and
perception of truth. Clay demo what will happen if someone did OT VIII
procedure who was not fully completed on OT VII (NOTS). Sort this out
from the above data.
Step Six: Define “know-point” in the Tech Dictionary.
Step Seven: Study the early Dianetic Auditor Bulletin on straightwire in Tech Volume
One. Study Creation of Human Ability references regarding spotting
objectively and subjectively. Demo “recall,” “spotting” and “return” and
how these differ.
Step Eight: This is the processing section which is done solo. Do not fall into running
pictures or incidents. In others words, do not use “recall” or “return,” use
“spot” only.
[1] Fly the ruds.
[2] Clear and false data strip “truth,” “identity,” “time,” “place,” “form” and
“event,” each to EP. Restudy the definitions in the Tech Dictionary.
[3] Clear and False Data Strip the “8th Dynamic,” “God,” “Infinity,” “self,”
anyone you have identified as a god and any other wording you may have
for the 8th dynamic.
[4] Valence split (Similarity/Difference process) each answer on the reading
questions below by alternately spotting differences and similarities between
self and the terminal to a blow accompanied by a small blowdown
F/N or larger.
[A] Spot a person or object in this L/T or on the backtrack you have identified
as or who represented the 8th Dynamic to you. Valence split to EP and then
recheck to an F/Ning question on call or thought. End the session for the
day and recheck to ensure it’s F/Ning the next day before continuing.
[B] Spot a person who looked/looks like you. Handle as above.
[C] Spot a person who looked/looks dissimilar to you. Handle as above.
[D] Spot a person who is how you wanted/want to be. Handle as above.
525
[E] Spot a person who is how you didn’t want to be. Handle as above.
[F] Spot a person who you’d never want to be. Handle as above.
[G] Spot a person who you want to be. Handle as above.
[H] Spot a person who you identify as self [me]. Handle as above.
End on major stable win on the subject of identity.
Step Nine: Run as above with Valence Splitting, etc.
[1] Ruds as needed
[2] Spot a being who is close in true identity to you.
[3] Spot a being who has the same experiences as you.
[4] Spot a being who solves things as you have.
[5] Spot a being you are or have been junior or subordinate to as a thetan or
in life.
[6] Spot a being who you are/have been senior to in life or as a thetan.
[7] Spot a person who postulates as you do.
[8] Spot a person who you postulate for.
[9] Spot a person who may have postulated for you.
[10] Spot the situation or problem each of the above beings has solved for you.
Get prior confusion to the first time ever and spot the first moment of the
first prior confusion.
End on major stable win on the subject audited; however, do Step 10
before proceeding.
Step Ten: Use alternate repetitive straightwire.
End on wins. End section when nothing reads anymore and you have a
major stable win.
[1] Spot a truth in self.
Spot a truth in others.
[2] Have another spot a truth in you.
Have another spot a truth in himself/herself.
[3] Spot a reality you have solved with a lie.
Spot a reality you have not solved with a lie.
[4] Spot a reality you have substituted for a truth.
Spot a reality you have substituted for a lie.
[5] Spot a reality another has substituted for a truth
Spot a reality another has substituted for a lie
526
[6] Spot a reality you postulated for another.
What did it solve for you ?
What did it solve for him/her ?
[7] Spot a reality another has postulated for you.
What did it solve for him/her?
What did it solve for you?
[8] Have another spot a reality another has postulated in himself/herself.
What did it solve for him/her?
What did it solve for you?
[9] Locate a reality you found safe.
Spot the truth about it. (to a blow, small blowdown F/N or larger)
[10] Locate a reality another found safe.
Spot the truth about it. (to a blow, small blowdown F/N or larger)
[11] Locate a reality another found safe for you.
Spot the truth about it. (to a blow, small blow down F/N or larger)
Have the other person spot the truth about it. (to a blow, small blow down
F/N or larger)
[12] Locate a reality you have found safe for another.
Spot the truth about it. (to a blow small blow down F/N or larger)
Have the other person spot the truth about it. (to a blow, small blow down
F/N or larger)
[13] Spot a reality you can create for yourself.
Postulate a truth for it.
[14] Spot a reality you can create for another.
Postulate a truth for it.
Note: Steps [16] to [19] are a bracket. Each set should blow down on the let go
step. End on a win, cog or big change and then do the next step.
[16] Create a future for someone.
Place them in it.
Postulate some truth about it.
Now let go of it
[17] Create a future for yourself.
Place yourself in it.
Place another in it.
Postulate some truth about it.
Now let go of it.
[18] Recall a truth you agreed didn’t happen.
Spot the exact truth in it.
Spot any lie in it.
Now let go of it.
527
[19] Spot present time moving forward.
Notice thetans agreeing with it.
Spot any agreements you have with it.
Now let go of it.
Spot a different present time.
Notice thetans agreeing with it.
Spot any agreements you have with it.
Now let go of it.
Spot a different present time.
Notice thetans agreeing with it.
Spot any agreements you have with it.
Now let go of it.
(Repeat to a small blowdown; F/N, big win))
Step Eleven: Do all steps to full EP. End on all wins until persistent F/N dies down.
[A] Spot each portion of your theta that was abandoned.
[B] Spot each portion of your theta you asserted was not yours.
[C] Spot each portion of theta you asserted was yours that wasn’t.
[D] Spot your PT creations in this MEST universe.
[E] Spot PT creations that were not yours in this MEST universe.
[F] Spot any old creations that are hung up.
Spot the truth about these to a blow.
Note: Don’t concentrate on the untruths, just the truths.
[G] Spot yourself as a source for various things in this and other universes to
full certainty.
[H] Spot another 8th Dynamic creation as independent from yourself.
Spot where it is.
[I] Spot points where you have experienced joy or ecstacy in creating in this
lifetime and on the back track.
[J] Spot other beings you feel high ARC or love for.
Spot the truths in these beings. (each to a read F/N)
[K] Spot some theta you have created.
[L] Create some theta. Uncreate it. (to a read as it blows off however small it
is)
Redo A to L above until the TA floats or a true unkillable persistent F/N
appears and you have had a revelation regarding truth or 8th Dynamic
creation. This is the end of OT VIII. Note: I wasn’t privy to any C/Singing
or review techniques or other EP data. Beyond this there is no confidential
EP to my knowledge.
528
529
S P E C I A L
RUNDOWNS
530
EDITORS NOTE
The following materials relate to rundowns which are the exclusive province of
the Church of Scientology’s Flag Land Base.
To date, the original materials have note been liberated from this institution. What
is presented here are reconstructions of those materials by people who have trained and
delivered them before leaving that organisation.
In the absense of the original materials, the following are presented on an “as is”
basis and are used at your own discretion. No warranty is conferred or implied.
If the original materials should become available at a future date, a revision of this
volume will done to include them.
531
The “L” Rundowns
532
533
INTRODUCTION
The L’s were developed as a result of research into the levels above OT VIII. The
success of the L’s is startling. These rundowns can handle things that are handled
nowhere else.
The breakthrough which exists here technically is so strong that it actually cuts
through the normal protective mechanisms of the mind. It came actually from the OT
Grades. It answers the question - Why does an OT restrain himself and cease to behave
as an OT?
Each rundown is designed to terminatedly handle a specific area of a person’s case.
The L’s are not grades in themselves but incredible boosters. The basic tech comes from
research into increasing OT powers. They’re a special class of rundown; they increase a
person’s power and effectiveness.
Part of the discovery was that this tech could be used lower down on the Bridge to
get people up it faster - very much faster.
The L’s address the basics of a thetan’s case directly. They undercut the reactive
mind and handle those factors which suppress the capacity to actually Do, Be and Have.
They remove those things that can make a person less himself and far less powerful and
causative as a thetan. These rundowns are designed to find and erase the basic counter
intentions along one’s dynamics. They stabilize a case.
The L’s require an expert to run them. The auditor’s TRs have to be perfect and there
is no room for flubs. So don’t audit these rundowns on a PC or PreOT until your auditing
is flawless.
SETUP
In all the “L” Rundowns (L10, L11, and L12) the PC or PreOT is fully set up first
with a C/S 53 and GF40 expanded if needed.
METHOD 6
The L type of assessment is Method 6.
Method 6 is addressed directly to the thetan, not to the bank. The auditor looks
directly at the pc and says the question or item. That bypasses bank protective mechanisms.
A question is asked as a question, going up in the end as in regular assessment TRs.
However, on most of the L rundowns we are assessing in a declarative manner.
Declarative is when one goes down in pitch rather than up at the end. Going through a list
of possible valences we would declare each one directly to the pc with full intention. We
are not asking, we are looking for a reaction on that item. Earlier M6 was done in an
accusative manner. That was later revised to be a declarative manner.
534
PURPOSE OF THE L’s
The Ls are intended to handle out-valence and evil purpose cases. We are handling
main areas of resistiveness that are stopping the person from expanding. On L10 we
handle the main valences that make him restrain his havingness. On L11 we handle evil
purposes that keep him from acting. On L12 we stabilize his certainty of being himself.
The 3 Ls roughly divide into Have (L10), Do (L11), and Be (L12).
Our main targets are past identities and evil purposes. We will gradually make the
person realize that they are not him and thereby free him from them.
The Ls are tailored to the individual. Every pc might not need all the steps, some pcs
need extra steps. Particularly L10 doesn’t have a fixed program, but contains a number
of different possible ways of getting items.
535
L 10
536
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 OCTOBER 1971
Flag Only
Class X Only
Only a full Class X
may type or run off
L-10 lists or materials
CLASS X CHECKSHEET
FOR L-10 (EXPORT)
C O N F I D E N T I A L
NAME:____________________________DATE STARTED: ____________________
ORG: _____________________________DATE COMPLETED:_________________
This course ma be taught only in an official Org which is qualified and specifically
authorized to teach it.
Pre-requisite is successful completion and Internship of all levels up to and
including Class IX.
Full completion of this checksheet including the auditing requirements entitles the
student to the award of Class X Certificate.
Note: Students must be twinned in pairs. They remain twins for course study,
Method 2 Word Clearing and for co-audit of the L-10 processes to L10 completion.
The skills of a Class X Auditor lie in flubbless TRs, Two Way Comm, Metering,
Comm Cycle, understanding and application of the Overt Motivator Sequence, and
perfect assessments. Therefore this checksheet specifically covers these aspects before
the student begin the L-10 section itself. Other actions required in setting up a pc for L-
10 are fully covered in precious levels and are not part of this course.
This checksheet must be done in sequence, star-rated once through except Sections
7 & 8 (the actual L-10 materials) which are zero rated once through both sections and then
word cleared Method 2 then star-rated.
____________
CLASS X CHECKSHEET - SECTION ONE - GENERAL
1. HCOPL 15 June 1970 Keeping Scientology Working _________
2. HCOPL 16 Apr 1965 The Hidden Data Line _________
3. HCOPL 19 Apr 1965 Ethics Training & Processing Regulations _________
537
4. HCOPL 27 May 1965 Processing _________
5. HCOPL 22 Nov 1967 Out Tech _________
6. HCOPL 23 July 1969 Auditor Assignment Policies _________
7. HCOPL 4 Feb 1970 PC Application for Major Actions _________
8. HCOB 4 Feb 1970 PC Application for Major Actions _________
9. HCOB 28 Apr 1971 Okays to Audit in HGCs _________
10. HCOPL 31 May 1968 Auditors _________
11. HCOPL 14 Oct 1968 The Auditors Code _________
12. HCOPL 2 Nov 1968 Additions to Auditors Code _________
CLASS X CHECKSHEET - SECTION TWO
ETHICS AND LEGAL
1. HCOPL 1 July 1965 Ethics Chits _________
2. HCOPL 5 Apr 1965 The Basis of Insanity _________
3. HCOPL 7 Aug 1965 Suppressive Person, Main Characteristics of _________
4. HCOB 28 Jan 1966 S&D Data, How a Suppressive Becomes
One _________
5. HCOPL 1 Oct 1967 Uses of Orgs _________
6. HCOPL 27 Oct 1964 Policies on Physical Healing, Insanity and
Potential Trouble Sources _________
7. HCOPL 26 Oct 1970 Institutional and Shock Cases
Posting of Bonds _________
8. HCOPL 16 May 1970 Institutional and Shock Cases
Petitions from _________
9. HCOPL 14 Dec 1970 Institutional and Shock Cases
Petitions from Legal _________
10. HCOPL 12 July 1971 Parent or Guardian Assent Forms _________
CLASS X CHECKSHEET - SECTION THREE
COMM - ITSA - TRs
1. HCOB 23 May 1971 The Magic of the Comm Cycle _________
2. HCOB 23 May 1971 The Two Parts of Auditing _________
3. HCOB 23 May 1971 The Three Important Communication Lines _________
538
4. Demonstrate in Clay (a) Itsa _________
(b) The Itsa Maker Line _________
5. HCOB 23 May 1971 Comm Cycles Within the Auditing Cycle _________
6. HCOB 14 Aug 1963 Lecture Graphs _________
7. HCOB 5 Nov 1965 Lecture Graphs _________
8. HCOB 23 May 1971 The Communication Cycle in Auditing _________
9. Demonstrate in Clay (a) Communication _________
(b) The Auditing Comm Cycle _________
10. HCOB 23 May 1971 Auditor Failure to Understand _________
11. Demonstrate in Clay (a) The Mechanisms of Invalidation _________
(b) The Mechanics of Evaluation _________
12. HCOB 23 May 1971 Premature Acknowledgements _________
13. HCOB 5 Feb 1966 Letting the PC Itsa _________
14. Demonstrate in Clay (a) What happens if the auditor lets
the pc talk on and on _________
(b) Premature Acknowledgement and
what causes it _________
15. HCOB 23 May 1971 Comm Cycle Additives _________
16. HCOB 23 May 1971 Recognition of Rightness of the Being _________
17. HCOB 8 Mar 1962 The Bad Auditor _________
18. HCOB 12 Feb 1966 The Dangerous Auditor _________
19. HCOB 4 Aug 1963 E-Meter Errors: Comm Cycle Error _________
20. HCOB 1 Oct 1963 How to Get Tone Arm Action _________
21. HCOB 8 Oct 1963 How to Get TA, Analysing Auditing _________
22. HCOB 25 Nov 1963 Dirty Needle _________
23. HCOB 3 Aug 1965 Auditing Goofs, Blowdown Interruption _________
24. Demonstrate in Clay (a) What makes the TA move _________
(b) What causes a dirty needle _________
25. HCOB 25 June 1970 Fishing a Realization _________
539
26. HCOB 10 July 1970 2-Way Comm - A Class III Action _________
27. HCOB 3 July 1970 C/Sing 2 Way Comm _________
28. HCOB 6 Nov 1964 Styles of Auditing _________
29. HCOB 30 Apr 1969 Auditor Trust _________
TAPES
1. 27 July 1954 Two Way Comm and the PTP _________
2. 6 Oct 1954 Two Way Comm _________
3. 22 Oct 1954 Two Way Comm _________
4. 1 Nov 1954 Two Way Comm _________
5. 29 Nov 1954 Two Way Comm _________
6. 14 Aug 1963 Auditing Tips _________
7. 15 Aug 1963 The Tone Arm _________
8. 20 Aug 1963 The Itsa Line _________
9. 21 Aug 1963 The Itsa Line _________
10. 16 Oct 1963 The Itsa Maker Line _________
11. Demonstrate in Clay (a) The Mechanics of Two Way Comm _________
(b) Over restimulation _________
(c) Under restimulation _________
TRs
1. HCOB 17 Apr 1961 Training Drills Modernized _________
2. HCOB 16 June 1971 Rapid Tr - 2 _________
3. HCOB 7 May 1968 Upper Indoc TRs _________
4. HCOB 16 Nov 1965 Commands for Upper Indoc TRs _________
5. HCOB 12 Jan 1959 Tone of Voice - Acknowledgement _________
6. HCOB 26 Apr 1971 TRs and Cognitions _________
7. HCOB 20 Feb 1970 Floating Needles and End Phenomena _________
540
TRs - PRACTICAL
TR - 0 _________ TR - 4 _________
TR - 1 _________ TR - 6 _________
TR - 2 _________ TR - 7 _________
TR - 2 RAPID _________ TR - 8 _________
TR - 3 _________ TR - 9 _________
CLASS X CHECKSHEET - SECTION FOUR
RESPONSIBILITY AND THE O/M SEQUENCE
1. HCOB 1 Nov 1968 Overt - Motivator Definitions _________
2. Demonstrate in Clay (a) An Overt _________
(b) A Motivator _________
3. HCOB 18 Dec 1957 Psychosis, Neurosis, and Psychiatrists _________
4. HCOB 17 May 1958 Beingness Again _________
5. HCOB 17 Dec 1958 Basic Postulate of Overt Motivator
Sequence _________
6. HCOB 7 May 1959 New Process theory _________
7. HCOB 23 Dec 1959 Responsibility _________
8. HCOB 21 Jan 1960 Justification _________
9. Demonstrate in Clay (a) Withhold _________
(b) The Overt Motivator Sequence _________
(c) The Mechanics of Justification _________
10. HCOB 4 Feb 1960 Theory of Responsibility Processing _________
11. HCOB 4 Feb 1960 Overt Manifestations on a Low Toned
Case _________
12. HCOB 18 Feb 1960 How to Run O/W and Responsibility _________
13. Demonstrate in Clay (a) Responsibility _________
(b) Why a thetan restrains himself _________
(c) How O/W works _________
14. HCOB 25 Feb 1960 Scientology Can Have a Group Win _________
541
15. HCOB 9 June 1960 The Basic Assumptions _________
16. Demonstrate in Clay (a) The mechanics of Out - of - Valence _________
17. HCOB 13 Aug 1962 Rockslams and Dirty Needles _________
18. HCOB 7 Dec 1964 PTPs, Overts and ARC Breaks _________
19. HCOB 4 Apr 1965 ARC Breaks and Missed Withholds _________
20. HCOB 29 Sept 1965 The Continuous Overt Act _________
21. HCOB 30 June 1967 Evidences of an Aberrated Area _________
22. HCOB 6 June 1969 Prediction and Consequences _________
23. HCOB 31 Dec 1959 Blow offs _________
24. HCOB 31 Jan 1970 Withhold, Other Peoples _________
TAPES
1. 6001C01 SMC - 1 Opening Lecture _________
2. 6001C01 SMC - 2 Responsibility _________
3. 6001C01 SMC - 3 Overts and Withholds _________
4. 6001C02 SMC - 4 A 3rd Dynamic in Scientology _________
5. 6001C02 SMC - 5 Marriage _________
6. 6001C02 SMC - 6 Group Processing _________
7. 6001C03 SMC - 7 Zones of Control, Rsponsibility _________
8. 6001C03 SMC - 8 Create and Confront _________
9. 6001C03 SMC - 9 Your Case _________
10. 6102C09 Illness, Insanity and Axiom 2 _________
11. 6102C10 Procedure, Duplication and What People
Do _________
12. 6102C16 Machinery and Games Thetans Play _________
13. Write and essay on relationship of O/W sequence to Insanity,
Valences and Cause Level _________
542
CLASS X CHECKSHEET - SECTION FIVE
PC OBNOSIS
1. HCOB 26 Oct 1970 Obnosis and the Tone Scale _________
2. HCOB 19 June 1970 C/S Series No. 8
Chart of Human Evaluation _________
3. Chart Chart of Human Evaluation _________
4. HCOB 18 Sept 1971 Scales _________
5. HCOB 25 Sept 1971 Tone Scale in Full _________
6. HCOB 29 July 1964 Good Indicators at Lower Levels _________
7. HCOB 26 Apr 1969 Bad Indicators _________
8. HCOB 28 Feb 1959 Analysis of Cases _________
9. Demonstrate in Clay How auditing affects Tone Level _________
10. Drill: Walk around the Org. Observe and talk briefly to 10 people individually.
Spot their tone levels and note down their manerisms and characteristics by which
you ascertained their levels.
CLASS X CHECKSHEET - SECTION SIX
METERING
1. E - Meter Essentials Section F, The Needle _________
2. HCOB 14 Jan 1963 Rings Causing Rock Slams _________
3. HCOB 21 Jan 1964 Breath and Body Action _________
4. HCOB 5 Oct 1968 ARC Break Needle _________
5. HCOB 7 Oct 1968 ARC Break Needle _________
6. HCOB 28 Feb 1971 Meter Reading Items _________
7. HCOB 14 Mar 1971 F/N Everything _________
8. HCOB 23 May 1971 Metering _________
9. HCOB 24 Oct 1971 False TA _________
10. HCOB 10 Dec 1965 E-Meter Coaching _________
11. HCOB 16 June 1971 Advanced E-Meter Drills _________
543
E-METER DRILLS (per Book of E Meter Drills)
EM Drill 11 ________ EM Drill 12 _________
EM Drill 13 ________ EM Drill 14 _________
EM Drill 15 ________ EM Drill 16 _________
EM Drill 17 ________ EM Drill 18 _________
EM Drill 19 ________ EM Drill 20 _________
EM Drill 21 ________ EM Drill 23 _________
EM Drill 24 ________ EM Drill 27 _________
Advanced E Meter Drill No. 2 (Per HCOB 16 June 1971 _________
CLASS X CHECKSHEET - SECTION SEVEN
L - 10 ITSELF
1. HCOB 22 Jan 1971 The Fabulous L-10 _________
2. HCOB 25 Mar 1971 Re: Auditing Requisite of Auditors
Auditing L10 _________
3. HCOB 13 Aug 1971 L10 Training Prerequisites _________
4. HCOB 19 July 1971 C/S Series 52 Internes _________
5. HCOB 25 Mar 1971 L10 Prerequisites.
Setting Up a Pc for L10s _________
6. HCOB 27 Sept 1966 The Anti Social Personality _________
7. HCOB 28 Nov 1970 Psychosis _________
8. HCOB 17 Sept 1971 Data for Class X _________
9. HCOB 17 July 1971 C/S Series 51 Out Of Valence _________
10. Demonstrate in Clay (a) Psychosis _________
(b) The Anti Social Personality _________
(c) How an SP Becomes One _________
11. HCOB 10 May 1971 F/N Style _________
12. Demonstrate in Clay (a) What Stops an F/N _________
(b) What Happens if Each Item is Not
Taken to F/N in L10 _________
13. HCOB 18 Sept 1971 L10 Style Assessment _________
544
14. Demonstrate in Clay (a) L10 Style assessment _________
15. HCOB 11 May 1971 L10 Slows _________
16. Demonstrate in Clay (a) The effect of L10 on an improperly
set up case _________
(b) The effect of slow TR-2 in L10 _________
(c) The mechanics of a lie _________
(d) The effect of auditing over an evil life _________
17. HCOB 25 June 1971 Major L10 Errors _________
18. HCOB 25 June 1971 L10 General Notes _________
19. HCOB 25 Mar 1971 How to Extract Items for O/Ws
from L10 W/S _________
20. HCOB 17 Sept 1971 L10 Repowered O/W Commands _________
21. HCOB 11 May 1971R Evil Lives _________
22. HCOB 22 Sept 1966 Clear and OT _________
23. HCOB 2 Aug 1971 The State of Clear and OT _________
24. HCOB 22 June 1971 End Phenomena of L10s _________
25. WORD CLEARING Word Clear Method 2 on all HCOBs
in this Section _________
26. Demonstrate in Clay (a) What is acheived by L10 _________
NOTE: The student should have completed his own L10 as a case before proceeding with
section eight.
CLASS X CHECKSHEET - SECTION EIGHT
L10 RUNDOWN
( The materials of this section constitute the “L10 Pack” one of which is issued for each
Pc.)
1. HCOB 27 June 1971R L10 Checklist _________
2. Important Note _________
3. Instruction Sheet _________
4. Applicant for L10 Form _________
545
5. Auditor C/S Attest Form _________
6. HCOB 27 Mar 1971 Considerations Rundown _________
7. HCOB 14 Sept 1971 Two Way Comm C/Ses for L10 _________
8. HCOB 26 June 1971R Full Lie Rundown _________
9. HCOB 14 Sept 1971 L10 Program Assessment _________
10. HCOB 8 Feb 1971 L10 PA Handling Sheet _________
11. HCOB 18 Jan 1971 L10 1 Motivator List _________
12. HCOB 19 Jan 1971 L10 2 Overt List _________
13. HCOB 18 Sept 1971 E/Purpose General _________
14. HCOB 20 Jan 1971 L10 Others To Others _________
15. HCOB 30 Nov 1971 L10 LTA Omission List _________
16. HCOB 15 Sept 1971 E/Purpose Multiple C/S _________
17. HCOB 15 Sept 1971 Greatest O/M RD C/S _________
18. HCOB 15 Sept 1971 Enemy R/D Multiple C/S _________
19. HCOB 1 Feb 1971 L10 2D 1 and 2 _________
20. HCOB 7 Feb 1971 L10 G Group Approach L10 _________
21. HCOB 27 June 1971 MEST RD Lists _________
22. HCOB 27 June 1971 MEST RD Lists _________
23. HCOB 28 Dec 1970 L10 Result Assessment _________
24. HCOB 27 June 1971 L10 RA Handling Sheet _________
25. HCOB 15 Sept 1971 Special C/S for L10 RA 33 _________
26. HCOB 26 June 1971 The Connections List _________
27. Final Instructions _________
28. Word Clear Method 2 on the materials of this section _________
546
DRILLS: (Per HCOB 23 Oct 1971 L10 Drills)
1. TR X-1 (a) 2W/C ____ 2. TR X-2 (a) L10 Style Assessment ____
(b) ____ (b) ____
3. TR X-3 (a) 6W O/W ____ 4. TR X-4 (a) Consideration R/D ____
(b) ____ (b) ____
5. TR X-5 (a) Lie R/D ____ 6. TR X-6 (a) L10 PA ____
(b) ____ (b) ____
7. TR X-7 (a) L10 Lists ____ 8. TR X-8 (a) L10 LTA ____
(b) ____ (b) ____
9. TR X-9 (a) L10 2D 2 ____ 10. TR X-10 (a) E/Purp ____
(b) ____ (b) ____
11. TR X-11 (a) E/Purp Mul ____ 12. TR X-12 (a) Enemy R/D ____
(b) ____ (b) ____
13. TR X-13 (a) Great O/M ____ 14. TR X-14 (a) Life R/D ____
(b) ____ (b) ____
15. TR X-15 (a) MEST R/D ____ 16. TR X-16 (a) Connections R/D ____
(b) ____ (b) ____
17. TR X-17 (a) E/Purp Mul ____
(b) L10 RA ____
CLASS X CHECKSHEET - SECTION NINE
C/SING CLASS X
A thorough knowledge of all the materials of this course is essential to the C/Sing of
L10. In addition, the following are relevant.
1. HCOB 23 Aug 1971 Auditors Rights _________
2. HCOB 16 June 1970 What the C/S is Doing _________
3. HCOB 19 June 1970 Chart of Human Evaluation _________
4. HCOB 3 July 1970 C/Sing 2W/C _________
547
5. HCOB 21 Aug 1970 Session Grading _________
6. HCOB 26 Aug 1970 Session Grading _________
7. HCOB 8 Oct 1970 Persistent F/N _________
8. HCOB 28 Nov 1970 Psychosis _________
9. HCOB 28 Feb 1971 Metering Reading Items _________
10. HCOB 6 Mar 1971 Long C/Ses _________
11. HCOB 31 Mar 1971 Programming & Misprogramming _________
12. HCOB 26 May 1971 Mixing Major Actions _________
13. HCOB 21 Oct 1971 Intensive Programs _________
14. HCOB 9 June 1971 Complete Cycles _________
15. HCOB 19 June 1971 C/S Rules _________
16. HCOB 19 June 1971 Declares _________
17. HCOB 20 June 1971 The Supreme Test of a C/S _________
18. HCOB 17 July 1971 Out of Valence _________
19. HCOB 29 Mar 1970 Auditing and Ethics _________
I attest that I have completed the above checksheet and that I understand and can
apply the materials:
________________________
(Student)
________________________
(Supervisor)
Student has passed L10 written exam 100%
________________________
(Student Examiner)
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: ojr; rs
Copyright © 1971
By L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
548
L 10
L10 is designed to handle the things a thetan uses to restrain himself. The person
regains his ability and power to do those things he intends to do and as a result he feels
more at cause than ever before. L10 is an action that really releases a person’s power on
the third and fourth dynamic. It takes off the stops that hold a person back on these
dynamics.
L10 will boost the individual’s confront and responsibility level and consequently
raise his doingness level.
PREREQUISITES: L10 is not restricted to only those who have completed OT III.
The only prerequisites to L10 are a complete NED Drug R/D and Expanded Grades. It
may not be done in the Non-interference Zone between Grade VI R6EW and OTIII.
Note - All assessing is done M-6 (the L10 method of assessing a list). You look at
the PC or PreOT and give him directly every item or question on the list. (Tape recording
7106C12)
L10 EP
Freedom from self-restraint. His reach (havingness) is increased.
L10 BASIC APPROACH
0) Handle any identities the pc is assuming when he goes into session. Any fixed
valences he uses to be audited with.
1) 2WC for areas the pc has difficulty with or terminals he has trouble handling.
2) Get an identity or terminal associated with the area. The way we do that depends on
the pc’s reality. On a higher level pc we can ask for identities that would represent
the area, for lower level pc we might just ask for an identity associated with the area.
Use whatever concept that communicates best: Identity, Valence, Character,
Beingness, etc. If pc lists we would go to a BD F/N item. “Who or What would have
___?” can be used. If pc gives “Me” as an identity: get it translated into a description
of the identity. If it isn’t possible, use “Me” in the steps anyway.
3) O/Ws on item:
1. “What has a ____ done?”
2. “What has a ____ withheld?”
We do this to unburden the item so that we can get to the basic purpose of it.
4) L&N for basic purpose / basic intention of the item:
“What is the basic purpose or intention of _____?”
Date to blow / Locate to blow this purpose if evil.
549
5) If not completely handled / still some attention on the identity, 2wc or L&N:
“What identity would oppose (the item)?”
Same handle: 3)-5). May have to continue opposing each identity until handled.
6) On heavily charged terminals or opposing terminals one can do Quad O/Ws,
Quad Ruds, and Can’t Have, Enforced Have steps - as needed.
7) The 2WC in 1) is taken to F/N and flat. Pc may have many identities in the area
8) Many other methods can be used to get valences. The standard L10 RDs can be
used as well as others, e.g. LX lists.
L10 RUNDOWNS
1) L10 Prior Assessment (P.A.):A list of potentially charged dynamics/areas from
which to tailor and develop or C/S L10 O/W questions/lists
2) M6 assess then 2WC E/S to F/N, find intention behind
L10 M1 List of motivators (general)
M2 List of overts (general)
L10 2D 1) 2nd dynamic motivators
2) 2nd dynamic overts
L10 Group O/W on all flows 0-4
MEST/LIFE RD: O/Ws on 5+6 dynamics
3) Considerations RD:
4) Connections RD: (Questions designed to get aberrated connections terminals/
dynamics ... Expanded dynamics list, take reading items 2WC to F/N)
5) Enemy RD: I - L&N “Who do you consider an enemy” (handled all flows)
II - O/W item
III - E/Purp had + Date/Locate to blow.
6) Greatest Overt: L&N “What was the greatest overt you committed on the Whole
Track?” ... D/L + do FL0-4
7) E/Purp Multiple: (See ExDN pack in Vols.) “What evil purpose have you had
towards another?”
8) Lie RD: L&N “What was your greatest lie on the Whole Track?”
9) L10 RA (Results Assessment):
550
L10 PRIOR ASSESSMENT
1. M6 Assess an expanded dynamics list like the one below.
2. Get considerations about each reading item. Look for service facs and evil purposes,
ways he is resisting the item.
3. Date/Locate any evil purposes found.
Expanded Dynamics List (symbiotes & items on dynamics)
3D, Group:
club flag insignia meeting place
uniform rank the state members
membership law rules corporation
agreement team a race team mates
constitution constituency politics leaders
followers morals commandments policy
admin organization org board orders
school education exchange military
police prison criminal mores
language urge to join war government
democracy tyranny aristocracy collective
1D, Self:
thetan individuality identity mental machinery
a mind a skill tool clothing
career identification human body parts brain
body cells car house
food meals vehicle decorations
certificates diplomas body organs viewpoints
a habit appetite ego urge to survive as individual
auditing hobby medicine self improvement
study book ornament grooming
personal hygiene self expression health product
GE job paycheck
2D, Sex & Family:
food preparation duplication child sex
genital penis vagina sperm
ovum semen conception childhood
mother farther matriarch patriarch
son daughter intercourse family
home desire virility impotence
a marriage seduction urge to procreate sexual pleasure
sexual sensation courting feminity masculinity
pregnancy birth babies breasts
contraceptives homosexuality bisexuality sexual practices
rape promiscuity VD relatives
family ties incest mother’s milk abortion
prenatal influence mating nurturing
menstruation infatuation sexual love sibling
551
4D, Mankind:
commerce human species ecology development of space
space travel world travel genocide exploration
human race brotherhood united nations world organization
world trade confederations world citizenship league of nations
esperanto world health world treaties international agreements
human rights world systems world communication urge to act in concert
free trade global contract world government human dignity
common man
5D, Life Forms:
plant animal primate body
bird reptile fish cell
virus biology embryo egg
organic form seed insect
mollush lichen protozoa organs
tissue bloom chlorofil protein
amino acids RNA DNA genes
garden harvest pets ecology
pollution extraterrestrials aliens urge to survive as life form
life energy fertilizer nutrients urge to improve life forms
photon converter bacteria elan vital
7D, Spirit:
aesthetic wave value ghost spirit
art object beauty the occult magic
voodoo mediums masters symmetry
logic creative urge sublimation ambiguity
poetry theory idea theta
OT virtue architecture literature
essay writing imagination mathematics
evil courage goodness purity
own universe astral body ectoplasm telepathy
telekinesis metaphysics ethics justice
philosophy immortality freedom free will
nobility style urge to create
6D, MEST:
wavelength object mass atom
molecule quanta particle smoke
clouds time space a dimension
form gravity force light
fluids chemicals mineral rock
earth planet star plasma
air galaxy solar system physical universe
shape size elements direction
vector ridge beam explosion
implosion subatomic particles electricity density
compounds vacuum mixtures weather
tendency to persist condense wind fire
water location
552
8D, Infinity:
religion worship goddesses profanity
priest guru avatar sacrifice
omnipotence omnipressence gods deity
divinity sublime essence immanence radiance
grace infinite potentiality hymn blasphemy
demon trancendence church prayer
religious practice rites absolute co-existence of static
basic truth as-isness miracles divine healing
faith belief idols sacred texts
gospels sutras parables urge to ultimate truth
self trancendence sacred teachings heaven hell
devil angel paradise wrath of God
godlike states
Another way of getting items on the dynamics:
L&N for each dynamic:
Who or what (W/W) represents the (Dynamic) ?
or
W/W would represent the (Dynamic) ?
For example:
W/W represents the first dynamic? LF
Item: an engineer LFBD F/N
Write down PCs answer and note all reads. R-factor to PC that his answer will be
used to prepare and tailor the next steps in the RD
Repeat for all the other dynamics.
553
8D RUNDOWN
a) L10 M1 List of Motivators} done in one session to avoid
} restim by
M2 List of Overts } unflat O/M sequence.
Use prepared lists of motivators * and overts plus Qs constructed from preassessment
(200Qs)
Handling: M6 assess then 2WC ES to F/N if read.
On heavily charged Q: ask
“What would be the intention behind someone who would e.g. punish
someone? L/N then D/L Intention
OR:
On heavily charged Overt: L&N for Intention then D/L.
b) Same as above for dynamics 2-6. Ref: L10 outline.
* Use general compilations of various sec check lists (e.g. Whole Track, Children etc
rephrased as O/M)
Possible Questions:
2D:
1. Is the 2D something to stay away from?
2. Have you been made to feel inadequate sexually?
3. Have you been made wrong for loving someone?
4. Have you desired someone and not won them over?
5. Was there someone that insisted you were at fault in the 2D?
6. Has a 2D partner used anger to get their way?
7. Have you been stopped on the 2D?
8. Has a 2D partner forced you into something you don’t want?
9. Have you gone along with a 2D when you knew it was wrong?
10. Have you conceded a major point on the 2D when you shouldn’t have?
11. Have you left a 2D for no good reason?
12. Have you harmed a 2D?
13. Have you withheld your true intentions to a 2D?
14. Does some destructive impulse get in the way of your 2D happiness?
15. Are you ruled by an evil intention when it comes to the 2D?
16. Do you have hostility to the opposite sex?
17. Is there an evil intention that is blunted on the 2D?
18. Is ther something you want to do and shouldn’t on the 2D?
19. Has cruelty been a part of your past on the 2D?
554
20. Is there a past life 2D partner you have ruined?
21. Is ther a past life partner that you have suppressed?
22. Have you stopped another 2D?
23. Is there some reason for hurting another in the 2D?
24. Does some consideration make what you do on the 2D right no matter what?
25. Have you been afraid to reveal something on the 2D?
26. Do you withhold your real purposes on the 2D?
27. Has the 2D been a source of revenge for you?
28. Are you proud of some overt on the 2D?
29. Is the 2D something to stop?
30. Is the 2D not worth it?
31. Are women better left alone?
32. Has a destructive impulse been missed on the 2D?
3D:
1. Have you been ousted from a group for no good reason?
2. Have you had a group make you out to be a failure when you weren’t
3. Was a group determined to stop ;you?
4. Was a group threatening to you?
5. Was a group invalidating your initiative?
6. Has any group failed to better you?
7. Have you gone along with the wishes of a group when it was wrong?
8. Have you taken on a group purpose that was destructive?
9. Have you sided with a traitor of a group?
10. Have you been an agent against a group that turned out to be worthwhile?
11. Is there a group that you sided with that did in a lot of people?
12. Have you been a member of a group whose intent was to harm?
13. Have you been in a group that chose to hate some part of mankind?
14. Is there a group you were in that aided only the rich and influential?
15. Is there a group that you have actually worked against?
16. Have you broken up a group through sabotage?
17. Have you played two groups against each other?
18. Have you been a destructive source in a group?
19. Have you had the impulse to do away with any group?
20. Have you let a group die off?
21. Have you spied on a group and ruined it?
22. Is there a hidden distrust of anyone in a group?
23. Do you hide an evil intention while in a group activity?
24. Have you ever failed with a purpose to harm any group?
25. Has a leader been you enemy?28.
555
6D:
1. Are your possessions your own?
2. Have you been bought off with possessions?
3. Have you let things decay?
4. Has MEST been your enemy?
5. Have you stolen things?
6. Have you been destructive to another’s belongings?
7. Have you intentionally hurt an object?
8. Have you used energy to dictate to others?
9. Have you used MEST to do something evil?
10. Is there an impulse to do something to MEST?
11. Have you grabbed another’s space?
12. Have you destroyed an aesthetic creation?
13. Have you failed to control a harmful intention with energy?
14. Have you let time dictate to you?
15. Have you created something that harmed a lot of people?
16. Has an object of yours been used for destructive purposes?
17. Have you created something with an intent to use it for destruction?
18. Have you had to restrict yourself in your pursuit of possession?
19. Has a destructive impulse gotten in the way of your pursuit for material wealth?
20. Has a destructive impulse towards MEST been missed?
Comm Enforcements
1. Have you enforced comm on another?
2. Has comm been enforced on you?
3. Has your affinity been inhibited?
4. Have you blunted another’s affinity?
5. Have you enforced your reality on another?
6. Has another enforced reality on you?
7. Have you been indoctrinated into thinking a certain way?
8. Have you insisted another have your views?
9. Have you been made to do things you didn’t want?
10. Have you forced antoher to do something against his own will?
11. Have you been made to be something you didn’t want to be?
12. Have you forced another to act in a certain way?
13. Have you been forced on an object you didn’t want?
14. Have you made someone own something they didn’t want?
15. Have you been made to lie?
16. Have you made another distort the truth?
556
17. Have you gotten your own way by force?
18. Have you inhibited another by beingness?
19. Have you had your identity inhibited by someone?
20. Has an identity been enforced on you?
21. Have you made someone be where they didn’t want to be?
22. Have you been put somewhere you didn’t want to be?
23. Have you been made to know something?
24. Have you enforced data on someone else?
25. Has responsibility been forced on you?
26. Have you made another be responsible?
27. Have you had your comm inhibited?
28. Have you inhibited another’s comm?
29. Have you had your comm refused?
30. Have you refused another’s comm?
31. Have you been party to false affinity?
32. Has someone been false with their affinity to yoiu?
33. Have you received false affinity?
34. Have you had your reality inhibited?
35. Have you inhibited another’s reality?
36. Have you refused another’s reality?
37. Has you reality been refused?
38. Has someone falsified your reality?
39. Have you made another’s reality look false?
Another Sec Check
1. Do you lie about yourself?
2. Do you suppress yourself in some way?
3. Do you suppress life?
4. Do you connect yourself with bad influences?
5. Do you connect up with bad memories?
6. Is there some connection you wont let go of?
7. Do you always act in a certain way?
8. Do you own your loyalty to no one?
9. Are you doing yourself in?
10. Do you ant to or intend to do yourself in?
11. Are you on a succumb?
12. Do you wish to succumb?
13. Do you plan to let yourself go unrestrained?
14. Have you ever sought revenge on your family?
15. Have you ever done a family member in?
557
16. Have you made someone in your family guilty?
17. Have you ever brutalized another with sex?
18. Is sex destructive?
19. Is love harmful?
20. Are you best left alone?
21. Is rape justifiable?
22. Do you hold the opposite sex in contempt?
23. Are women stupid?
24. Do you lie about sex?
25. Do you have a secret desire to annihilate the opposite sex?
26. Is violence justifiable on a woman?
27. Are you implanted to feel a certain way about sex?
28. Do you have a dirty mind?
29. Are groups worthwhile?
30. Is there a leader you’ve done in?
31. Do you have a secret hatred towards groups?
32. Are you desirous of a group’s support?
33. Have you let any group die off?
34. Are groups better left to followers?
35. Are you spied on?
36. Is someone after you?
37. Do you have an evil impulse towards any group?
38. How long should any group last?
39. What makes a group fail?
40. Do you plan to seed the growth of unrest in any group?
41. Do you judge people by race?
42. Are certain religions harmful?
43. Is there any race you have it in for?
44. Does it pay to be destructive?
45. How powerful do ;you have to be to be successful?
46. What connection is sacred?
47. What part of mankind is harmful?
48. Have you justified a destruction of a race?
49. ARe other people necessary?
50. Is there some object you are connected with?
51. Is there a certain time period you dwell upon?
52. Is there something your energy is absorbed in?
53. Is there a space you are forbidden in?
54. Are spirits evil?
55. Is your spirituality threatened?
56. Are spirits overpowering?
57. Have you squashed a thetan out of existence?
558
58. Has your existence been questioned?
59. Have you lost out to a body?
60. Do you seek revenge against a spirit or thetan?
61. Are you a traitor?
62. Is your cause lost?
63. Do you intend to create havoc?
64. Is life worth living?
65. Are people better off dead?
66. What makes people insane?
67. Why are people suspicious?
68. Is there a past life that was a failure?
69. Is there a past life that was important?
70. Is there a past life that you can’t talk about?
71. Is there a past life that was evil?
72. What past life was critical?
73. What past life was suspicious?
74. Are you facing eternity with lack of hope?
75. Is eternity a dreaded matter?
76. What would move you to violence?
77. What motivates mankind?
78. Are you motivated by any impulse?
79. Why do people hate?
80. Is your survival dependent on an outside source?
81. Is your destiny decided by someone else?
82. Should you be punished forever?
83. Will all be the same?
84. How can you be stopped?
85. How can you be made nothing of?
86. Is there hope for man?
87. Has this all been run on someone else?
88. Are you waiting for something magical to happen?
89. Have you decided it was a waste?
90. Do you intend to make trouble after the auditing?
559
OVERTS BY DYNAMICS R/D
FIRST DYNAMIC
1. Have you ever denied yourself an opportunity?
2. Is there something you haven’t let yourself have?
3. Have you ever deliberately made someone think badly of you?
4. Have you ever made someone punish you?
5. Have you ever distrusted yourself?
6. Have you ever made yourself sick?
7. Have you ever deliberately hurt yourself?
8. What haven’t you let yourself do?
9. Have you ever considered anything to be “Much too good for you”?
10. Have you ever hated yourself?
11. Have you ever decided you were unworthy of your friends?
family?
job?
12. Have you ever prevented yourself from accomplishing something?
13. What haven’t you let yourself feel?
14. What haven’t you let yourself think?
15. Have you ever restrained yourself from a desired sexual experience?
16. Is there anything you won’t let yourself eat?
drink?
17. What won’t you let yourself see?
hear?
touch?
18. What won’t you let yourself understand?
19. Have you ever attempted suicide?
20. Have you ever misused a body part?
21. Have you ever punished yourself?
22. Have you ever lied to yourself?
23. Have you ever failed to care for a body part?
560
2ND DYNAMIC (Family)
1. Have you ever been a disturbing element in a family?
2. Have you ever joined a family out of revenge?
3. Have you ever disowned a member of your family?
4. Have you ever gotten a relative into trouble?
5. Have you ever worked against your family?
6. Have you ever badly raised a child?
7. Have you failed to provide for a child of yours?
8. Have you ever split up a family?
9. Have you ever had a bastard?
10. Have you ever passed off a bastard as legitimate?
11. Have you ever claimed a blood-relationship you didn’t have ?
12. Have you ever forced a child into an unsuitable profession?
13. Have you ever forced a child into a loveless marriage?
14. Have you ever interfered with an inheritance?
15. Have you ever had a member of your family incarcerated?
16. Have you ever had an abortion?
17. Have you ever exposed an infant?
18. Have you ever physically injured a relative?
19. Have you neglected your child’s education?
20. Have you caused hostile factions within a family?
21. Have you ever lived parasitically on your family?
SECOND DYNAMIC (Sex)
1. Have you ever sexually aroused someone and then not satisfied him (her)?
2. Have you ever been sexually aroused by an object?
3. Have you ever aroused another sexually with an object?
4. Have you ever made love to a person of the wrong age?
5. Have you ever made love to a person of the wrong sex?
6. Have you ever made love to a person of the wrong class?
7. Have you ever made love to a person of the wrong race?
8. Have you ever made love to a creature of the wrong species?
9. Have you ever made love to someone who belonged to another?
10. Have you ever taught another perverted sexual practices?
11. Have you ever invented perverted sexual practices?
12. Have you ever used sex unethically?
13. Have you ever made love to a person you disliked?
14. Have you ever used the wrong body part for intercourse?
15. Have you ever caused someone to be castrated?
16. Have you ever made someone’s body more exciting by warping or distorting it?
17. Have you ever raped anyone?
18. Have you ever failed to have intercourse with someone you should have?
19. Have you ever had sex with a member of your own family?
20. Have you ever made love to a person of your own sex?
21. Is there anything about your sex life that would be unsafe to reveal?
22. Have you ever misused sex?
23. Have you ever withheld sex?
24. Have you ever stood up a date?
561
THIRD DYNAMIC
1. Have you ever joined a group without being qualified?
2. Have you ever given a group less than you received from it?
3. Have you ever split a group into factions?
4. Have you ever perverted the purpose of a group?
5. Have you ever made a group too dependent on you, and then left?
6. Have you ever belonged to a secret society?
7. Have you ever gone over to the other side?
8. Have you ever been an informer?
9. Have you ever brought your group into disrepute?
10. Have you ever weakened your group?
11. Have you ever been a spy?
12. Have you ever been a double agent?
13. Have you ever permitted your group to be wiped out?
14. Have you ever joined a group you considered bad?
15. Have you ever given a group bad leadership?
16. Have you ever given a group bad service?
17. Have you ever provided badly for your group?
18. Have you ever made your side lose?
19. Have you ever injured the survival of a fellow group member?
20. Have you ever enturbulated a group?
21. Have you ever done anything to a group?
22. Have you ever destroyed or reduced the survival of your own group?
FOURTH DYNAMIC
1. Have you ever treated a member of your species like an animal?
a machine?
2. Have you ever made territory uninhabitable?
3. Have you ever resigned from the human race?
4. Have you ever pretended to be a human being?
5. Have you ever done anything to keep mankind from uniting?
6. Have you ever tried to exterminate a species?
7. Have you ever pretended to be a member of a different species?
8. Have you ever denied a species a place to live?
9. Have you ever prevented a species form reproducing?
10. Have you ever perverted the purpose of a species?
11. Have you ever kept your own species ignorant?
12. Have you ever eaten a member of your own species?
13. Have you tried to start a war among your own species?
14. Is there anything you’ve done to a species that would be unsafe for you to reveal?
562
FIFTH DYNAMIC
1. Have you ever treated living creatures like objects?
machines?
2. Have you ever damaged crops?
3. Have you ever used bad breeding stock?
4. Have you ever eliminated good breeding stock?
5. Have you ever crippled or killed living creatures for fun?
6. Have you ever cut down trees without replanting?
7. Have you ever let weeds take over cultivated areas?
8. Have you ever failed to fertilize crops?
9. Have you failed to provide water for livestock?
crops?
10. Have you ever put life forms to strange uses?
11. Have you ever polluted water sources?
12. Have you ever killed off a useful species faster than it could breed?
13. Have you ever abused a living creature?
14. Have you ever castrated or spayed domestic animals?
15. Have you ever bred warped life forms?
16. What life forms have you eaten?
17. What life forms have you fed to other life forms?
18. Have you ever kept a life form in an unsuitable environment?
19. Have you ever destroyed other life forms?
SIXTH DYNAMIC
1. Have you ever failed to maintain a machine properly?
2. Have you ever destroyed a useful object?
beautiful object?
3. Have you ever hid an object?
4. Have you ever made harmful combinations of matter?
5. Have you ever wasted metals?
chemicals?
inorganic materials?
6. Have you ever misused a tool?
machine?
7. Have you ever forgotten how to build something?
8. Have you ever perverted the use of a scientific discovery?
9. Have you ever built something destructive?
10. Have you ever built something that didn’t work?
11. Have you ever made an ugly “work of art”?
12. Have you ever put things too far apart?
13. Have you ever put things too close together?
14. Have you ever made a location a mystery?
15. Have you ever misplaced something in time?
16. Have you ever forgotten a place?
17. Have you ever made an object mysterious?
18. Have you ever made something vanish?
19. Have you ever made something imperceptible?
20. Have you ever misapplied energy?
563
SEVENTH DYNAMIC
1. Have you ever denied the existence of Beings?
2. Have you ever made people believe they weren’t Beings?
3. Have you ever persuaded others some thoughts are bad?
4. Have you ever made a Being believe he was evil?
5. Have you ever made another forget?
6. Have you ever forced a beingness on another?
7. Have you ever made another believe he was somewhere else?
8. Have you ever made another believe he was in a different time?
9. Have you ever made another believe he was someone else?
10. Have you ever confused another’s memory?
11. Have you ever persuaded another there were things he must resist?
12. Have you ever prevented another from perceiving?
13. Have you ever prevented another from being something?
14. Have you ever convinced another his postulates didn’t work?
15. Have you ever made another experience something he didn’t wish to?
16. Have you ever convinced another that he was weak?
17. Have you ever convinced another that he was incompetent?
18. Have you ever convinced another that he was insane?
19. Have you ever convinced another that he was stupid?
20. Have you ever convinced another that he was dishonorable?
21. Have you ever driven another insane?
22. Have you ever enslaved another?
EIGHTH DYNAMIC
1. Have you ever doubted the truth of your religion?
2. Have you ever desecrated a holy place?
sacred object?
3. Have you ever disobeyed God’s commandments?
4. Have you ever failed to perform your religious duties?
5. Have you ever neglected an opportunity to save a sinner?
6. Have you ever been disrespectful to a holy person?
7. Have you ever compromised your religious convictions?
8. Have you ever attacked a religion?
9. Have you ever tolerated a bad religion?
10. Have you ever perverted a religion?
11. Have you thought evil thoughts?
12. Have you ever concealed (denied) your religion?
13. Have you ever changed your religion?
14. Have you ever committed a sin?
15. Have you ever convinced others that some things are unknowable?
16. Have you ever convinced another that there were effects
he couldn’t create?
17. Have you ever convinced another there were places he couldn’t be?
18. Have you ever convinced another that there were Beings with whom he couldn’t
communicate?
19. Have you ever convinced another that some things cannot be communicated?
20. Have you ever convinced another there were places he couldn’t leave?
21. Have you ever persuaded another that he never created anything?
564
CONSIDERATIONS RD
This part of the L10 Rundown consists of 43 L&N actions to be listed per the laws
of listing and nulling to a BD F/N item. They are done in the order listed. On the purpose/
intention list, if you get VVGIs BD F/N and major case cognition or valence shift, that’s
it on that step. If it goes to BD F/N VGIs, not a real blow out, then run the item R3RA quad
or run recall on it or D/L for a PreOT at OTIII or above. This rundown undercuts OTIII
and NOTS. It breaks up a case in a very subtle fashion. Be sure not to audit over a persistent
F/N. You may only be able to do one list each session. This blows off beings, valences,
overwhelm, confusion and increases reach vastly.
The basic L&N questions are:
Who or What (W/W) was (Item from list) ?
or
Who or What would have been (Item from list) ?
or
What past identity was (Item from list) ?
or
What past identity would have been (Item from list) ?
Use the question which communicates best to the PC or PreOT and gives the biggest
read.
Item List
Note - All assessing is done M6 (the L10 method of assessing a list). You look at the PC
or PreOT and ask him directly every item or question on the list. (7106C12)
1) L&N for past identities, e.g. “What past identity was critical?”
2) O/W item
3) Ev/purp had?
4) D/L e/purp
Run to major win.
1. Critical
2. Unappreciative
3. Disliked things
4. Refused to understand
5. Loving
6. Liked things
7. Understanding
8. Sympathetic
9. Excited
10. Enthusiastic
11. Griefy
12. Miserly
13. Unable to perceive
14. Sick
15. Victimized
16. Shy
17. Venomous
18. Sneaky
19. Timid
20. Perverted
21. Unwell
22. Evil
23. Indefinite
24. Laughable
25. Magical
26. Cruel
27. Blood thirsty
28. Drunken
29. Hungry
30. Treacherous
31. Enchanting
32. Wicked
33. Fascinating
34. Mysterious
35. Pretentious
36. Helpless
37. Cowardly
38. Dirty
39. Cunning
40. Disobedient
41. Oppressive
42. Overpowering
43. Weak
565
CONNECTIONS R/D
Use or frame Qs designed to get aberrated (charged) connections to terminals and
dynamics. Find most charged dynamic on X-dynamics list, then find reading item on list.
2WC * to F/N:
How are you connected to _____?
or
How does _____ influence you?
Run to major cog or win.
* 2WC: reactions, attitudes, feelings, prompters, considerations, itsa E/S itsa.
ENEMY R/D
1) L&N “Who do you consider an enemy?”
2) O/W on item
3) E/purp had + D/L to blow
(Run on Flows 0-4)
GREATEST OVERT R/D
1) L&N “What was the greatest overt you committed on the Whole Track?”
2) D/L to blow.
3) Flows 0-4
MULTIPLE EVIL PURPOSE R/D
(See XDN in Volumes)
1) L&N “What evil purpose have you had towards another?”
2) D/L to blow
3) Run Flows 0-4
LIE RD
1) L&N “What was the greatest lie you told on the Whole Track?”
2) D/L to blow
3) Run Flows 0-4
566
L10 RESULTS ASSESSMENT
(for checking EPs on earlier rundowns)
The following questions are assessed M6 and taken to EP:
0) Am I here?
1) Are you here?
2) Have we run all this on somebody else?
3) Why should you be punished forever?
4) Are you afraid you’ll just go home and it will all be the same?
5) Are you waiting for something magical to happen?
6) Are you still part of something awful?
7) Are you too hideous to exist?
8) Are you afraid you’ll go on killing people?
9) Have we left some dead energy unhandled?
10) Are there still dead thetans around?
11) Just waiting to put it all back?
12) Escaped and still hidden?
13) Waiting to get loose?
14) What would happen if you changed?
15) Is there hope for man?
16) How can you be stopped?
L10 Low TA Assessment may be used at this point if case requires it or if C/Sed.
Use list of terminals from folder.
Assess on rises (blow ups) handle with itsa E/S itsa + consequences after each.
567
L’s CORRECTION LIST
This correction list can be used on any of the L Rundowns to correct any errors,
debug any bogs or repair any of the steps or rundowns. Handling steps are not given with
each line on the list since it is assumed that at this level of auditing the auditor will know
the correct and standard handling of each and every line. The list can assessed method
3 or method 5 depending on the situation. For PreOTs handle per instructions for handling
listing on PreOTs. The auditor can switch to more specialized correction lists such as the
L4BRA, NOTS 24, etc. as needed.
1. DID YOU GO EXTERIOR? __________
2. OUT INT? __________
3. INTERIORIZED INTO SOMETHING? __________
4. OUT-LIST? __________
5. IS THERE AN ERROR IN LISTING? __________
6. HAVE WE FOUND A WRONG ITEM? __________
7. HAS A LIST BEEN OVERLISTED? __________
8. HAS THERE BEEN A WRONG INDICATION? __________
9. HAVE WE FOUND A WRONG OUTPOINT? __________
10. HAVE WE FOUND A WRONG AREA? __________
11. HAVE WE FOUND A WRONG LOCATION? __________
12. HAVE WE FOUND A WRONG DATE? __________
13. MISOWNERSHIP OF ITEM? __________
14. OVERRUN AN ITEM? __________
15. HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED OVER AN ARC BREAK? __________
16. HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED OVER A PROBLEM? __________
17. HAVE YOU BEEN AUDITED OVER A WITHHOLD? __________
18. WAS THERE A WITHHOLD THAT KEPT COMMING UP? __________
19. IS THERE UNDISCLOSD OVERT? __________
20. WAS IT NOT YOUR OVERT? __________
21. DO YOU HAVE A SIMILAR OVERT OF YOUR OWN? __________
22. HAS A DESTRUCTIVE IMPULSE BEEN MISSED? __________
23. HAS SOMETHING BEEN OVERRUN? __________
24. HAVE WE GONE PAST A BIG WIN? __________
25. HAS SOMETHING BEEN LEFT UNFLAT? __________
26. HAS ANYTHING BEEN CUT SHORT? __________
27. WAS THERE A MISUNDERSTOOD? __________
28. DID SOMETHING DISTRACT YOU? __________
29. WHERE YOU DISTRACTED BY THE AUDITOR? __________
30. HAS SOMETHING FLATTENED OUT OF SESSION? __________
31. WERE THERE AWARENESS CHANGES OUT OF SESSION? __________
32. DID YOU COGNITE OUT OF SESSION? __________
33. DID YOU HAVE A LOSS OF GAIN? __________
34. HAS SOMEONE ENTURBULATED YOU? __________
35. IS THERE AN INCOMPLETE COGNITION? __________
36. IS THERE A DIANETIC ERROR? (FOR A PC) __________
37. IS SOMETHING ELSE WRONG? __________
568
569
L 11
570
L11
L11, The New Life Rundown was developed to give a person a new life. This means
it can handle that part of an individual’s case which stops him from really living. It handles
the major source of aberration upon which attention is fixed, blasting apart that major
personal stumbling block.
The EP of L11 is a New Life.
PREREQUISITES: L11 (formerly L9S) is not restricted to only those who have
completed OT III. The only prerequisites to L11 are a complete Drug R/D and Expanded
Grades. It may not be done in the Non-interference Zone between Grade VI, R6EW and
OT III.
In all the “L” Rundowns (L10, L11, and L12) the PC or PreOT is fully set up first
with a C/S 53 and GF40 expanded if needed.
L11 PROGRAM STEPS
1) Justifications HCOB
a) M9 W/C bulletin
b) PC writes essay on how it applies to him.
2) Full 37R RD to F/Ning list
3) D/L Implant ‘To Harm’ to blow.
General O/W .. If E/Purp comes off run O/W to blow.
4) L&N “What evil purpose do you have?”
D/L E/Purp to blow
5) L9S
6) Nature of Man
2WC “the character of man” to F/N
JUSTIFICATION
1) PC reads the HCOB entitled “Justification”.
2) M9 W/C bulletin
3) PC writes essay on how it applies to him.
37R RD
Do the full 37R Rundown as given in C/S Series 37R.
Items from 37R Rundown L&N lists can be blown by D/L if needed.
End at F/Ning list.
HARM IMPLANT
1) Date/Locate implant “TO HARM” to Blow.
2) General O/W .. If E/Purp comes off run O/W to blow.
571
EVIL PURPOSE
1) L&N: “What Evil Purpose do you have?”
2) D/L to Blow
LIST 9S
The list of words below is called M6 to the PC; on each the PC gives back a response.
E.g. PUNISH!! “It would be necessary on a naughty child.” Next, L&N word incorporating
response.
“Who or What would find it necessary to punish a naughty child?” .....
“A Brave Dog”
Terminal is then handled to blow per L-type handling. The list is taken to Major Cog
and F/Ning list.
NATURE OF MAN
Two Way Comm “the character of Man” to EP.
Punish
Avenge
Kill
Torture
Pillage
Annihilate
Subvert
Seduce
Exhaust
Restrain
Immobilize
Entrap
Enthrall
Extinguish
Ensnare
Trick
Envelop
Benumb
Tantalize
Enslave
Assassinate
Nullify
Explode
Injure
Infect
Feast
Program
Tyrannize
Hoard
Terrorize
Castrate
Degrade
Pander
Drain
Secrete
Interrogate
Dissect
Defoliate
Molest
Pervert
Cannibalize
Decimate
Hypnotize
Dessert
Attack
Sting
Warp
Horrify
Obliterate
Dismember
Cheat
Conquer
Devastate
Implode
Mutilate
Undermine
Hassle
Torment
Disgust
Offend
Vivisect
Vanquish
Deflower
Prostitute
Defame
Fornicate
Slander
Deviate
Profane
Imprison
Charm
Renege
Starve
Sack
Impoverish
Blind
Deface
Depose
Expel
Desecrate
Exploit
Ravage
Tear
Impale
Distort
Retard
Restrain
Abuse
Belittle
Lie
Hunt
Invade
Sacrifice
Obliterate
Sodomize
Scavenge
Execute
Begrime
Plagiarize
Wallow
Immolate
Indulge
Engorge
Expunge
Confuse
Savour
Gloat
Arrogate
Remove
Distrust
Sympathize
Indoctrinate
Randomize
Overwhelm
Supplant
Negate
Grasp
Pillory
Habituate
Loaf
Inflame
Cripple
Gobble
Vilify
Preen
Brutalize
Propagandize
Incinerate
Provoke
Vandalize
Suborn
Deceive
Destabilize
Conceal
Pollute
Sacrifice
Bugger
Flagellate
Spy
Peep
Demoralize
Embalm
Electrocute
Abominate
Secrete
Despoil
Revolt
Bully
Manipulate
Leach
Mutilate
Excoriate
Con
Prey
Debunk
572
573
L 12
574
L 12
The intention behind L12 is to make a fully extroverted and stable thetan. This
rundown aims at handling very basic and specific aspects of a person’s beingness. Here
are those case things which tend to capture part of the person’s attention so he has much
less of it to put on life and doingness.
The person experiences certainty and unshakability as a being with the ability to
handle his own universe.
PREREQUISITES: L12 is not restricted to only those who have completed OT III.
The only prerequisites to L12 are a complete Drug R/D and Expanded Grades. It may not
be done in the Non-interference Zone between Grade VI, R6EW and OT III.
In all the “L” Rundowns (L10, L11, and L12) the PC or PreOT is fully set up first
with a C/S 53 and GF40 expanded if needed.
L12 PROGRAM STEPS
1) Cluster Handling
2) 3S&Ds
3) Bqn character list
4) Beams Handling
5) OCA Handling (if needed)
6) Management Words
7) Admin Scale
8) Group Sanity
9) Simon Bolivar Policy
575
CLUSTER HANDLING
1) Have PC or PreOT locate a “pressure * area” that reads on the meter. (Vary -
‘In and around’ to ‘Far away’)
2) Get the location of the pressure area relative to the body.
3) Have the PC or PreOT put and hold his/her attention on the pressure area.
4) Assess the “L12 Type of Incident” list to the first reading item and indicate this
to the PC/PreOT.
Electrical
Explosion
Implosion
Shot
Psychiatric
Lightning
Vacuum
Radiation
Collision
Hit
Struck
Accident
Impact
Injury
Illness
Drug
Shock
Implant
Heat
Burning
Crash
Freezing
5) Date to blow / Locate to blow the incident found.
6) Find out if completely blown, and if not, repeat 4 and 5 until pressure area is
completely blown.
Note - If OTIII PreOT, complete any remaining BTs with OTIII procedure. If NOTS
PreOT, complete any remaining BTs with NOTs procedure.
* Could be also ‘hollow spot’, chronic somatics, ‘emptiness’, any persisting sensation.
CHARACTER LIST
Assess the subject of the group M6. The word is called or shouted very accusatively
with the auditor looking directly into the PC’s eyes. The meter read is noted. This word
is called to restimulate the group; then the other items of the group are asked as questions
M5. The identities of one group are handled in order of size of read. Then continue on with
the next group, etc. When the whole list is handled, reassess from the beginning and
handle each item as it comes up, reassess from the beginning and handle each item as it
comes up, taking slowed or checked F/Ns as reads. Handle to persistent F/N on the whole
list. Check at the end of each group if any beingness that was restimulated by the
accusative identity was not on the list.
Handle each reading item “Who or What was a _____?”
L&N, then O/W to blow.
576
HERMIT!!! _____
Hermit? _____
Recluse? _____
Ascetic? _____
Victim? _____
Non-conformist? _____
Martyr? _____
Puritan? _____
Human Sacrifice? _____
Self Immolator? _____
Outcast? _____
A HORSE!!! _____
A Horse? _____
A Lioness? _____
A Leprechaun? _____
A Wild Thing? _____
A Fire Spirit? _____
Dragon? _____
Gremlin? _____
An Imp? _____
A Tinker? _____
A Goat? _____
UNICORN!!! _____
Unicorn? _____
Forest Spirit? _____
Fairy? _____
Gnome? _____
Nymph? _____
Water Sprite? _____
Faun? _____
Sylvan? _____
Mermaid? _____
Chimera? _____
BLOODSUCKER!!! _____
Bloodsucker? _____
Vampire? _____
Ghoul? _____
Dismemberer? _____
Predator? _____
Parasite? _____
Leech? _____
Cannibal? _____
Vulture? _____
Cut-throat? _____
ANIMAL!!! _____
Animal? _____
Dog? _____
Cat? _____
Fish? _____
Lizard? _____
Serpent? _____
Pig? _____
Elephant? _____
Cow? _____
Tiger? _____
ROBOT!!! _____
Robot? _____
Hypnotic? _____
Believer? _____
Follower? _____
Servant? _____
Devotee? _____
Convert? _____
Worshipper? _____
Attendant? _____
Henchman? _____
THE ALMIGHTY!!! _____
The Almighty? _____
The Ever Present? _____
A Goddess? _____
A God? _____
The Eternal Mother? _____
The Father of All? _____
The Horned God? _____
Pan? _____
Diana? _____
The Buddha? _____
SORCERER!!! _____
Sorcerer? _____
Witch? _____
Warlock? _____
Enchanter? _____
Wizard? _____
Occultist? _____
Alchemist? _____
Clairvoyant? _____
Weird Sisters? _____
Astrologer? _____
577
BLASPHEMER!!! _____
Blasphemer? _____
Idolater? _____
Scoffer? _____
Desecrator? _____
Bigot? _____
Worldling? _____
Sacrilegist? _____
Unbeliever? _____
Infidel? _____
Heathen? _____
IMPLANTER!!! _____
Implanter? _____
Torturer? _____
Controller? _____
Psychiatrist? _____
Brainwasher? _____
Deprogrammer? _____
Indoctrinator? _____
Hypnotist? _____
Initiator? _____
Propagandist? _____
THE EVIL ONE!!! _____
The Evil One? _____
An Incubus? _____
The Powers of Darkness _____
A Succubus? _____
The Antichrist? _____
The Beast? _____
His Satanic Majesty? _____
The Devil? _____
An Unclean Spirit? _____
Shades of the Dead? _____
FOOL!!! _____
Fool? _____
Idiot? _____
Dunce? _____
Ignoramus? _____
Subhuman? _____
Halfwit? _____
Driveller? _____
A Newborn Babe? _____
Moron? _____
Imbecile? _____
GENIUS!!! _____
Genius? _____
Wonder Worker? _____
Planet Builder? _____
Prodigy? _____
Spirit of the Age? _____
Master Mind? _____
Shining Light? _____
Mentor? _____
Thaumaturge? _____
The All Seeing? _____
PERVERT!!! _____
Pervert? _____
Sadist? _____
Masochist? _____
Homosexual? _____
Bugger? _____
Pederast? _____
Exhibitionist? _____
Voyeur? _____
Deviant? _____
Peculiar Boddied? _____
CRIPPLE!!! _____
Cripple? _____
Invalid? _____
Paralytic? _____
Dwarf? _____
Monster? _____
Incompetent? _____
Curiosity? _____
Cross-breed? _____
Half Caste? _____
Hermaphrodite? _____
LIAR!!! _____
Liar? _____
Fake? _____
Bragger? _____
Doubter? _____
Heretic? _____
Quack? _____
Wretch? _____
Viper? _____
Defaulter? _____
Hypocrite? _____
578
DESTROYER!!! _____
Destroyer? _____
Spy? _____
Executioner? _____
Embezzler? _____
Betrayer? _____
Racketeer? _____
Extortionist? _____
Tyrant? _____
Murderer? _____
Pyromaniac? _____
INSECT!!! _____
Insect? _____
Parasite? _____
Invader? _____
Bee? _____
Fly? _____
Caterpillar? _____
Butterfly? _____
Spider? _____
Scorpion? _____
Hornet? _____
PHILOSOPHER!!! _____
Philosopher? _____
Researcher? _____
Analyst? _____
Physicist? _____
Technician? _____
Metaphysician? _____
Healer? _____
Geometrician? _____
Arithmetician? _____
Historian? _____
PRIEST!!! _____
Priest? _____
Holy Father? _____
Holy Mother? _____
Temple Virgin? _____
Choir Boy? _____
Chaplain? _____
Temple Prostitute? _____
Prophet? _____
Lama? _____
Confessor? _____
A BIRD!!! _____
A Bird? _____
An Eagle? _____
A Parrot? _____
A Wren? _____
A Hawk? _____
A Messenger? _____
A Forerunner? _____
An Oracle? _____
A Dove? _____
A Swallow? _____
ARTIST!!! _____
Artist? _____
Virtuoso? _____
Thespian? _____
Master Musician? _____
Grand Composer? _____
Wandering Minstrel? _____
Chorister? _____
Dancer? _____
Entertainer? _____
Poet? _____
HEDONIST!!! _____
Hedonist? _____
Fornicator? _____
Glutton? _____
Masturbator? _____
Bigamist? _____
Adulterer? _____
Satyr? _____
Impotent? _____
A True Love? _____
Whoremonger? _____
PEASANT!!! _____
Peasant? _____
Civilian? _____
Husband? _____
Wife? _____
Gentleman? _____
Layman? _____
Mortal? _____
Parishioner? _____
Serf? _____
Slave? _____
579
PTS BEAM HANDLING
Method One:
1) Ask PC/PreOT, “Do you have any beams stuck to yourself or the body?”
(only PT lifetime body)
2) If yes, have him locate a reading beam stuck to himself or the body. Have pOT
‘Smooth out the Beam’.
3) Who has beamed you? L&N to a terminal.
4) Smooth out rough edge of Beam from _(Item)_ X to blow.
5) If a troublesome terminal by folder inspection:
“Has _(terminal)_ beamed you?”. Smooth out beam to blow.
6) D/L the incident when it was put there, if no blow.
7) Repeat until “no more beams”.
Method Two:
1) PC/PreOT is shown the definition of a BEAM:
“A flow of electricity with teeth and rough edges.”
The definition is illustrated with a picture of a BODY being beamed by another
person, the beam being hooked into the body by teeth like a circular saw blade or
fish hooks. Add R-factor of glands as special targets.
OCA TRAIT HANDLING
1) Go over the PC/PreOT’s OCA.
2) Take each negative area trait and make up a listing question. For example:
“critical”. The basic L&N questions are:
Who or What (W/W) was _(Item from OCA)_?
or
W/W would have been _(Item from OCA)_?
or
What past identity was _(Item from OCA)_?
or
What past identity would have been _(Item from OCA)_?
Use the question which communicates best to the PC or PreOT and gives the biggest
read.
Clear the L&N question with the word to be used such as:
W/W was critical? LF
List and Null to one item such as: “a cranky maid” LFBD F/N
Take the next negative point trait off the OCA list and repeat procedure. End off this
step on a major case change, valence shift and/or ability gained with VVGIs, Floating TA
and Cognition.
580
MANAGEMENT WORDS
Clear and False Data Strip the following words from Org Series 15, Management
Series, page 213 and 214. Be sure to get the root meaning of the word.
A Company A Board of Directors
Management Policy
Top Management Programs
Targets Orders
Technology Know-How
Org Board Post
Hat Cope
Purposes Organize
Duties A Checksheet
A Checklist A Comm Channel
A Command Channel A Relay Point
A Stable Terminal Double Hatted
A Product Aberration
Viability
ADMIN SCALE
Word Clear:
Administration
Admin Scale
Administrator
Each word on the Admin Scale not already cleared previously.
2 way comm PC/PreOT in the area of his/her first three dynamics to find some high
interest reading areas.
2 way comm each reading area up and down the Admin Scale.
Admin Scale
Goals
Purposes
Policy
Plans
Programs
Projects
Orders
Ideal Scene
Statistics
Valuable Final Product
“The scale is worked up and worked down until it is (each item) in full agreement
with the remaining items”
581
GROUP SANITY
Clear each word in the scale from HCOPL 14 December 1970 Org Series 19
GROUP SANITY. Have PC/PreOT read this HCOPL.
2 way comm each of the 11 points and how each one applies to his life/relationship(s)/
business to a major cognition.
SIMON BOLIVAR POLICY
Send PC/PreOT to Qual to read and check out on HCOPL 12 February 67 THE
RESPONSIBILITIES OF LEADERS or have him read it in session.
2 way comm “Supporting the powers you depend on” to a major cognition.
582
583
NEW VITALITY R/D
584
THEORY OF THE RUNDOWN
The NVRD was designed originally to handle long-term out-of-valence or suppressed
preclears.
It is essentially based on the observation that PTSness is a problem, and that
PTSness comes about through an exchange of valence.
An individual goes PTS to someone who is a problem to hlm, to the point that the
valence of that individual seems to overwhelm the person’s own beingness.
There is an effect created here known as the “dumbbell phenomenon”. A dumbbell
is an exercise device with two large weighted ends on a handle. One could perceive the
valence of the PTS (his own valence) and that of his suppressor (the valence he tends to
go into) as opposite ends of a dumbbell. One can perceive a pc flick into his own valence
when the antagonistic valence is blown. This could be described as the dumbbell suddenly
reversing.
It must be remembered that it is not the actual valence of the suppressor that the
person goes into, but the valence the PTS perceives. Whether this is what the suppressor
is normally like, or is like now, the fact remains that the PTS was overwhelmed by a flow
from that person at some point.
Oddly enough, the PTS who is out-of-valence will perceive his own personality
traits as being those of the one with whom he has swapped valences — the other end of
the dumbbell.
A young girl who is essentially being cooperative and accommodating is overwhelmed
by her nasty, irascible, argumentative stepmother. She assumes the characteristics
which seemed to win over her and becomes fractious, irascible, and argumentative.
If you were to ask her who was the most accommodating, cooperative person she
ever knew she might easily answer, “My stepmother”. After a moment’s reflection she
might then realize, “Wait! My stepmother wasn’t accommodating at all! She was the most
irascible person I ever met!” This would be an example of the dumbbell of own-valence
versus perceived-valence now swinging around to a correct perception from the pc’s own
valence .
The access to this central point on the case is through using a gradient of 2 Way
Communications, Rudiments, and R3RA.
585
TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES
The opening 2WC technique used was simply to thoroughly clear the definition of
problem — including beingness-counter beingness — as described in the tech dictionary.
With this whole concept clearly understood, a 2WC Quad on Problems was used to locate
hot terminals.
“Tell me about people who have caused you problems in life”
“Tell me about people whom you have caused problems in life”
“Tell me about people who have caused others problems in life”
“Tell me about times you caused yourself problems in life”
Each would be TWC’d to cog FN VGIs, and careful note would be made of
terminals who read, and with what read.
These terminals would be culled between sessions and put on a hot terminals list in
the front cover of the folder.
Quad Ruds would be run on hot terminals found and these ruds would uncover hot
incidents. These would be noted with their reads on a separate sheet as hot incidents.
These engrams or secondary engrams would then be run R3RA as narratives.
TWO-WAY COMMING TRAITS
A second type of TWC was done in pairs, and was based on characteristics or
personality traits dramatized by the individual.
These were done as dichotomies, with the negative side of the dichotomy being
2WCd first. For example one has a PC who is constantly showing characteristics of being
hopeless, apathetic, or lethargic. A typical pair of 2WCs might go:
“Tell me about people you’ve known who were lethargic”
“Tell me about people you’ve known who were very active”
followed by this pair:
“Tell me about people you’ve known who were hopeless and apathetic”
“Tell me about people who were optimistic and confident”
The point is that the two-way comms pick up the personality trait the pc is
dramatizing, and two way comms for people who have had that trait. It can be any
characteristic. General doingnesses could also be included as these are traits of a valence
in some degree — e.g., “helped others” vs. “did others in” or “had a high sense of ethics”
versus “had a negative ethics level”.
The idea here is to use aspects of beingness as a lead to hot terminals.
Cull the hot terminals and do ruds on them and the pc will drop into hot incidents.
These are then run and the result of doing this with intelligence and accuracy is a
swing back into own valence.
586
OTHER TWO-WAY COMMS
Since you are dealing with the perceived valence of the person versus the perceived
valence of his/her suppressor you can also do TWCs of this sort in order to find material
that leads you into the hot incidents:
“Tell me some things about yourself you don’t like”
“Tell me some things about yourself you like best”
(Note: these are two separate TWCs, not alternate commands.)
Similar TWCs can be designed which follow the basic principle of taking personality
traits and using them to lead you to hot terminals who might be the basic valence mass
at the other end of the “dumbbell”.
END PHENOMENA
The rundown has two major types of cognitions, and both of them should occur
before the rundown is declared complete.
The first is a realization that the person is himself. Some statement that adds up to
“I’m me!” will occur if the rundown is done correctly.
The second will be an awareness that the person is here, aware of the present
environment, or “I’m here!”. These two cognitions are natural results of undoing the
dumbbell phenomena.
NOTES ON PROGRAMMING
As this is a major action you should have the person’s ruds in and he should not be
in the middle of other major actions.
Note, too, that in order to apply these principles intelligently you have to understand
the anatomy of valence-counter valence or the problem aspect to suppression.
A long series of problems with mother may be enough to restimulate a valence shift
even though mother did not beat the pc or knock him/her unconscious. But the constant
locks can restimulate earlier engramic masses which will contain overwhelm.
These get picked up and run on the earlier similar chains that come up in the actions
described.
When the hot incidents which keep the pc pinned into the dumbbell are lifted and
erased, the dumbbell will snap around and the pc will be looking at the world through his/
her own viewpoint again for a change. This brings about the “I’m here” “I’m me”
cognitions which signal the end phenomena of the rundown having occurred.
There has been no pilot for administering this rundown on Clears or above as far as
I know. The rundown was researched by LRH in 1975, prior to “Dianetics Forbidden on
Clears and OTs”. It is paralleled in some respects by Step 15 of the NED for OTs RD.
It has had spectacular results on many cases. There have been some cases it did not
have spectacular results on, for various reasons. Usually these were cases being audited
after Clear in error, or cases with other by-passed charge not repaired such as list errors
or PT overts or other our ruds, or were XDN type cases and were not effect as much as
they were contra-survival cause. The NVRD might not resolve this aspect of case (CS
Series 22 cases).
587
588
589
BRIGHT THINK R/D
590
591
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 DECEMBER 1978
C/Ses
Tech/Qual
Class IV Grad
Auditors
REVIVIFICATION
Revivification is the bringing back to life of an engram in which a preclear is stuck.
The engram or some portion thereof is being acted out in present time by the preclear. It
is called a revivification because the engram is suddenly more real to the preclear than
present time has ever been. He relives that moment briefly. He does not merely recall or
remember it.
This is not the same thing as the “returning” to an incident or engram that is
employed in Dianetic auditing. Return is the method of retaining the body and the
awareness of the subject in present time while he is told to go back to a certain incident.
Revivification is the reliving of an incident or a portion of it as if it were happening now.
This phenomenon can occur in a pc during the End of Endless Int Repair Rundown.
(Ref: HCOB 24 Sep 78R, Iss 1. Int RD Series 4R. THE END OF ENDLESS INT REPAIR
RUNDOWN.)
The pc, being run on Recalls on Int, will often begin by recalling locks but these can trigger
into full play an engram in which he may be stuck and the pc may go into a revivification
of it. He will actually be answering and acting from the point or points, down the track
where he has been stuck.
Should this happen the auditor simply continues to run the process and get the pc
through it. As the pc revivifies he blows through these stuck points on his track and comes
out of them, newly, and is now truly in present time.
As revivification is apt to occur on the End of Endless Int Repair, auditors must
understand and be able to recognize the phenomena and handle it routinely with excellent
TRs when it does.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:clb
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
592
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 26 SEPTEMBER 1978
ISSUE III
LIMITED
DISTRIBUTION
Advanced Courses
Specialist
Checksheet
ACS Auditors
ACS C/Ses
NED for OTs Series 21
CONFIDENTIAL
REVIVIFICATION
During NED for OTs research I discovered that beings do not just reviv in time.
They also reviv in location. You can have a guy totally reviv’d in time, he’s stuck down
the track in an incident which is PT for him. Anything which he views, is viewed from
this point in time. It is when he is.
A being can also be in a reviv in place or location. That is where he is. Everything
he views is viewed from that location, that viewpoint in space. They’re “buttered all over
the universe”. A BT can think of himself as up there, looking down at himself. A totally
wrong viewpoint. He’s in a reviv and everything he does is from a stuck viewpoint, so he’s
operating with a stuck spacial point of view. Say the guy is reviv’d in Flanders, everything
he does is from the viewpoint in Flanders - even tries to look at himself (now) from
Flanders. He’s operating in PT from some place down the track.
THOUGHT DISASSOCIATION
Thought disassociation follows a point of view pattern. to you from an altered point
of view, so you get disassociated thought. Say he’s in a reviv of location, in a radar station
in space. You ask him “Where are the books?” - he looks at a radar screen and says
“They’re going away”.
I know a case who had an accident. She thought she left the body and went to a
between lives implant and returned to the body. But there has been no between lives
implant in that place for eons! What happened is, she was reviv’d in a between lives
implant. She had the accident and went exterior, she thought she went to this between lives
implant because that’s the location she was reviv’d in.
This is a matter of old fixed viewpoints in spacial locations. You can often cure a
case with the process “Where would you be safe?” He might go through a heavy reviv on
the process and he might “do a bunk” - going back to his last point of view, locationThat’s
why D/L works. You blow that point on Locate step. It’s when and where they are, as
they’re not in PT.
593
That is where he is “safe”, that’s Thought Disassociation, and that’s small pictures
- because he’s in the picture, looking at the picture.
These are the mechanics of the Bright Think Rundown (Disassociation process)which
can be run on anybody. Running it is not part of NED for OTs as it is a separate RD.
OBJECTIVE DUB-IN
This is a different phenomenon from Thought Disassociation and spacial reviv.
He looks at that wall, and because it’s not safe to look at the wall, he makes a picture
of the wall and brings the picture back to him and looks at the picture of the wall. He’s
so far south he can’t confront anything that’s in front of him. You tell him to look at the
window, he sort of reaches out to the window with a beam or something, makes a picture
of it, and pulls the picture back up to him, looks at it and tells you the window has bars
on it. This case requires objectives until it’s safe to look at something and perceive it.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm:kjm
Copyright (c) 1978
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
594
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 1 OCTOBER 1978
REISSUED 11 OCTOBER 1978
C/Ses
Tech/Qual
Class IV Grad
Auditors
THE BRIGHT THINK RUNDOWN
A Process to Handle Disassociation
Apparently, during the last decade, a new factor has entered into the culture that was
previously only rare, possibly due to lowered educational standards or the declining
nature of the culture itself, but most probably due to one of the common drugs or
medicines or even food deficiencies. A percentage which was only one or two has jumped
up to eighty or ninety.
This factor is visible in a decline in the ability to tell differences, similarities and
identities.
In trying to train a person or get him to live a more survival type life, the
establishment officer is encountering this factor.
There is a similar instance of this when drugs first moved into the scene. Before the
mid-60’s drugs were never much of a factor in processing and such cases were considered
rare and then only as a result of medical treatments.
Suddenly I has on my hands a case that did not behave like a case. The TA went out
the roof unexpectedly, with no apparent cause and the case wouldn’t EP. I went into a sort
out on what was different on this case from other cases. It was marijuana. Once we had
run out the marijuana the case behaved like a normal case. I was suddenly looking at a
rising percentage of such cases, which to date, through the kindness of psychology and
psychiatry, had risen to a majority of cases in society.
So here we go again. Some new factor apparently has entered into the society and
has risen in a percent which is so high that it will get in the road of anyone trying to get
the show on the road.
The factor can be called “Disassociation”.
We have here a marvellous new process — The Bright Think Rundown. Powerfully
simple, it requires and auditor who is well-steeled against the temptation to Q and A and
who is able to run a process through whatever it turns on.
It was originally designed as a remedy for Theetie Weetie cases, but has proven
enormously successful as well with cases who disassociate.
595
This is the person who associates not A and B, but A and O. Not apples and bananas
but apples and typewriters. You make a statement and he bends it over to something that
has nothing to do with the price of fish.
He is very hard to direct because alter-is enters into it. In fact, an alter-is could be
a manifestation of being disassociated.
Things which are different, he conceives to be identical. Things which are similar
he conceives to be widely different. Things which are identical he conceives to be only
similar.
This case will mess up or complicate just about any order or communication by
bringing in carloads of data which have absolutley nothing to do with it. This is because
he mis-identifies and cannot evaluate differences in time, location, form, composition, or
importance. He is lost in his own figure-figure and facsimilies, sometimes universes
away.
The new discovery is that he is back on the time track in locations very remote from
where he is. It is not that he is stuck on the track where he is, but is stuck on the track
elsewhere, often eons ago.
This is the reason Date/Locate works. It has to be in that order. You have to date
it and then locate it because the location is never in now.
The auditor who runs it and the C/S who C/S’s it have to have a full command of
the subject of “revivication”.
Revivication is the bringing back to life of a engram in which a preclear is stuck. The
engram or some portion thereof is being acted out in present time by the preclear. It is
called revivication because the engram is suddenly more real to the preclear than present
time has ever been. He re-live that moment briefly. He does not merely recall or
remember it.
This means that the person moves into a back point of time totally. He gives certain
manifestations when he does this, these can be various. They always are visible to the
auditor. The trick in processing is to keep running the process until the pc comes out of
it just as though nothing had happened.
As the process is run expect the pc to answer from points down the track where he
has been stuck. These arethe points he operates from while apparently in PT. Expect
engrams to appear, with revivication occuring as they are contacted and blown. As the
pc re-lives these incidents, he will come out of them, newly, and this time truly in present
time. And with a new viewpoint.
Anaten, somatics, abrupt shifts of tone level, heat, agitated physical motion are all
quite likely to occur as these points are run off, as the pc is actually revivifying at each
heavy point. You just keep running the process with good TRs and metering.
The auditor must ensure the pc is fully sessionable before starting the Rundown, and
once started, must get the pc through the phenomena which occur as the pc revivifies and
blows through the stuck points on his track. The pc’s answers will signify to the auditor
precisely what is occurring. It is vital not to Q and A with these “symptoms” as they come
up.
596
THE C/S
Here is your C/S for the Bright Think Rundown.
Run:
“Where would you be safe?”
Repetitively to F/N, Cog, VGIs (and pc in PT of course).
The end phenomena of the process is a realisation by the pc that he’s really in present
time. This EP is normally expressed with some variation of the statement “I’m Here!”
This EP must not be caoxed by the auditor asking “Are you here yet?” and the pc must
not be fed the cognition.
As the process is run the pc will spot places that are nearby and then places that are
far away. The spots he’d spot are near, then far, then near, then far, sometimes a few near
and then a few far and then a few near. If the pc does not do this then you know he is not
doing the process.
You will find up to 20% of your pc’s give simply glib answers and experience no
change. This pc is answering the question in some particular and outrageous way. If you
give him a D of P Interview on exacly how he was answering the question, you will find
he was using some oddball system disassociated from the process. (The fourth American
ACC tapes discuss this.) The way to handle this pc is objectives as he is too far out of it
to handle a concept and is basically operating off a system. Before you can spot places
in the universe you have to have a universe, right?
The main errors an auditor can make are a failure to carry on the process when
something peculiar happens and failure to notice a true EP has been reached.
On the failed case (the 20% noted above), when objectives have honestly been
completed, you can then run the process with great benefits, but be sure the pc is up to
answering the question.
You will get some remarkable changes. Some major wins.
L. RON HUBBARD
FOUNDER
LRH:dm.kjm
Copyright © 1978
By L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
597
598
599
SUPER POWER
600
601
INTRODUCTION TO SUPER POWER
Super Power Rundown Series 0
The following is a list of materials which should make up a checksheet for students
learning to apply the Super Power Rundown materials. This background material means
it is vital to understand the full theory of the basics of restoring infinite powers to a being.
SCIENTOLOGY 8
SCIENTOLOGY 0 THE BOOK OF BASICS
THE WHY IS GOD POLICY LETTER
THE ORGANIZATION SERIES POLICY LETTERS
THE PHOENIX LECTURES
ETHICS AND JUSTICE POLICY LETTERS
602
THE CONDITION BELOW CONFUSION
Super Power Rundown Series 1
The first action of beingness is to assume a viewpoint. Before one can know he is
below confusion, he usually has to realize that he is in a condition of no-condition.
Power is the ability to hold a position in space. The first action of creating space is
to assume a point from which to view that space. When a viewpoint has been knocked
around down through the time track by forces he believes have affected him, he tends to
lose his ability to maintain a position in space.
A being can assume the viewpoint of the first dynamic and attempt to take on all the
other dynamics, which eventually overwhelms him. To get a being rehabilitated into the
position of being able to operate at cause on all the dynamics, it is first necessary to get
him into a condition of being.
Therefore, the first action one takes in running the Super Power processes is to have
the person find a viewpoint.
The first command is:
“Find a viewpoint.”
This is run to F/N Cog VGIs.
Then one runs the other flows:
“Find another’s viewpoint,”
“Find a viewpoint that others are creating for others.”
“Find a viewpoint that you have created for yourself.”
A being can be so socked into the MEST universe that viewpoints have become solid
objects. Viewpoints are points from which one views universes. Solid objects are made
up of matter, energy, space and time. Space is created by a viewpoint; a viewpoint can
think the opposite.
Many times you will find a person who is inverted on the dynamics to such an extent
that he feel that MEST has created him rather than the other way around.
This process will get the being into a position of being able to handle the condition
below confusion and set him up for the next steps of the Super Power Rundown.
603
8TH DYNAMIC PROCESSES
Super Power Rundown Series 2
This is an unlimited process. Usually you will find the person to be inverted on the
dynamics. God is not an object. When one labels god with an identity one immediately
degrades the 8th dynamic into MEST terms. The 8th dynamic cannot be defined in terms
of MEST. It can only be defined in terms of infinity which the number 8 symbolizes.
When running this process start with the 8th dynamic. Then run through the first up
through the seventh and then stop. The purpose is to get the person to assume various
viewpoints on all the dynamics at one level and then bring the person back to the 8th
dynamic viewpoint.
This process puts responsibility back into the person and sets him up for repair of
all earlier actions which brought about a dwindling spiral away from the 8th dynamic
viewpoint.
This process is run even if the person goes exterior or has a big win. The only time
you would end off the process is on a floating tone arm because obviously you cannot get
any more reads on the meter.
While running this process if any upsets, overts, missed withholds occur one simply
cleans them up. On running OTs one deals with any body thetans, clusters, entities and
so forth as they show up. Remember to audit the person in front of you which means if
someone else shows up you must audit them out, set them free before you can set the
person in front of you, in the body, free.
Here are the commands in order:
1. Assume the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
2. Get the idea of another assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
3. Get the idea of others assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
4. Get the idea of you causing yourself to assume the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
5. Get the idea of your second dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
6. Get the idea of another second dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
7. Get the idea of other second dynamics assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
8. Get the idea of you causing all second dynamics to assume the viewpoint of the 8th
dynamic.
9. Get the idea of your third dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
10. Get the idea of another third dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
11. Get the idea of other third dynamics assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
604
12. Get the idea of you causing all third dynamics to assume the viewpoint of the 8th
dynamic.
13. Get the idea of your fourth dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
14. Get the idea of another fourth dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
15. Get the idea of other fourth dynamics assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
16. Get the idea of you causing all fourth dynamics to assume the viewpoint of the 8th
dynamic.
17. Get the idea of your fifth dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
18. Get the idea of another fifth dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
19. Get the idea of other fifth dynamics assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
20. Get the idea of you causing all fifth dynamics to assume the viewpoint of the 8th
dynamic.
21. Get the idea of your sixth dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
22. Get the idea of another sixth dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
23. Get the idea of other sixth dynamics assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
24. Get the idea of you causing all sixth dynamics to assume the viewpoint of the 8th
dynamic.
25. Get the idea of your seventh dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
26. Get the idea of another seventh dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th
dynamic.
27. Get the idea of other seventh dynamics assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
28. Get the idea of you causing all seventh dynamics to assume the viewpoint of the 8th
dynamic.
29. Get the idea of your eighth dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
30. Get the idea of another eighth dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
31. Get the idea of other eighth dynamics assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
32. Get the idea of you causing all eighth dynamics to assume the viewpoint of the 8th
dynamic.
At this point the person should be in very good shape, enough so that his earlier
injustices on the track can be easily accessible from the various viewpoints of the
dynamics.
The next step is to do the Ethics Repair List as per Super Power Rundown Series 3.
605
ETHICS REPAIR LIST
Super Power Rundown Series 3
The purpose of the Ethics Repair List is to return full power to a being by proofing
him up against injustices, counter postulates, failed purposes, counter purposes and evil
intentions across the dynamics.
These questions are asked in an unlimited way. In other words it applies to the whole
track and whatever the person comes up with you simply two way comm it earlier similar
to EP. This repair list is actually designed to set the person up to be able to do the actual
super power process. It cleans up the whole track on the subjects of ethics and justice.
Do not take up unreading questions. This list of questions is assessed like a regular
repair list except then when you get a read you stop and handle the question and its charge,
then repeat the same question to ensure no further reads or charge and then carry on with
assessing the list. The list does not have to be F/Ning through the whole list. Handle protest
or false reads accordingly.
1. Have you had a wrong intention?
2. Has another had a wrong intention?
3. Have others had wrong intentions?
4. Have you caused yourself to have wrong intentions?
5. Have you been given a wrong intention?
6. Have you given another a wrong intention?
7. Have others given others a wrong intention?
8. Have you caused yourself to be given a wrong intention?
9. Have you been given a wrong indication?
10. Have you given another a wrong indication?
11. Have others given others a wrong indication?
12. Have you caused yourself to be given a wrong indication?
13. Have you had a wrong postulate?
14. Has another had a wrong postulate?
15. Have others had wrong postulates?
16. Have you caused yourself to have wrong postulates?
17. Have you been given a wrong postulate?
18. Have you given another a wrong postulate?
19. Have others given others a wrong postulate?
20. Have you caused yourself to be given a wrong postulate?
21. Have you ever been in a wrong condition?
22. Has another ever been in a wrong condition?
23. Have others ever been in a wrong condition?
24. Have you ever caused yourself to be in a wrong condition?
25. Have you ever been assigned a wrong condition?
26. Has assigned another a wrong condition?
27. Have another ever assigned another or others a wrong condition?
28. Have you ever assigned yourself a wrong condition?
606
29. Have you ever applied a wrong formula for a condition?
30. Have you caused another to apply a wrong condition formula?
31. Have others caused others to apply a wrong condition formula?
32. Have you ever caused yourself to apply a wrong condition formula?
33. Has anyone ever disagreed with you?
34. Have you ever disagreed with someone?
35. Have others disagreed with others?
36. Have you caused yourself to be disagreeable?
37. Has someone ever caused you to disagree with another?
38. Have you ever caused anyone to disagree with someone else?
39. Have others caused others to disagree with others?
40. Have you caused yourself to disagree with yourself?
41. Have you ever been punished for disagreeing with someone?
42. Have you ever caused another to be punished for disagreeing with you?
43. Have others caused others to be punished for disagreeing?
44. Have you caused yourself to be punished for disagreeing?
45. Have you ever been lied about?
46. Have you ever lied about someone else?
47. Have others lied about others?
48. Have you lied to yourself about yourself?
49. Has anyone ever said that you were bad?
50. Have you ever said that anyone else was bad?
51. Have others said bad things about others?
52. Have you ever said bad things about yourself?
53. Have you ever disagreed with society?
54. Has society ever disagreed with you?
55. Have others disagreed with society?
56. Have you disagreed with yourself because of society?
57. Have you ever counter postulated the intentions of a society?
58. Has society ever counter postulated your intentions?
59. Have others ever counter postulated the intentions of a society?
60. Have you counter postulated your intentions because of society?
61. Have you ever disagreed with a spouse
62. Have you ever caused another to disagree with a spouse?
63. Have others caused others spouses to disagree with others?
64. Have you caused yourself to disagree with a spouse?
65. Has anyone ever caused you an injustice?
66. Have you ever caused another an injustice?
67. Have others ever caused others an injustice?
68. Have you ever caused yourself an injustice?
69. Have you ever been lied to?
70. Have you ever lied to another?
71. Have others lied to others?
72. Have you lied to yourself about another?
607
73. Have you lied to yourself about others?
74. Have you lied to yourself about family?
75. Have you lied to yourself about groups?
76. Have you lied to yourself about mankind?
77. Have you lied to yourself about the animal kingdom?
78. Have you lied to yourself about the physical universe?
79. Have you lied to yourself about spiritual beings?
80. Have you lied to yourself about the supreme being?
81. Have you ever agreed with someone verbally but disagreed mentally?
82. Have you caused another to agree with someone verbally but disagree mentally?
83. Have others caused others to agree with others verbally but disagree mentally?
84. Have you caused yourself to agree with others verbally but disagree mentally?
85. Have you ever been falsely accused?
86. Have you ever falsely accused another?
87. Have others falsely accused others?
88. Have you ever caused yourself to be falsely accused?
89. Have you ever been falsely imprisoned by another?
90. Have you ever falsely imprisoned another?
91. Have others ever caused others to be falsely imprisoned?
92. Have you caused yourself to be imprisoned because of others?
93. Have you ever been falsely imprisoned?
94. Has another been falsely imprisoned?
95. Have others been falsely imprisoned?
96. Have you caused yourself to be falsely imprisoned?
97. Have you ever been wrong?
98. Has another ever been wrong?
99. Have others ever been wrong?
100. Have you caused yourself to be wrong?
101. Have you ever been forced into something?
102. Have you ever forced another into something?
103. Have others forced others into something?
104. Have you forced yourself into something?
105. Have you ever been forced into a situation?
106. Have you ever forced another into a situation?
107. Have others forced others into a situation?
108. Have you caused yourself to be forced into a situation?
109. Have you ever been deceived?
110. Have you ever deceived another?
111. Have others ever deceived others?
112. Have you caused yourself to be deceived?
113. Have you ever been manipulated?
114. Have you ever manipulated another?
115. Have others ever manipulated others?
116. Have you caused yourself to be manipulated ?
608
117. Have you ever been made to stay in a location you didn’t want to be in?
118. Have you ever caused another to stay in a location they didn’t want to be in?
119. Have others ever caused others to stay in a location they didn’t want to be in?
120. Have you ever caused yourself to stay in a location you didn’t want to be in?
121. Have you ever been made to move away from a location you wanted to stay in?
122. Have you ever caused another to move away from a location they wanted to stay in?
123. Have others ever caused others to move away from a location they wanted to stay in?
124. Have you ever caused yourself to move away from a location you wanted to stay in?
125. Have you ever been given a wrong purpose?
126. Have you ever given another a wrong purpose?
127. Have others ever given others a wrong purpose?
128. Have you ever given yourself a wrong purpose?
129. Have you ever had a false purpose
130. Have you ever caused another to have a false purpose?
131. Have others caused others to have a false purpose?
132. Have you ever caused yourself to have a false purpose?
133. Do you have a wrong purpose?
134. Does another have a wrong purpose?
135. Do others have a wrong purposes?
136. Are you causing yourself to have a wrong purpose?
137. Do you have any counter purposes?
138. Does another have any counter purposes?
139. Do others have any counter purposes?
140. Are you causing yourself any counter purposes?
141. Have you ever been told you had a false purpose?
142. Have you ever told another they had a false purpose?
143. Have others told others they have had false purposes?
144. Have you ever told yourself that you had a false purpose?
145. Do you have a failed purpose?
146. Does another have a failed purpose?
147. Do others have a failed purpose?
148. Have you caused yourself to have a failed purpose?
149. Have you ever been told you had a failed purpose?
150. Have you ever told another they had a failed purpose?
151. Have others told others they have had failed purposes?
152. Have you ever told yourself that you had a failed purpose?
153. Are you evil?
154. Is another evil?
155. Are others evil?
156. Are you causing yourself to be evil?
609
157. Have you ever been told you are evil?
158. Have you ever told another they were evil?
159. Have others told others they are evil?
160. Have you ever told yourself that you are evil?
161. Has anyone ever made you do anything evil?
162. Have you ever made anyone else do anything evil?
163. Have others ever made others do anything evil?
164. Have you ever made yourself do anything evil?
165. Has anyone ever said that you did anything evil?
166. Have you ever said anyone else did anything evil?
167. Have others ever said others did anything evil?
168. Have you ever made yourself say anything evil?
169. Have you been wronged?
170. Have you wronged another?
171. Have others wronged others?
172. Have you caused yourself to wronged?
173. Have you been given an evil purpose?
174. Have you given another an evil purpose?
175. Have others given others evil purposes?
176. Have you caused yourself to have an evil purpose?
177. Have you ever been told you had an evil purpose?
178. Have you ever told another they had an evil purpose?
179. Have others told others they have had an evil purposes?
180. Have you ever told yourself that you had an evil purpose?
181. Have you ever done anything wrong?
182. Has another ever done anything wrong?
183. Have others ever done anything wrong?
184. Have you ever caused yourself anything wrong?
185. Is it wrong to be wrong?
186. Is it wrong for another to be wrong?
187. Is it wrong for others to be wrong?
188. Is it wrong for you to cause yourself to be wrong?
189. Is it wrong to be right?
190. Is it wrong for another to be right?
191. Is it wrong for others to be right?
192. Is it wrong to cause yourself to be right?
193. Have you ever been expelled from a group?
194. Have you ever expelled another from a group?
195. Have others ever expelled others from a group?
196. Have you ever caused yourself to be expelled from a group?
197. Have you ever been forced to leave a group?
198. Have you ever forced another to leave a group?
199. Have others ever forced others to leave a group?
200. Have you ever forced yourself to leave a group?
610
201. Has anything ever happened too fast for you?
202. Have you ever caused anything to happen too fast?
203. Have others caused anything to happen too fast?
204. Have you caused yourself to have something happen too fast?
205. Has anything ever happened too slow for you?
206. Have you ever caused anything to happen too slow?
207. Have others caused anything to happen too slow?
208. Have you caused yourself to have something happen too slow?
209. Have you ever been given an arbitrary?
210. Have you ever given another an arbitrary?
211. Have others ever given others an arbitrary?
212. Have you caused yourself any arbitraries?
213. Have you been given an absolute?
214. Have you ever given another an absolute?
215. Have others ever given others an absolute?
216. Have you caused yourself any absolutes?
217. Have you ever been given a false law?
218. Have you ever given another a false law?
219. Have others ever given others any false laws?
220. Have you caused yourself any false laws?
221. Have you forgotten anything?
222. Have caused another to forget anything?
223. Have others caused others to forget anything?
224. Have caused yourself to forget anything?
611
THE EIGHTH DYNAMIC VIEWPOINT
Super Power Rundown Series 4
After the person has completed the condition below confusion by finding viewpoints,
the eighth dynamic processes and the Ethics Repair List, one then has the person
go back to the 8th dynamic process with the following commands:
1. Get the idea of your 8th dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
2. Get the idea of another 8th dynamic assuming the viewpoint of the 8th
dynamic.
3. Get the idea of other 8th dynamics assuming the viewpoint of the 8th dynamic.
4. Get the idea of you causing all 8th dynamics to assume the viewpoint of all 8th
dynamics.
This now expands the persons viewpoint immensely and sets the person up for the
final processes on the Super Power Rundown.
Remember to run each flow to F/N, Cog, VGIs. Only end the session in the event
of a floating TA and for no other reason.
612
THE ACTUAL SUPER POWER PROCESS
Super Power Rundown Series 5
The final step of the Super Power Rundown is to give back to the person his full
potential power as a being. All prior steps on the Super Power Rundown have been
designed to get a person into a state wherein he is set up to regain his ability to handle
infinite power. These processes are run just like any other process with full F/N, Cog VGIs
as the EP. If the person goes exterior continue to run the processes. If there is a dial wide
F/N continue to run the process. The only time you would end off the process or the session
is if the person has a persistent floating TA.
At some point during the running of this series of processes the person will reach
a state wherein they are speechless. They will laugh with wild abandon. Their TA will be
floating! They will probably also be exterior and will be unable to communicate in words
what they are experiencing. This is the end result of the Super Power Rundown. It is rare
for this to occur prior to the running of the last flow of this series of processes, but if it
occurs then acknowledge the win.
One thing the auditor must not do is interrupt the person while in the middle of this
major win or during the laughter. Otherwise it will invalidate the win. The auditor simply
maintains his TRs and lets the person have his win. Do not end the session until the
laughter stops as this will also tend to invalidate the person and his win.
The laughter can go on for some time. Perhaps up to an hour. Be sure and just be there
with the person during this win and not end the session until the laughter has subsided.
The following is the last series of processes one runs on the Super Power Rundown:
1. Get the idea that you have infinite power.
2. Get the idea that another has infinite power.
3. Get the idea that others have infinite power.
4. Get the idea that you can cause yourself to have infinite power.
5. Get the idea that you have been given infinite power.
6. Get the idea that another has been given infinite power.
7. Get the idea that others have been given infinite power.
8. Get the idea that you have caused yourself to be given infinite power.
9. Get the idea that you can give another infinite power.
10. Get the idea that another can give you infinite power.
11. Get the idea that others can give others infinite power.
12. Get the idea that you can cause yourself infinite power.
13. Get the idea that you are infinite.
14. Get the idea that another is infinite.
15. Get the idea that others are infinite.
16. Get the idea that you can cause yourself to be infinity.
Make sure to run only the reading process and check for interest. Do not run any
process on the person in which he is not interested.